THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


a 


^/fc 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/eclecticshortOOcrosiala 


ECLECTIC   SHOETHAND 


floa 


GENERAL  USE  AND  VERBATIM  REPORTING 


BT 

J.    G.    CROSS,    M.A. 


REVISED  EDITION 


CHICAGO  NEW  YORK 

SCOTT,  FORESMAN  AND  COMPANY 


COPYRIGHT.  1878.  1882,  1885,  1800, 
By  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANY 


COPYRIGHT,  1903, 
BY  SCOTT,  FORESMAN  AND  COMPANY 


ROBT.  O.  LAW  Oa,  PaiNTU*  AND  aiNDCRS,  CHICAaO 

TTPOGRAPHY   BY 

KABSH,  ATTKSN  Jt  CUBTIS  COMPAirr,  CHICAdO 


I  703 


PREFACE 

Since  the  last  revision  of  the  text-book  of  Eclectic  Shorthand, 
methods  of  teaching  have  radically  improved.  To  keep  the  book 
well  abreast  of  the  times,  the  present  revision  has  been  made. 

In  general  it  may  be  said  that  the  revision  is  one  of  arrange- 
ment and  form  only;  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  system 
remain  unchanged.  A  constant  effort  has  been  made  to  secure 
brevity  and  condensation  together  with  clearness.  A  method  of 
treatment  has  been  adopted  that  is  practicable  and  that  will  mate- 
rially lessen  the  work  of  the  teacher.  The  order  of  presentation 
has  been  rearranged ;  the  body  of  the  book  has  been  divided  into 
chapters  by  subjects  rather  than  into  lessons  for  assignment,  since 

te the  daily  work  of  different  classes  varies  greatly;  and  a  further 
division  into  sections  numbered  consecutively  throughout  the  book 

c^  has  been  made. 

^        The   Introduction   consists   of    fundamental    definitions   and 

•^  explanations  concerning  the  theory  of  shorthand  in  general  and 
particularly  Eclectic  Shorthand.    This  is  for  reference  use  mainly, 

5  but  it  can  well  be  given  the  definite  consideration  of  advanced 

t,^  students. 

1  The  body  of  the  book  falls  into  three  general  divisions.  The 
first  division.  Chapters  I-XIII,  establishes  the  alphabet,  the  vowel 
and  consonant  positions,  and  the  coalescents.     The  modification 

y   in  the  size  of  different  classes  of  letters  to  imply  following  letters 

t   is  introduced  in  connection  with  each  class,  thus  from  the  beorin- 

>"  ning  requiring  exactness  in  form.  The  abbreviation  of  a  few 
common  words  and  the  phrasing  of  some  simple  expressions  find  a 
natural  place  among  the  fundamentals  of  these  first  chapters. 

The  second  division,  Chapters  XIV-XXV,  discusses  in  full  the 
various  means  of  implying  letters  or  syllables  by  modification  in 
size  and  direction  of  preceding  letters,  or  by  the  various  devices  of 
hooks,  loops,  retracing,  etc.  This  permits  the  work  in  phrasing 
to  be  extended  to  include  words  involving  modified  letters.     A 

8 


4  PREFACE 

comprehensive  treatment  of  the  writing  of  words  beginning  with  ex 
and  a  review  exercise  for  implied  letters  end  this  part. 

The  third  division,  Chapters  XXVI-XXXVII,  is  concerned 
with  abbreviation,  in  single  words  and  in  phrases.  Lists  of  fifty 
and  one  hundred  of  the  commonest  words  in  English,  and  of 
others  so  frequent  as  to  make  shortened  outlines  desirable,  are 
given  first  place.  The  long  Avords  of  the  language  are  provided 
for  by  a  comprehensive  study  of  prefixes  and  terminations,  after 
which  follow  the  final  chapters,  devoted  to  a  full  treatment  of 
phrasing. 

Throughout  the  entire  book  illustration  has  been  employed 
freely,  and  the  words  comprising  these  illustrations  have  been 
selected  as  actually  exemplifying  the  principle  under  discussion 
and  as  typical  of  fair  English.  Writing  exercises,  to  be  prepared 
by  pupils  out  of  class  and  submitted  to  the  teacher  for  critical 
inspection,  are  frequent  and  full,  and  consist  of  disconnected 
words  and  complete  sentences.  Here  again  the  words  have  been 
selected  with  reference  to  their  appropriateness  at  the  places 
given,  while  the  sentences,  including  words  written  by  all  preced- 
ing principles,  furnish  constant  review.  In  all  writing,  whether 
for  illustration  or  for  practice,  great  care  has  been  taken  to  avoid 
words  involving  a  knowledge  of  principles  not  yet  presented. 

Supplementary  reading  exercises  have  been  prepared  from 
material  selected  from  business  letters  and  court  testimony. 
In  these  will  be  found  illustrated  the  principles  discussed  in  pre- 
ceding pages.  Keys  have  been  given  for  one  or  two  pages  of  each 
class  of  material  to  assist  the  student  in  grasping  peculiarities. 

For  dictation  work  in  class,  the  words  of  the  illustrations  and 
writing  exercises  are  in  the  author's  opinion  better  than  outside 
material,  although,  perhaps,  less  interesting.  More  lasting  gain 
will  result  from  the  writing  of  five  words  ten  times  each,  than 
from  the  writing  of  fifty  words  once.  Therefore,  in  dictation  to  a 
class  it  is  best  to  pronounce  one  word  at  a  time,  allowing  one  or 
two  minutes  for  the  class  to  fill  a  line  in  a  note-book  with  the 
repeated  outline  of  that  word  before  pronouncing  a  second.  When 
an  outline  has  once  been  learned  correctly,  it  is  impossible  for  the 
writing  of  it  to  become  too  automatic,  or  the  recognition  too 
certain. 

In  this  revision  there  will  be  found  instances  of  two  different 


PREFACE  5 

writings  of  one  word.  Investigation  will  discover  that  both  of 
these  writings  are  in  strict  accord  with  principles,  and  the  teacher 
may  safely  permit  his  pupils  to  adopt  the  one  best  suited  to  them 
individually.  The  same  principle  of  recognition  of  individuality 
obtains  in  the  matter  of  phrasing.  The  simple,  common  phrases 
written  by  the  three  different  methods  should  be  thoroughly 
learned  by  every  pupil,  but  beyond  this,  insistence  should  not  be 
carried.  Eclectic  Shorthand  lends  itself  with  peculiar  ease  to 
phrasing,  and  with  most  Avriters  the  combination  of  words  into 
continuous  outlines  is  a  means  of  acquiring  speed  so  valuable  as  to 
seem  almost  necessary.  But  on  the  other  hand  it  has  been  demon- 
strated by  the  severe  test  of  professional  court  reporting  that 
rapid  verbatim  writing  with  full  outlines  is  not  only  possible  but 
preferable  to  some  writers.  To  such  as  these,  therefore,  pro- 
longed drill  in  advanced  phrasing  can  yield  no  gain.  The  teacher 
should  use  his  own  judgment,  not  Procrustean  methods,  in 
teaching  phrasing. 

The  changes  and  additions  to  the  system  which  have  been 
incorporated  into  this  revision  are  in  the  treatment  of  the  follow- 
ing points: 

1.  Means  of  representing  diphthongs. 

2.  The  circle  when  medial  and  final ;  sh  and  ch  when  medial 
and  final. 

3.  The  implying  of  ivay,  we,  with,  and  loould. 

4.  The  representing  of  ward,  ivord. 

5.  The  ns  hook. 

6.  The  compound  prefixes  of  com  and  co7ij  prefix  signs  written 
across. 

7.  The  prefixes  dis  and  re. 

8.  Compound  suffixes  in  tion. 

9.  The  terminals  ment,  entment. 

10.  Terminals  previously  written  across. 

These  modifications  are  for  the  purpose  of  saving  time  and  do 
not,  in  any  sensible  degree,  impair  the  legibility  of  the  words  in 
which  they  occur. 

The  illustrative  shorthand  in  the  book  has  been  written  by  the 
author,  not  engraved.  It  thus  represents  actual  freehand  work, 
and  is  to  be  used  for  comparison  rather  than  for  rigid  specimen 
copy. 


6  PREFACE 

Acknowledgment  is  made  to  all  Eclectic  writers  who  during 
the  past  years  have  used  the  system  and  by  their  correspondence 
and  counsel  have  helped  the  author  to  bring  about  the  present 
revision.  But  special  thanks  are  due  to  the  principals  of  a  few 
of  the  leading  commercial  institutions  of  the  country  for  their 
wise  suggestions  and  to  their  teachers  in  this  special  department 
for  their  kindly  criticism  and  painstaking  assistance.  In  this 
latest  revision  of  his  book  the  author  is  gratified  to  combine  with 
his  own  theory  and  experience  the  results  of  the  experience  of 
others. 

December,  1903 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Preface .  3 

Introduction 9 

The  Alphabet 16 

Chapter    I.  Writing  Words  Which  Begin  with  Consonants      .       .  17 
II.  Writing  Words  Which  Begin  with  Consonants  (Continued)  20 

III.  Writing  Words  Which  Begin  with  Consonants  (Continued)  26 

IV.  Review 28 

V.  Double  Coalescent  Consonants 29 

VI.  Double  Coalescent  Consonants  (Continued)    ...  34 

VII.  Plirase  Writing 37 

VIII.  Vowels 39 

IX.  Writing  Words  Which  Begin  with  Right  Vowels          .  43 

X.  Modes  of  Expressing  h 45 

XI.  Phrasing 47 

XII.  Initial  Vowels  (Continued) 51 

XIII.  Recapitulation 55 

XIV.  Practice  in  Relative  Sizes  of  Modified  Letters       .        .  57 
XV.  Complete  Statement  of  Means  of  Implying  m  and  n     .  59 

XVI.  Phrase  Words  and  Phrases 61 

XVII.  Complete  Statement  of  Means  of  Implying  t,  d,  th        .  63 

XVIII.  Complete  Statement  of  Means  of  Implying  y  or  I .        .  66 

XIX.  Complete  Statement  of  Means  of  Implying  s  and  sh     .  68 

XX    Means  of  Implying  ns,  ms 70 

XXI.  Means  of  Implying  /,  v,  and  Uncoalescent  w        .        .  72 
XXII.  Means  of  Implying  st,  sd;  ds,  ts;  pr  and  br  .        .        .74 

XXIII.  Means  of  Writing  Double  p   and  g;  Writing  Words 

Beginning  with  ex 77 

XXIV.  Review  of  Hooks 80 

7 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER 

XXV.  Exercise  for  Review  of  Implied  Letters 

XXVI.  Words  of  Frequent  Use    . 

XXVII.  Abbreviated  Words  . 

XXVIII.  Terminations     .... 

XXIX.  Writing  the  Syllables  tion,  tious 

XXX.  Exercise  in  Terminations 

XXXI.  Implied  Words 

XXXII.  Disconnected  Prefixes 

XXXIII.  Connected  Prefixes    . 

XXXIV.  Prefix  Signs  Written  Across    . 
XXXV.  Phrase  Writing:  First  Method 

XXXVI.  Phrase  Writing:  Second  Method 
XXXVII.  Phrase  Writing:  Third  Method 
SupplemejStary  Reading  Exercises   . 
Keys  to  Reading  Exercises 
Index  ,....., 


PAGE 

84 


87 
95 
100 
107 
109 
113 
117 
120 
123 
126 
127 
135 
200 
213 


ECLECTIC  SHORTHAND 
INTRODUCTION 

FUNDAMENTAL  DEFINITIONS 

1.  Shorthand. — Shorthand  writing  is  a  brief  and  quick  method 
of  writing  words.  Phonography,  Tachigraphy,  Stenography,  and 
Braehygraphy  are  all  names  for  different  methods  of  shorthand 
writing. 

2.  Words.— Whether  spoken  or  written,  words  are  signs  of 
ideas.  Spoken  words  are  composed  of  elementary  sounds.  Writ- 
ten words  are  composed  of  signs  of  elementary  sounds. 

3.  Letters. — The  signs  of  elementary  sounds  are  called  letters, 
sound-signs,  and  phonograms.  In  this  book  they  are  called  by 
their  common  name,  letters. 

4.  Alphabet. — An  alphabet  consists  of  signs  of  the  elementary 
sonnds. 

5.  Syllables. — A  syllable  is  a  short  word  or  a  distinct  part  of  a 
word,  comprising  either  a  vowel,  or  a  diphthong,  or  a  vowel  com- 
bined with  one  or  more  consonants. 

6.  Shorthand  Alphabet. —  A  shorthand  alpbabet  represents  the 
elementary  sounds  by  brief  signs.  A  shorthand  letter  is  a  letter 
of  the  simplest  possible  form. 

7.  Shorthand  Syllable. — A  shorthand  syllable  is  a  combination 
of  shorthand  letters,  or  some  contracted  character  representing 
such  combination,  a  sign  of  the  sounds  comprised  in  the  syllable. 

8.  Shorthand  Word.- — A  shorthand  word  is  a  combination  of 
its  syllabic  sound-signs,  or  even  a  briefer  representation  of  them; 
a  sign  of  the  sounds  which  are  comprised  in  the  word. 

9.  Sound-signs. — There  are,  therefore,  three  classes  of  sound- 
signs  in  shorthand;  viz.,  alphabetic,  syllabic,  and  verbal. 

10.  Orthography. — In  the  common  spelling  and  writing  some 
sounds  are  represented  by  combinations  of  letters  arbitrarily 
arranged;  as  in  bright,  the  silent  gh  follows  the  long  vowel,  while 


10  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

in  tTiovght  it  follows  a  short  vowel.  In  receive,  i  is  placed  after 
e,  while  in  believe  it  is  placed  before  it.  Such  arbitrary  pro- 
visions encumber  our  orthography,  making  it  difiicult. 

11.  Shorthand  Spelling. — The  shorthand  writing  of  a  word  is 
the  expression  of  its  utterance  by  its  spund-signs  only,  or  by  some 
a])breviated  representation  of  their  combination. 

12.  Classes  of  Letters. — A  shorthand  alphabet  being  a  repre- 
sentation of  the  elementary  sounds  of  a  language,  comprises  the 
tliree  classes  of  letters, — vowels,  diphthongs,  and  consonants. 

13.  The  Vowel. — A  vowel  is  the  sound  produced  by  the  vibra- 
tion of  the  vocal  cords  in  the  expulsion  of  full  breath  from  the 
lungs,  called  tone.  The  several  vowels  are  produced  by  modifica- 
tions of  the  tension  of  the  vocal  cords  by  the  muscular  action  of 
the  larynx  upon  them  as  breath  is  being  emitted.  The  vowel  is 
pure  voice  tone,  and  is  the  chief  element  in  every  syllable. 

14.  The  Diphthong. — A  combination  of  two  vowel  sounds, 
beginning  with  one  vowel  and  ending  with  another,  is  called  a 
diphthong.  The  diphthongs  used  in  Eclectic  Shorthand  are  an, 
ou,  eUj  oif  and  ooj  the  first  four  are  also  spelled  cue,  ow, 
eia,  oy. 

15.  The  Consonant. — Consonants  are  of  two  classes;  viz.,  dis- 
tinct whispered  sounds  formed  by  the  action  of  the  external  organs 
of  speech,  and  those  combining  slight  action  of  the  vocal  cords 
with  the  whispered  sound.  The  letters  of  the  first  class  are  called 
surds,  meaning  "without  tone,"  and  are  c  or  k,  /,  A,  p,  s,  t,  w,  y, 
ch,  sh,  th.  Those  of  the  second  class,  called  sonants  because  of 
their  voice  quality,  are  J,  d,  g,  /,  ?,  m,  w,  r,  v,  zh,  dh,  ng. 

16.  Office  of  the  Consonant. — No  single  or  double  consonant 
represents  either  a  syllable  or  a  word.  The  oflBce  of  consonants  is 
to  aid  in  the  formation  of  vowels  into  distinct  syllables  and  words, 
as  iheyfordi  consonant  (con-sonant)  meaning  "together  with  sonants, 
voice,  vowel. "  A  system  of  shorthand  which  is  so  constructed  that 
it  must  rely  chiefly  upon  consonants  to  represent  words,  is  there- 
fore at  variance  with  the  structure  and  philosophy  of  speech. 

17.  Coalescent  Consonants. — When  two  consonants  combine 
in  one  sound,  as  pr  in  the  word  pray,  cl  in  clime,  they  are  called 
coalescents;  but  when  they  simply  follow  each  other,  as  nd  in  and, 
rl  \n  furl,  they  are  called  concurrent  consonants,  as  they  together 
help  to  form  with  the  vowels  new  syllables ;  as  an,  and,  teti,  tend. 


INTBODUCTION  H 

Ii,  this  system  each  pair  of  coalescent  consonants  is  represented  by 
a  single  letter  or  digraph ;  that  the  writing  may  conform  to  their 
pronunciation,  any  two  consonants  or  vowels  forming  a  union  of 
sound  are  represented  by  a  single  letter.  Most  pairs  of  concur- 
rent letters,  whether  two  consonants  or  consonant  and  vowel,  are 
written  as  a  unit,  making  the  system  almost  purely  syllabic. 

18.  Double  Consonants. — A  double  consonant  is  two  consonants 
represented  by  one  letter;  as  .r,  which  is  i-s,  and  q^  which  is  kiu. 
In  shorthand  any  two  consonants  which  are  represented  by  one 
character,  whether  they  are  coalescent  or  merely  concurrent,  are 
called  a  double  consonant. 

19.  Sounds  of  the  Vowels. — Each  vowel  has  a  short  and  a  long 
sound.  In  shorthand  it  is  generally  sufficient  to  rely  upon  the 
context  to  indicate  whether  it  is  short  or  long.  However,  in 
those  cases  in  which  the  precise  sound  is  important,  a  dot  is  placed 
above  the  vowel  to  indicate  its  long  sound,  or  is  placed  beneath  it 
to  make  it  a  diphthong. 

20.  Alphabetic  Letters. — The  Eclectic  Shorthand  alphabet 
represents  in  full  the  English  alphabet,  and  has  also  letters  for 
sh,  ch,  wh,  th,  zh,  and  ny. 

21.  The  c,  q,  and  x. — The  letters  c,  g,  and  .r,  which  are  omitted 
from  the  alphabets  of  most  systems,  are  herein  represented. 
The  use  of  letters  for  q  and  x  is  briefer  than  to  write  them  by  hw 
and  ks^  as  is  done  in  other  systems ;  their  use  also  gives  greater 
simplicity  and  distinctness  to  words  in  which  they  occur. 

22.  The  c  and  k. — In  the  use  of  c  for  k^  we  follow  the  Spelling 
Reform  Association  alphabet.  The  same  letter  is  used  for  both  c 
and  k,  representing  the  c  in  can  and  the  k  in  kick.  The  sound 
of  c  in  fare  is  written  by  s.  When  c  and  k  must  be  distinguished 
as  alphabetic  letters,  a  dot  is  placed  underneath  to  indicate  k; 
^ —  ^<-^  c,  k.  The  letters  ch^  as  in  chords  and  ck,  as  in  hack^ 
are  written  by  c. 

23.  The  Soft  g. — Soft  g  is  represented  by  j  and  by  a  special 
writing  of  alphabetic  g. 

24.  Purely  Phonetic. — These  alphabetic  provisions  make  the 
system  a  pure,  definite,  reliable,  phonetic  medium  for  recording 
speech. 

25.  Force  of  Habit. — While  shorthand  represents  words  as 
pronounced  rather   than  as  spelled,  it  is  still  natural  for  the 


1»  ECLECTIC     SHORTHAND 

learner,  to  some  extent,  to  adhere  to  the  common  orthography 
until  thought  and  practice  have  fully  revealed  the  shorter  way ; 
as  tho  for  though,  sa  for  say,  tha  for  they,  hi  for  high,  ech  for 
each,  laf  for  laugh^  ethr  for  either,  ad  for  aid,  thru  for  through, 
fors  for  force. 

26.  Approximate  Writing. — While  the  writing  of  Eclectic 
Shorthand  is  phonetic,  still  it  is  impracticable  to  write  all  the  sounds 
of  most  words  as  rapidly  as  they  are  uttered,  even  with  all  the 
alphabetic  contractions  that  may  be  devised,  and  therefore  many 
words  are  further  contracted;  'A%  famn  for  fanmie,  comn  for  coin- 
711011,  sumii  for  summon,  womn  for  woman,  wimn  for  tvomen,  gamn 
for  gammon,  fremn  ior  freeman.  ■  No  system  of  shorthand  is  fully 
phonetic ;  all  systems  abbreviate  as  much  as  possible. 

27.  Full  Phonetic  Writing. — The  following  are  a  few  illustra- 
tions of  full  phonetic  writing:  rit  for  write,  wright,  rite,  right; 
hrit  for  bright;  nit  for  night;  lit  for  light;  sit  for  sight;  tit  for 
tight;  thot  for  thought;  hrot  for  brought;  sot  for  sought;  bo  for 
how,  beau;  ad  for  aid,  add;  ech  for  each;  erth  for  earth;  et  for  eat; 
ethr  for  either,  ether;  sic  for  sich;  thic  for  thieJc;  qic  for  quick; 
nethr  for  neither,  nether;  rathr  for  rather;  gathr  for  gather;  bothr 
for  bother;  jus  for  juice;  bruz  for  bruise,  brews;  yeld  for  yield, 
yelled;  hu  tor  who;  euuf  (enf)  ior  enough;  fuf  tor  tough;  sluftor 
slough;  cof  for  cough.  The  teacher  may  need  to  give  some  pupils 
multiplied  similar  illustrations  until  they  fully  realize  the  differ- 
ence between  the  spoken  and  the  written  word ;  or  more  exactly, 
between  the  word  as  spelled  or  spoken,  and  as  written  in  shorthand. 

28.  Three  Principles. — Eclectic  Shorthand  has,  in  common 
with  other  systems,  three  general  principles;  viz.,  (1)  a  simplified 
alphabet,  (2)  simplified  spelling,  (3)  contractions,  by  which 
several  letters,  a  syllable,  or  a  word,  may  be  represented  by  a 
single  letter. 

29.  Simplified  Alphabet. — Each    letter  is    represented    by  a 

single  line  instead  of  several  lines ;  as m,   Z'  a,   /  t.     If  the 

longhand  alphabet  is  written  in  full,  it  requires  at  least  one 
hundred  and  twelve  lines,  while  the  shorthand  writes  each  letter 
by  a  single  line.  Thus  the  alphabet  alone  greatly  lessens  the 
number  of  writing  movements. 

30.  Simplified  Spelling. — Omitting  silent  letters  and  all  others 
that  may  be  dispensed  with  decreases  greatly  the  number  of  letters 


INTRODUCTION 


13 


to  be  written.     The  use  of  these  two  principles  only,  simplified 
alphabet  and  simplified  spelling,  would  greatly  abbreviate  writing. 

31.  Contractions. — Various  means  are  provided  by  which  two  or 
more  letters,  or  a  syllable,  or  a  word,  may  be  written  by  one  letter. 

32.  Illustration. — We  will  illustrate  the  application  of  these 
three  princii^les  in  the  writing  of  the  words,  a  very  hriglit  thought. 
Iliese  words,  as  written  in  longhand,  require  eighteen  letters 
and  sixty-three  pen  movements,  or  lines.  Applying  the  second 
principle,  simplified  spelling,  we  reduce  the  letters  to  thirteen, — 
a  very  brit  thot.  Applying  the  first  principle,  that  is,  writing 
them  by  shorthand  letters,  /C--^\^  ^-v-^,,--^^^>  we  reduce 
the  number  of  lines  to  eleven.  Applying  the  third  principle,  writing 
them  according  to  the  principles  of  Eclectic  Shorthand,  ^.-^"^ — » , 
the  words  are  reduced  to  four  easily  connected  cursive  lines,  the 
same  number  as  there  are  in  the  script  a,  and  which  are  as  legible 
to  the  Eclectic  stenographer  as  longhand  writing  is  to  the  English 
scholar. 

CHAKACTERS  AND  THEIR  SOURCE 

33.  Chirographic  Ellipse. — The  alphabetic  characters  used  in 
this  system  of  shorthand  are  arcs  and  chords  of  the  chirographic 
ellipse,  from  which  source  are  also  derived  the  lines  from  which 
the  common  longhand  alphabet  is  built. 

34.  Arcs  and  Chords. — The  following  figures  and  lines  show  the 
arcs  and  chords  which  are  used  in  the  alphabet  of  this  system  of 
shorthand : 


36.  Directions. — These  lines  stand  in  three  directions;  viz.. 


HORIZONTAL 


FORWAHD-SLANT 


BACK-SLANT 


14  ECLECTIC     SHORTHAND 

36.  Lengths. — Each  line  is  used  both  short  and  long,  thus 
doubling  the  number  of  lines. 

SHORT  LINKS 

•  jjosq  uxnsa 


37.  Differentiation. — Each  line  has  three  diiferentiating  fea- 
tures; viz.,  form,  direction,  length. 

38.  Perpendiculars  Not  Used. — There  are  no  perpendicular  char- 
acters, such  as  are  used  in  other  systems,  but  some  characters 
are  more  nearly  erect  than  others.  The  natural  action  of  the 
hand  in  forward-slant  longhand  writing  draws  upward  lines  at  a 
lesser  slant  than  downward  lines;  in  back-slant  longhand  writing, 
also,  the  upward  lines  stand  the  more  upright. 

39.  Degrees  of  Slant. — The  degree  of  slant  of  the  upward  lines 
in  the  forward-slant  and  of  the  corresponding  lines  in  the  back-slant 
is  thirty  degrees  from  the  horizontal,  while  the  slant  of  the  down- 
ward lines  is  about  sixty  degrees.  The  two  general  directions  of  the 
lines  in  shorthand  should  conform  in  their  degrees  of  slant  with 
the  similar  lines  in  longhand.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate 
the  degrees  of  slant  of  both  upward  and  downward  lines  in  each 
direction : 

POBWABD-SI^NT  BAOKWARD-SLANT 


/^so 

'O^ 

.  ^ 

1 

>^A 

L 

w^ 

40.  Law  of  Motion. — This  law  of  movement,  adopted  from  long- 
hand, is  peculiar  to  this  system,  and  is  important.  The  motions 
on  which  it  is  based  being  so  like  those  used  in  longhand,  to 
which,  from  long  practice,  we  have  become  accustomed,  are  much 
easier,  and  correct  writing  of  the  characters  is  much  more  certain, 
than  in  those  systems  which  employ  perpendicular  characters  in 
connection  with  backward,  forward,  and  horizontal  characters. 
The  combining  of  the  perpendiculars  with  the  three  other  classes 
produces  an  irregular  and  unnatural  action  of  the  hand,  very 
difficult  either  to  acquire  or  to  sustain  in  rapid  writing. 


INTEODUCTION" 


15 


41.  Lines  Connnon  to  "Writing.  — In  longhand  there  are  upward, 
downward,  and  liorizoutal  lines  of  various  lengths  occurring  in 
regular  order.  In  this  system  of  shorthand  there  are  upward, 
downward,  and  horizontal  lines  similar  in  form,  direction,  and 
length  to  those  of  forward  longhand ;  and,  in  addition,  downward 
lines  similar  in  form,  slant,  and  direction  to  those  of  the  back- 
slant longhand. 

42.  Classification. — The  characters  are  divided  into  two  gen- 
eral classes;  viz.,  linear  characters,  those  having  length  only, 
and  surface  characters,  those  having  both  length  and  breadth. 
The  surface  characters  comprise  the  two  hooks,  two  circles,  and 
three  circles  differentiated  by  the  different  ticks  beginning  them. 


LINEAR  CHARACTERS 


SURFACE  CHARACTERS 
O      <:7      ^^      C^      ^      ^      eJ     -^  3    zy 

43.  Movement. — All  the  curves  being  derived  from  the  ellipses, 
rapid  practice  in  the  formation  of  continuous  ellipses  is  of  much 
value  to  the  shorthand  student.  The  following  exercises  should 
be  practiced  at  a  rapid  rate  daily,  until  a  power  of  two  hundred 
or  more  continuous  revolutions  a  minute  can  be  sustained: 


MOVEMENT  EXERCISES 


16 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


THE   ALPHABET 
VOWELS 

a      i      o      e    u 


LONG  VOWELS 

a      i      o      e    u 


v.^• 


DIPHTHONGS 

au      oi      oo      eu      ou 

/^  ^  X  \^^ 


CONSONANTS 

be  d  fghjklmnpq 


cy 


r        8      t      V       w  X        y  z      sh  ch  wh  th    zh      ng      nj 


Small 
Letter 


^ 


c 

e  ^ 

f  ^ ■ 

1>  O 

i  ^ 

k 


Capital 


6 


COMPLETB 

Capital 

\0  ^ 


Small 
Letter 


m 
n 


vn 

.( 


t  / 


Small 
Letter 


X    ^ 

z 

sh^ 

ch'b 
wh  o> 
th  ^ 
zh 

ng  — 

nj    — 


Capita. 


b 


CHAPTER   I 

WRITING   WORDS   WHICH    BEGIN    WITH    CONSONANTS 

1.  Two  Alphabets. — There  are  two  alphabets  in  this  system,  a 
visible  and  an  invisible  or  implied  alphabet.  The  visible  alphabet, 
seen  on  the  preceding  page,  consists  of  simple  and  modified  lines 
each  of  which  represents  a  letter  or  sound.  The  invisible  alphabet 
consists  of  positions  assumed  with  reference  to  the  ruled  line  of 
the  paper,  each  position  representing  one  or  more  letters  or  sounds. 

2.  The  Vowel  Positions. — The  ruled  line  is  taken  as  the  central 
position  and  is  used  to  represent  i,  the  most  frequent  vowel  in 
oral  speech.  Two  positions  are  assumed  above  the  line  and  two 
below.  For  convenience  in  referring  to  these  five  positions,  they 
are  numbered  consecutively  from  the  top  downward.  Each 
position  represents  a  vowel  with  both  its  short  and  long  sounds 
and  its  diphthong;  position  1  represents  a,  a«,  aic;  2 — e,  eu,  ew; 
3 — i,  y,  oi,  oy;  4 — o,  oii^  oio;  5 — ii,  oo;  thus: 

1  2-3 .^.a-i 

3.  Initial  Consonants. — By  far  the  greater  number  of  words 
begin  with  a  consonant  or  double  consonant,  followed  by  a  vowel 
or  a  diphthong;  as  m-e,  m-eio,  b-y,  b-oy^  fr-ee,  pl-ay. 

4.  In  writing  this  large  class  of  words,  the  initial  consonants 
are  represented  by  visible  letters  and  the  vowels  following  them  by 
invisible  letters,  according  to  the  following  rule: 

Rule  I. —  Write    an    initial    consonant,    or   double    consonant 
on  position  1  for  a,  an,  aw ; 
on  position  2  for  e,  eu,  ew; 
on  posit  io}i  3  for  i,  y,  oi,  oy; 
on  position  J^  for  o,  on,  ow; 
on  position  5  for  u,  oo. 

5.  M,  n,  and  t  as  represented  by  visible  letters  are ^ , 

the  n  being  one-half  the  length  of  m.     This  combination   7  is 

mt^  this    ^ tm^  this  ^ —  tn.     The  m  is   lengthened  about 

17 


18  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

one-half  to  imply  a  following  m  or  n,  as  in  the  words  maim,  man. 
The  n  is  made  minute  to  imply  a  following  m  or  n,  as  in  the 
words  name,  nine.  It  is  made  half  its  regular  length  to  express 
7it,  nd,  and  nth,  as  in  7iof,  need,  neatli. 

These  letters  and  combinations  of  letters  written  according  to 
Rule  I  form  words  as  follows : 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    may        know      tie      meat      team      tone    maim      moon    moimt 


3    name       known   not      need      tend      tint      tempt  (temt)     tenant 

From  these  illustrations  it  will  be  seen  that  in  shorthand  writ- 
ing all  silent  letters  are  omitted;  see  Introduction  §§25-27. 

6.  Placing  Letters  Positionally. — For  position  3,  horizontal 
letters  are  written  directly  on  the  line,  and  oblique  letters  midway 
across  it;  for  positions  2  and  4,  horizontal  letters  are  placed  just 
above  and  below  the  line  respectively,  and  oblique  letters  touch 
the  line  above  and  below  respectively ;  on  positions  1  and  5  all 
letters  are  perceptibly  off  the  line  above  and  below  respectively. 

7.  The  Use  of  the  Dot  as  a  Diacritical  Sign. — To  distinguish  the 
different  sounds  of  a  position,  a  dot  is  placed  over  a  letter  to 
mark  the  long  sound  of  the  vowel  position,  and  under  it  to  indi- 
cate the  diphthongal  sound  of  the  position. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

mat    mate     knee      new     net    neat     toy     no      now    tun    tune 


..-..-X- 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write  these  words,  dotting  them  for  the  long  vowels  and  diph- 
thongs: 

1  me     my     mow      neigh  (na)     nigh     know     tea     toe     tame     teem 

2  tome      tomb      tan      ten      tin      ton       town       met       might      moat 

3  mute    neighed  (nad)    gnat  {nat)     naught     need      niglat     knit     nod 

4  node     not     note     nude     nut     man      main       mean      men      mine 

5  moan    numb    nine    noun    nun    none    tannin      tenon     tuned     tent 

6  taint     taunt     tamped  (tamt)     meant     mint     mountain       maintain 


WRITING   WORDS   WHICH    BEGIN    WITH    CONSONANTS  19 

8.  Sand  d.      '    -s,    ' — '    d.     Thesis  half  the  length  of 

s.  The  letter  s  may,  like  w,  be  made  one-half  longei:  to  imply  a 
following  m  or  n.  The  d^  being  a  short  letter  like  n,  may  be  made 
minute  to  add  m  or  w,  as  in  deem,  din,  and  half-length  for  dt, 
dd,  or  dth,  as  in  date,  did,  death.  ^ 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

set         seem     sun    say      dough    date      did       death    dim      done 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write: 

1  saw    see    sigh     so    sew    sue    daw    die    do    due    same    sawn     sin 

2  sown    some    son    sun     sum     soon     damn    dame    dawn    deem    den 

3  din      dime      dine      don    down    dun     dumb    debt    dot    doubt    dead 

4  died    dude    doth    sat    seat    sit     sight     sot    suit     soot    Satan  (Sa^n) 

5  satin    mad    made    maid    meed    mid     mode      mud     mowed      mood 

6  mend      mind      maimed      mound      deeds      dots      daunt      dent     dint 

7  don't       dined       sudden  (sudn)       maiden  (madn)       tented     needed 

9.  F  and  th.  • — ^  /,  ■ — -  th.  The  th  is  half  the  length  of/. 
The  /  may,  like  m  and  s,  be  lengthened  for  a  following  m  or  n. 
The  th  is  made  half-length  for  thf,  thd,  and  minute  for  thrn,  thn. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

faith         fame  fin  fee    though  tight  tlaat    thud  them  than 


In  such  words  as  tight,  taught,  the  second  t  is  represented  by 
th;  in  other  cases  also  where  t  does  not  join  well,  th  is  used  instead. 

WRITING   EXERCISE 

Write : 

1  fay    few     they  {tha)     thee     thy     thou      fawn      foam     fume     fan 

2  fane      fen      fine      fun      thought     then     thin     thine     thumb     faint 

3  faith     fad     fade     feed      feud     food      foot     feet      fate     fit     fight 

4  tough  (fit/)    tuft    tiff    fife    feoff  (/c/)     thief     theft      tooth      teeth 

5  myth      moth      mouth      sooth       sayeth       fathom       method        faded 

10.  The  Dot  for  Words  and  Syllables. — A  dot  on  position  2 
represents  the,  he;  on  3,  /,  eye,  aye,  and  my;  on  4,  0,  oh,  owe,  and 
of;  on  5,  you,  and  made  heavy,  your.  Written  close  after  a  letter 
a  dot  represents  ng,  ing,  or  thing. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

Do  you  know  I  now  owe  you?    No,  I  know  of  nothing  you  now  owe  me. 


20  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAXD 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1.  Do  you  know  the  man  now  mowing?  2.  Did  they  mine  tin  then? 
3.  I  meant  to  say  that  you  might  not  need  the  suit.  4.  You  may  find  the 
name  of  the  tenant,  thougli  lie  knows  nothing  of  the  debt.  5.  You  did 
not  know  of  the  sudden  death  of  the  maiden?  6.  Tlien  nine  men  knew 
that  mine?  7.  Tlie  date  of  the  meeting  he  did  not  see.  8.  I  maintain 
that  some  day  he  may  find  the  method  not  now  known.  9.  The  same 
town  needed  meat,  too.     10.  I  thought  you  meant  to  see  tlie  mountain. 


CHAPTER  II 


writing  words  which  begin  with  consonants 
(continued) 

11.  P  and  g. — These  letters,  /?  ^^  ,  are  p,  g.  The  j9  and  g 
are  made  long  to  add  m  or  w,  and  wide  to  add  /,  d,  or  tli.  They 
are  made  minute  for  pi  and  gl.  This  ^  is  another  form  for  s 
which  is  used  in  the  middle  and  at  the  end  of  words  whenever  it 
can  be,  especially  when  followed  by  t. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1      pass  goes     puff   pen  gun     game   pit   pod   path   get   good   Goth 

- ^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ i>-< 

'2    please  glue      gap    i)eg   staple  stone    stag    stopping    thus    taste 

'>'„„. _ ,<zx 

~ ^ — J  -^ — -  ^        , 

It  will  be  noticed  that  on  position  2  the  y  and  g  stand  on  the 
line,  and  on  position  4  their  tops  touch  the  line. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write : 

1  pay     pace  pea     piece     pie     pose     puss      gas     guess  {ges)     going 

2  goose     guy  geese      gay     pug     pigs     pain     pin     pun      gain     gin 
8  gone      gum  pat      paid     pad     peat     put     gate     guide     got     gut 

4  play  plea      place    plan    plead    plow    plus    plod    plodding     topple 

5  glee  glowing      glass      puffs      puffing       glen     gleam     stain      stone 

6  stun  steam     stem     staff     stiff     stuff     stuffs     steep     step     stoop 

7  stops  stags      these      thaws      those     this    test    tests    testing    toast 


WRITING   WORDS  WHICH    BEGIN   WITH   CONSONANTS  ; 

12.  P  and  g  as  hooks. — When  p  and  (j  follow  letters  whic''>|[i  %. 
admit  of  it,  they  are  not  joined  angularly,  but  as  hooks;  J ¥"  gf 
turned  on  the  under  side  of  the  preceding  letter  as  in  ng  L,  jbe 
alphabet,  and  the  j»  turned  on  the  upper  side.  If  g  is  soft  l:.  (} 
dodge,  it  is  joined  angularly.  When  soft  g  can  not  easily  be  joii'.j^'^ 
angularly,  as  in  stage,  use  J  (see  p.  16). 

The  g  hook  is  also  often  used  for  c,  k,  because  it  is  briefer,  anc 
being  the  sonant  of  c,  the  true  sound  is  easily  recognizable;  as  iu 
quich,  written  qig;  ask,  written  asg.  Similarly,  p  is  sometimes 
used  for  J,  as  in  the  phrases  7nay  ie,  not  he. 

These  hooks  are  modified  like  the  letter?  they  represent  to  add 
m  or  n;  t,  d,  or  th;  or  L 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  sap      sag       fops       fogs    dope    dog    dodge    mock    thick      stage 

2  page        sicken    mopped     sagged     simple     single     sickle    may  be 


■  ___3 

WRITING   EXERCISE 

Write: 

1  map     mope     knobs     sips     sops     dips     dope      dupes      deeps     seep 

2  soap    soup    nags    mugs     dog     digs     dodges     fags     fudges     ducks 

3  knocks    nap    sneaking    mop    suck    fig    thug    snag    pages      gouges 

4  sapped     seeped     supped     sucked     snapped     nipped     dogged     fact 

5  fagged        depth      dipped      sapid      supple       sample      tingle      temple 

6  mingle    mangle    smuggle    sicken    thicken    mickle    muckle    not  be 

13.  H,  1,  and  r.  o  h,  ^  I,  «^  o  r.  Of  the  two  letters 
which  represent  r,  the  first  is  called  the  line  r,  the  second  the 
circle  r.  When  r  stands  alone,  as  in  rag,  row,  the  line  r  is  used. 
In  other  cases  the  circle  r  is  the  form  generally  used,  except  when 
r  is  coalescent  (Intro.  §17),  as  in  ir,  cr,  dr.  When  the  circle 
stands  alone  it  is  1i;  the  circle  r  is  never  written  disconnectedly. 
When  the  circle  is  joined  to  other  letters,  it  is  h  if  joined  angu- 
larly but  r  if  joined  in  a  continuous  line.  This  distinction  is 
clear  and  important.  These  letters  are  to  bo  placed  positionally 
according  to  §6. 

The  circle  r  and  the  Ioojd  I  both  turn  on  the  letters  to  which 
they  are  joined.     When  they  are  followed  by  a  straight  letter,  they 


22 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


turn  on  the  upper  side  of  it ;  when  they  follow  a  straight  letter, 
they  turn  underneath  it.  When  connected  with  curved  letters,  at 
beginning  or  end,  they  turn  on  the  concave  side  of  them.  These 
joinings  of  r  and  I  determine  the  regular  side,  both  initial  and 
final,  of  straight  and  curved  letters. 

The  h  is  enlarged  for  lit  and  hd^  and  made  minute  for  hi.  Th 
following  h  is  usually  written  with  the  alphabetic  letter,  to  main- 
tain a  clear  distinction  between  such  words  as  had  and  hath. 
The  I  is  lengthened  for  It^  and,  when  medial  or  final,  for  Id  and 
Ith;  it  is  made  minute  when  initial  ioT  ft  as  infty,  and  when  medial 
or  final  for^,  li/,  fly. 


1    hay     lie     row 

a 

- ^ ■.^■ 


lair 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

lull      lame     male 


loser     solar       reefing 


3  fears    rude     dare 


nor     roan 


rider     tears    terror  writhe 

.Q;^...._.-.,<^. cS -. 


3      there      pail    pour     gall    gear    lip    rope     rag    log     gather  had  ' 


•^ 


<^ 


, t ffr^jt  1* ——^9- •*; «t«g»;mj||   fciimwiH 


ey 


CJ>      o 


w 


4      hath     hate     whole    let     load     lathe     filth     sold      melt     dealt 


>^^ 


5    namely       manly  fly        flows        float         sinful         mindfully 


...gf... 


T 


WRITINa  EXERCISE 

Write: 

1  lay    lea    low    loo  .  leer    liar    lore     lure     liars     lures     lame    lime 

2  lass    loss    loan    loon    leaf    loaf    lope     leap     lag    lug     mile    meal 

3  nail     knoU     sale     sill     sole     fail     fell     filling     foal     fuller     pall 

4  peal    pile    pill     poles     pulling     gale    gill    goal     gulls    deal     dull 

5  he    high    how    hue    who  ijioo)     ray     rye     wray    roe       row     rue 

6  roar     rear     ram       ream       rim      roam      room        rumors   (^rumrs) 

7  raid    red     road     raise     wrestle     rose     ruse     rouser     riser     rough 

8  raft      rapping     rip     rug      rig     mayor  {niar)     mere      more      near 

9  nigher  (nir)     sear     sore      dare     dear     fire     for     their     par     pour 

10  gore  late    later    letters    ligliting  lot     melt     mild     knelt     nailed 

11  dealt  fault     felt      folding     salt  sealed    soiled     sold    sullied    hot 

12  hats  heating     heater     hut     hod  steer     store    rang    wrong     flee 
18  flues  flume      flap       flog       fled  deadly     thoughtfully       needful 


"WRITING    WORDS    WHICH    BEGIN    WITH    CONSONANTS 


23 


14.  Rt,  d. — Make  straight  r  half  length  for  rt,  rd,  and  minute 
for  rn.  Some  writers  prefer  to  write  the  circle  r  and  n  in  such 
words  as  rain,  instead  of  making  ;•  minute  for  rn;  this  is  permis- 
sible. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1   rate    write    root     writer     retire       return   rooter    rates    writes 


2    rats 


rent 


renter 


....-3..<ir,>». 


WRITING    EXERCISE 

1  rat    rut    rooting    writing    rightful    writers    rotting    rainfall    raining 

2  rains       running      runner      runt      runts      runners      wrought      wrote 

15.  Rl. — The  circle  r  is  made  minute  for  rl,  but  i»  monosyl- 
labic and  short  words  like  raily  railer,  the  I  is  shaded  on  its  left  side 
to  express  /•.  In  all  other  cases  of  rl  the  r  is  made  minute  to 
imply  the  I.  The  r  when  medial  or  final  is  made  minute  also  to 
represent  rt/,  rly,  rfl,  and  rjly. 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    rail    railer  roll     roller   rule    rulers      railed   ruled 
""""^        IP 


reels     rolls 


2    realm     relent     relief      furl    fiery    nearly     naturally    neutrally 


3    pearl-y      girl        moral-ly      sorry      merry      dearly      thoroughly 


y^ 


C^ 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  reel    roil     rill    reeled    rails    rules     ruling     reeling    rolling     Ralph 

2  Rolf        realms        religious  {reljs)        marl        marry        Mary        merry 

3  merrily     merely     parley    purely    narrowly    fury    moral     fairy    sorry 

16.  Circle  Rt. — When  initial  rt  is  followed  by  a  short  or  long 
letter,  as  written,  ivrites,  the  circle  r  enlarged  for  7^t  is  used.  If 
the  rt  is  followed  by  another  r  as  in  retrace,  the  second,  r  is 


24 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


expressed  by  shading  the  enlarged  circle.     When  r  is  medial  or 
final,  it  is  enlarged  for  rt,  rd,  rth. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    written      rotten    retain     rates    retreat     retrace     roads      neared 

(S 


2  feared 


retreateth  resort 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  rotten     rattans     retained      retainer      retaining     rats     ruts     writes 

2  retraces     retracing    retracer    retraced    retreats    retreating    retreated 

3  marred    neared     fired    dared     seared    deterred     lettered    mannered 

17.  Circle  r. — In  all  cases  of  initial  r  except  those  which  have 
been  explained,  the  circle  is  used;  and  when  r  is  medial  or  final 
the  circle  is  generally  used,  except  as  provided  for  under  §  2G. 

18.  Sh,  ch,  and  wh.  J>  sh,  ^  ch,  <^  wh.  In  writing 
these  letters  begin  with  the  tick,  never  with  the  circle. 
These  letters  are  written  positionally  like  preceding  surface  letters. 
"When  sh  is  followed  by  /,  c,  7;,  th^  a,  turn  the  circle  toward  the 
right  to  make  the  joining  more  facile.  When  sh  and  ch  are 
medial  or  final,  the  h  is  often  used  instead,  as  in  dah  for  dash. 

These  letters  are  enlarged  for  a  following  t  or  d,  and  made 
minute  for  shl,  chl,  and  ivhl. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  she    shine    shows     sheaf     shop    gnash     leash  rush      hash    gush 
„^_...,^Z .^^..rz^......^ ^        ^ __.^- 

2  chew        chaff    chain  chess    cheap    match     riches     hutch     latch 

'  j^. zz 


..'^.... 


..«^.. 


a^ 


^ 


8     teach      ditch    fetch     why    when      whip     Whig    whiff     sheet 

.-^ -=-^--— -C* o* t^ C^ g^:r:r-:r^. 

4  should      chat    chide    what    wliiten      shall     chills  satchel  whelm 

■bo'  '*'  ^ ^     _. 

-^ " ?) -<5^^ - ^- -etrrr.... 


WRITING   WORDS   WHICH    BEGIN"    WITH    CONSONANTS  25 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write: 

1  shay      sliy      showing      shoes      shoo      shunt      shone      sheen      sham 

2  shame       shape      sheep      shopper      sheaf        sheath      mash      meshes 

3  mush    sash    dislied    dasli     fishing    gash     gushes     hush     rash     lush 

4  lashes    shade    shied     shedding     shod     shout     shut     showed     shots 

5  shooting    shell    shoal    shelf    shilling    chin    chime    chase    chief    chap 

6  chop    chips    cheap    chaps    chaff    chafe    cheats    chit    chewed    child 

7  chant     hatch     roach     touch      niche      thatch      gulch     hitch     leech 

8  reaches      whey      whoa      whim      whether     whither      whist      whines 

9  whence      wheat      whet      whiter      wheels      wheeling     whale      whelp 

19.  The  Dot. — Instead  of  a  dot  written  close  after  a  letter,  the 
straight  s  is  used  to  express  ings  or  things.  Written  just  above 
the  end  of  a  letter  the  dot  means  less,  and  just  beneath  the  end 
of  a  letter  else.  Following  close  after  the  dot  for  ing  another 
dot  is  used  for  the;  as  in  seeing  the. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  sayings,  meetings,  these  things,  knowing  the  firm, 


2    no   less,      nothing   less,       few   less,       nothing  else,  how    else 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

Write : 

1  saying       sayings        seeing       sowing       suing        meaning       moaning 

2  going     soaring     falling      filling      filing       filings      sailing      marring 

3  nearing        paying      passing       posing        fearing       laying        layering 

4  lowering       during      daring,      seeing  the,       seeing  you,       seeing  me, 

5  eying  you,     eying  me,      knowing  me,     knowing  you,     knowing  how, 

6  the  meaning  inay  be,    for  less,    for  no  less,    do  no  less,      something  else 

1.  Show  me  the  man  who  makes  sails.  2.  This  map  shows  the 
mountain.  3.  The  stage  runs  to  the  mountain  pass.  4.  You  should  not 
need  to  shut  that  light  down.  5.  Let  the  guide  put  the  gun  down  the 
gulch.  G.  What  shall  I  gain  by  cheating?  7.  These  facts  show  the  single 
plan.  8.  Though  rates  do  not  seem  high,  the  fare  shall  not  be  paid. 
9.  The  heat  of  the  pine  fire  may  make  the  room  too  hot.  10.  Tiie  glow 
makes  reading  plain.  11.  This  sample  of  coal  seems  poor.  12.  I  mailed 
your  letter  now,  when  too  late  to  stop  tlie  suit.  13.  This  store  sold  satchels 
cheap.  14.  1  play  neither  whist  nor  chess.  15.  Knowing  how  shooting 
stars  may  be  seen,  he  sent  the  child  to  the  door.  16.  The  fault  may  be 
mine ;  I  did  not  notice  the  change.    17.  Pull  down  the  shade,  please,  then 


26 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


ring  for  tea.  18.  Those  rumors  reached  me  while  the  fire  roared.  19.  The 
chief  reason  for  thinking  that  there  may  be  some  wheat  deal,  I  dare  not 
make  known.  20.  The  storm  seemed  rising  now,  the  lightning  showed 
the  ditches  rain-fiUed ;  I  knew  the  roads  might  not  be  good  for  long, 
so  I  raced  for  the  shelter  of  the  town. 


CHAPTER  III 


writing  words  which  begin  with  consonants 
(continued) 

20.  V,  c,  k,  w,  qu,  and  j.      ^,--^  v,  /"^  6',  ^.-<r^    h,    .^  w, 

[     qu^  and   ^  j.     The  v,  c,  k,  to,  and  y,  are  generally  written 

upward,  the  q  always  downward.  The  c  represents  the  sound  of  c, 
h,  and  ck,  heard  in  come,  like,  kick.  The  k  is  never  written 
except  as  an  alphabetic  letter,  as  in  0,  K.  Morse.  The  u  which 
always  follows  g  is  omitted  in  shorthand  writing,  being  implied 
by  q,  and  the  q  is  written  on  the  position  of  the  vowel  following 
the  u;  quake  becomes  qac,  quick  becomes  qic  (or  for  greater 
brevity,  qag,  qig).  These  letters  are  written  positionally  according 
to  §6. 

To  add  in  or  w,  these  letters,  except  /,  are  lengthened.  To 
add  s  or  sh  they  are  written  downward,  the  difference  in  slant 
making  a  clear  distinction.  The  circle  of  the  /  is  made  minute 
for  a  following  I,  and  enlarged  for  a  following  t,  d. 

When  joined  at  the  top  of  this  group  of  letters  j!?  is  a  hook, 
and  g  is  joined  angularly  whether  hard  or  soft;  but  when  the 
joining  is  at  the  bottom,  g  is  the  hook  and  p  is  joined  angularly. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  vie         cow      key     we     quire      Jew     vile       vat      kills      cotton 

2  cash    wire      weighed    water      wish      quell     quite    join     juice 

Z / ^ 

8    vapid       v,%-x;     voyage      keep       keg     cage  wipe     wag    wedge 


WRITING   WORDS  WHICH   BEGIN   WITH   CONSONANTS  27 


4  quick    quip    vain    come    win     queen  vase    cause    was  jell    juts 


/ i 


5    jolts        pike     shook     check    whack   rage     lodges     stove      leave 


waves      paves    lives      dives        moves      weeks      saves      shaves 


r:^....../ 


:;X-^-_ 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write: 
1  vote    veer    phial  {vil)    vouch    vogue     van    vein     vim     vine     vice 
3  vantage     vamp     vaunt     vent     coat     code     kith    care     call    cash 

3  coal    cooling    cull    corn    kernel    coach    C.  K.  Morse    K.  C.  Carson 

4  cars    curse    courier    keel     cut    kill    cope     cups    coop    kick    coke 

5  cook     cake     can     come     kin     ken    kine    keen    cane    case    camp 

6  count     kind     cadet     cancer      corner     camel     calm     colt      canal 

7  couple     candid     coral     canvas     cottage     current     cart    kept    kilt 

8  kitten     way     woe     woo     wide     word     well     wish     watch     wait 

9  wiggle    wake    weak    woke    wick     wage     wise     wan    wean    won 

10  want     wagon      went      wanton      wind      warrant     wealth      wisdom 

11  wound     weather     wild     wolf     width     world     wives     quit     queer 

12  quail      quill     quash     quaff      quarrel     quilt     quart      quaver     joke 

13  jam    June    jug    jail    gill  {jil)    jangle     jets    jotting    joints    wrecker 

14  packed    lacking    checks    shake    stage    gauging    raves    live    shaving 

15  leaA'BS     rove      rives      laves     loves     weaves     wakes     moves    saves 


21.  B,  X,  y,  z,  and  zh.  i,     ^  x^   ^-  y,  >2;,         >  zh. 

These  letters  are  all  drawn  from  the  left  toward  the  right.  The 
h  is  one-half  the  length  of  x.  These  letters  are  placed  positionally 
according  to  §G. 

The  long  letters,  a;,  ?/,  2,  are  lengthened  for  a  following  m  or 
n.  B^  a  short  letter,  is  made  half-length  for  J/,  hd^  hth^  and 
minute  for  hn  and  hi.  A  distinction  is  necessary  between  such 
words  as  hone  and  hlow.  hun  and  hlue^  hank  and  hlack;  see  line 
2  of  illustrations.  To  add  a  following  5,  the  letters  of  this  group 
are  written  more  nearly  upright,  at  about  an  angle  of  sixty 
degrees  from  the  horizontal;    see  Introduction  §39.     In  words 


28  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

beginning  with  ex.,  as  excels  e  is  omitted  and  x  written  on  the  posi- 
tion of  the  vowel  following.         Make  final  y  for  short  i  minute. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1      be       bow      bag  born      bells     batch      beck        badge       but 

^^        ^ _...^ __.^... . 


2  bid    both     bun    blue    bone    blow    bank      black    base     Boston 

_...... ^..._ _...^...._r:n? :! \ 

3  exhales  (xals)  expose    expense    excuse    exclaim  exhort      examine 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write: 

1  by     being    buyei     bowl     boiling     barb     beef    bearer     buff     bosh 

2  board      beach      box      tub      rib       robber      lobe      cab      web      big 

3  begging       budge       backing       burden       become      became       before 

4  buckle    begin    bet     bitter     bad     bidden    bathing    bin    ban     black 

5  blank      bless      blot      blow      bone      blacking      banking      bass     bees 

6  buss     basis     fumble    sable     dabble     foible    gable    rabblo    labeling 

7  cobble     possible     exile     exude     exert     exulting     exalt    exchequer 

8  exclude    expanse    explode     expunge     extant    external    yacht  (i/at) 

9  yore       yell       yield       yarn       yonder       yolk      youth      yard      zone 
lO  zealous  {zels)     zenith     zephyr     yawning     yawned      rebel       robed 


CHAPTER   IV 


REVIEW 

22.  Reviewing. — Let  the  student  now  review  the  letters  which 
have  been  given  and  practice  them  carefully,  writing  them  as 
perfectly  as  possible  in  form,  size,  and  direction. 

Having  filled  half  a  dozen  or  more  pages  of  a  note-book  with 
such  drill,  devote  one  page  to  each  letter,  writing  it  on  the  five 
positions  in  combinations  with  other  letters,  as  follows: 

ba     be      hi      bo      bu      baf      bef      bif      bof      buf     bag      beg 
baj  (etc.)     bak(efc. )       hsd  (etc.)       bori  bap  (efc.)     ha,r  {etc) 

bav(e^c. )      baw  (efc.)      bax  (efc.)      haey  (etc.)     ha.t  {etc.)     bine  {etc.) 


DOUBLE    COALESCENT  CONSONANTS  29 

The  student  should  pmctice  the  consonants  in  tliis  way  until  the 
combination  of  consonant  with  vowel  as,  ba.,  ce,  (21,  etc.,  can  be 
produced  without  hesitation. 

^lucli  drill  upon  the  modifications  of  letters  in  length  and 
direction  is  necessary  to  preserve  exact  distinctions.  Practice 
carefully  the  following: 

m  mn,   n    nt    nn,    f  fm,    d    dt    dn,    s    sm,    th    tht  thn, 

c  cm      OS,      w      wm  ws,     v      vni      vs,      q     qn,      x  xm, 

y  j'ln     ys,      z      zm,  b      bt      bn  (bl)      bs,      p      pt  pn, 

g  gt    gn,     h    ht     hi,  1     It,     sh    sht    shl,     ch    cht  chl, 

w  wht    whl. 

AVUITING   EXERCISE 

1.  The  wick  of  the  lamp  burns  well.  2.  The  expense  for  the  wedge 
of  the  door  should  be  small ;  shall  I  pay  the  bill?  3.  Your  vigor  makes 
me  feel  well.  4.  Can  you  both  come  to  the  cottage?  5.  Keep  to  the  left 
while  coming  by  the  ford.  6.  How  queer  tho  vase  looks  now  beneath 
that  picture.  7.  He  had  worked  for  wealth,  but  lived  to  see  how  vain 
were  riches.  8.  The  cadet  camp  had  the  vantage  place.  9.  Near  the 
base  of  the  hill  the  current  can  not  be  stemmed.  10.  The  quarrel  was 
bitter,  but  neither  wished  to  yield.  11.  The  excuse  for  the  blunder  was 
weak.  12.  The  vamp  of  the  shoe  was  made  too  long.  13.  You  should 
not  give  vent  to  hot  feelings  by  sudden  words.  14.  He  was  certain  to 
win  the  cause  he  backed,  more  by  kind  manners  than  by  force.  15.  The 
manager  of  the  corner  store  was  exulting  because  both  rivals  had  been 
caught  napping.  16.  The  main  thing  to  be  done  now  may  make  j'ou  feel 
like  weakening,  but  you  can't  fail  to  see  good  reason  why  this  course 
should  be  taken.  17.  The  yacht  carried  more  can^-as  during  the  storm 
than  I  had  thought  possible.  18.  The  zephyr  of  the  morning  became 
the  gale  of  the  night.  19.  Sudden  storms  may  be  thought  dangerous  by 
the  landlubber  but  the  sailor  likes  them.  20.  Tlie  board  took  the  stand 
that  the  water  of  the  town  was  better  then  than  the  year  before. 


CHAPTER  V 


DOUBLE    COALESCENT    CONSONANTS 

23.  Double  Letters. — The  double  letters  of  our  orthography,  as 
ffy  hh,  U,  etc.,  as  in  muff,  el)h,  all,  are  not  both  written  in  short- 
hand, but  such  double  consonants  as  sn  in  snoio,  sm  in  small,  sp 
in  s])in,fr  in  free,  jjI  in  play,  sw  in  swim,  are  both  expressed. 
By  Eule  I  all  initial  double  consonants  are  written  positionally 
to  imply  a  following  vowel. 


30  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

24.  Coalescent  r. — The  r  as  a  liquid  sound  coalesces,  i.e. 
unites,  with  b,  c,  d,  /,  g,  jt?,  t,  th^  sh,  sc,  sp  (§29),  and  st^  making  the 
compounds  Jr,  cr,  dr,  fr,  gr,  pr,  tr,  thr,  shr,  scr,  spr^  str.  The 
letter  with  which  r  unites  is  shaded  to  express  the  coalescing  r. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  br    or     dr    fr     gr  pr  tr    tlir    shr    str    briar    creep    crag     drop 

>v.^.....rs---«--*....fc-_..<7...„/ .--..„..J? .-f._.„..>,^ ^rrrr. — _._. ,,^^-^_ 

2  frail      grope    price      track  thrill  shrine      strife     strong    strange 

25.  Initial  Coalescent  cr  may  he  represented  by  a  hook  drawn 
on  the  under  side  of  a  letter,  when  it  is  more  facile  than  the  shaded 
c;  as  when  followed  by  c,  v,  m,  in  such  words  as  crack,  crave,  cram. 

26.  Shading  for  r. — When  desirable,  the  shade  may  be  used  for 
r  in  connection  with  the  letters  with  which  r  does  not  coalesce ; 
as,  h  is  shaded  for  here,  Iter,  etc. ;  y  is  shaded  for  i/ear,  your;  m 
may  be  shaded  for  more.  It  is  desirable  to  use  the  shade  in  these 
and  similar  cases  as  it  leaves  the  circle  to  represent  the  words 
are,  or,  our,  and/«r. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  chair    cheer    churn    chirk  chirp  church    churl     shares     shore 

— -^ -•-- — -^y^ If? -•- — j> — 

d —  ^  .   > 

2  sure  (shur)     surely     whereby       wherefore    large     larger     largess 

o<s, <^-^^^ :  y  ^  ?._ 

27.  Coalescent  1. — The  I,  also  a  liquid,  unites  with  b,  c,  d,  f,  g, 
p,  r,  s,  t,  sc,  sp  (§39) ,  st,  making  the  combinations  U,  cl,  dl,  fl,  gl, 
pi,  rl,  si,  tl,  scl,  s/jZ,  stl.  The  letter  with  which  I  unites  is  made 
minute  to  show  its  coalescence  with  I.  The  letters  c,  f,  and  s  can 
not  well  be  made  minute ;  they  are  therefore,  when  coalescent  with 
I,  represented  by  minute  characters :  cZ  by  a  minute  hook  which  is 
drawn  upward  that  it  may  join  on  the  under  side  of  a  letter  follow- 
ing it,  jl  by  minute  I,  and  si  by  the  straight  s.  For  si  when  not 
initial,  the  s  is  drawn  vertical  when  it  can  be  done;  when  the  s  can 
not  be  made  vertical  because  of  the  slant  of  the  preceding  letter,  as 
in  tussle,  write  both  the  .s-  and  I.  "Write  both  letters  also  when  si  is 
followed  by  t,  as  in  slight.     For  tl  and  tly  the  t  is  drawn  vertical. 


DOUBLE   COALESCENT   CONSONANTS 


31 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

bl    gl    pi     rl    sl    cl    fl      tl   scl    Sill     stl     bis      blc    gls    glm    pis 


•>w     f    ^ 


The  differentiatioii  of  initial  cl  and  sj)  (§ -9)  or  spl,  is  clearly  main- 
tained by  drawing  cl  upward  and  sjo,  spl  downward,  an  arrange- 
ment by  which  the  latter  stands  on  the  upper  side  of  the  letter 
to  wliich  it  is  joined  and  the  former  on  the  under  side:  cln,  spn, 
sjjln,   < —  '^^^—  *= —  . 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    bray       brow   crow    crape    creep  crop    crag      creek  crook      crock 


2  grape  grow    grope     pray     pry      tree    true   three         shrine      draps 


ty 


cy> 


3    drag     dredge  blow     blues  glee     glass    play    please     plows    slow 


4   slower       sled       slice    slap    slag    sleep      slip    sloop    slug    claim 

z :^ ^ ^ rzz.. 


->o 


5    class       cla?k     clock    cloth    clear  clutch       clash    club    clip    clog 


'y> 


iO 


e^ 


6  clan       span         spleen     clime     spin  splash    cram      cream    creak 


^r^ 


7  cracker      crave   facile  (sl)      castle        bustle        tussle     tell    tool   till 

± - ^ ...:n::^ 'lZ.... \ .f.- 

8  tolls      metal      settle      still     stole  stool    steel     slat      slits  slattern 


Y 


yf 


9     slight     slots    sleet    cleat     flame     fled    flock  flies       flax     fleece 

-^ ^ ^ <i^,.....,r:zz 5^r^....^<:^....^ ''^::--^ ^r^.. 


28.  The  circles  7%  7i,  sli^  cli^  wh,  and  y,  and  tlie  hooks  p  and  g 
8   e  made  minute  to  imply  not  only  a  f  jllowing  I  (see  §§12,  15, 


32  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

18,  20),  but  also  to  imply  a  following  ?/,  ly,  fl  or  fiy.  Vertical 
t  shaded  is  trl,  trly,  and  trfl.  As  was  explained  in  §13,  a  minute 
I  final  represents  hj,fl,  and /7^.  Notice  carefully  the  illustrations 
here  giv^en. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  gnarly     burly    cheer-ily  tearfully      merely  dearly  barrel     jell-y 

ZZ :».._ - <^ ■-^^^^^■■'- ^^-^ — ^- — 

2  trill  or  trifle     carefully  weary-ily      verily     moral-ly    truly 

1 

3  trail  neutral-ly      daily     dryly     bully     barely     clearly   mainly 


4  thoroughly      mindful-ly  manfully       soulful-ly  cheerful-ly 

5  while   shall    shell-y    simple-ply      single-gly       mingle       serenely 

6  deadly    dreadful-ly  thoughtfully    seemly     sinful-ly    finely    finally 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

A  sharp  pencil  or  a  fine  pen  should  be  used  iti  practicing  the 
following  r  coalescents : 

1  bray    brain    brow    brim    brace    break    brass    bricks    broil    broke 

2  brad     bribe     brush     bright      bread     brake     broom     bruise     bride 

3  breast    brown    brat     brunt    brook     breadth    brute    bracket    bring 

4  broad    breath    brother    brief    browse     brig    broth    bridge     brogue 

5  brand    breach    brag    British    brilliant    crow    cry    crape    crock  (g) 

6  cruel    crept    crawl    crate    crop    crutches    crash    dry    draw    draft 

7  droll      drag     dragon     dress     droop     drug     drank     dribble     drunk 

8  dram      drill      dross      dread      drouth     drape     dream     drink     drum 

9  drain     drift     drench     drip     dregs     dredge     drake    drear    drudge 

10  freer    fro    frail    fruit    fritter    frame    freight    frill     frock     frugal 

11  fraud    fret    from    frank    freak    fringe     frog    fresh     front     friend 

12  fright      froth      frieze      frown      freckle      fragile      fraternal      grace 

13  green    gross    grab    graft    grade    group    grit     great     grim     grand 

14  growl    gravel    growth    grange     groom     grasp    grocer    grant    grape 

15  groves    Greeks    praise     press     prim     prov^e     price    pride    prompt 


DOUBLE   C0ALE8CENT   CONSONANTS  33 

16  preface      proves     proud     prick     pretend     pricks     private      profit 

17  present     prank     tray     true     track     trunk      trend     trade     trucks 

18  try  treat  trace  trick  traffic  trod  trust  tread  trim  travel 
U»  trample  three  through  thrice  thrill  thread  throb  thrift 
•30  throne    thresh    threat    threw    thriist    shrub    shriek    shrill    shroud 

21  shrives    shrimp    slired    shrug    shrine    shrivel    strain    stress    strife 

22  strung    stroke     streaks     stricken     strand     stream     strong     struck 

23  strap    stripe    struggle    scrap    screen     screw    scrub    scrape    scream 

24  scruple      scrimp      spry      spring      spread      spruce      sprimg     sprout 

25  sprinkle    sure    cheer    shore    where    here 

Write  these  I  coalescents  until  they  are  thoroughly  familiar: 

1  blaze        blame        black        bless        bleed       bleak        blow       block 

2  blue      bloom      blood      blush      clam      clime      clean      clang       cling 

3  clung    clangs    clings     cleave      clover      clock      click    cluck    clever 

4  cleaver     cloth     clef     cleft     cliff     clap     clip     clog     clogs     clash 

5  clutch    slay    slew    sly    slow     slower     slain     sleek      slaps     sleeps 

6  slops      sloop     sled     slice     slide     flame     flume      fling    flung    fled 

7  flayed    flower    flood     fleck     flock     flicker     flap     flip     flop      flag 

8  flog      middle      saddle       sidle      muddle       glimmer      gloss     glitter 

9  plague      plack       plume       vital       tattle       title       metal         mettle 

10  mutual  (tl)     battle       brutal       beetle      tail     trail     tell      till     trill 

11  truly     toll      moral    morally    merely    sorely    pearl    pearly    dearly 

12  nearly      verily      clearly       barely       warily       curly  girl       coral 

13  furl        darling       cheerful        cheerfully       muscle        castle      thistle 

14  missile     jostle     vessel     morsel     sizzle      parallel       slowly     neatly 

1.  Please  go  slow,  slower,  slowlj-,  the  sled  will  fly  to  flinders  flashing 
like  this  down  this  steep  place.  2.  This  gleeful  play  makes  your  cheeks 
glow.  3.  Fly,  fly,  why  settle  here?  4.  The  metal  should  soon  boil. 
5.  Blow  till  the  blue  color  shows.  6.  See  the  lovely  blushes  flying 
through  her  cheeks.  7.  The  whole  class  climbed  the  steep  cliffs. 
8.  The  blue  bottle  fly  crawls  slowly  through  the  glass  case.  9.  The 
saddle  may  be  placed  near  the  middle  so  the  small  horse  can  travel 
well.  10.  Bleak,  black  hills  tell  how  slowly  years  climb  the  dial,  placing 
their  glacial  slime  clear  through  the  fair  fertile  valley.  11.  The 
fresh  breeze  from  the  sea  brings  life  to  me.  12.  Why  do  you  crush 
the  dry  leaf,  why  break,  whj'  bruise  the  dry  thing?  13.  Do  see  the 
creeping  thing  crawling  through  the  drj'  grass.  14.  From  where  j'ou  sit 
near  the  tree,  you  may  see  the  brush  growing  dry.  15.  See  the  fresh 
ripe  grapes,  do  they  grow  far  from  this?  IG.  Wlien  you  drew  the  prize 
you  looked  quite  frail.  17.  Three  bracing,  thrilling  trips  we  three  made 
through  grass  fresh  mown,  drawing  tiie  gi-ass  from  track  to  track. 
18.  Trying  to  trace  through  the  brake  the  three  fresh  tracks.  19.  From 
tree  to  tree  they  jump  so  free,  no  fright  they  know.  20.  Fred,  press  the 
juice  from  the  grapes,  now  draw  the  juice  to  drink.  21.  You  may  try 
to  trim  the  tree;  I  trust  you  may  soon  be  tlirough  tree  trimming. 


54  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAXD 

CHAPTER  VI 

double  coalescext  consonants 
(continued) 

29.  Coalescent  s. — The  s  unites  with  c  (k),  f,  I,  m,  n,  />,  q, 
t,  w,  making  the  compounds  sc  (sk),  sf  {sph),  si,  sm,  s?i,  sp,  sq, 
st,  sw,  which  are  represented  as  follows: 

sc(sk)  sf  si  sm  sn  sp     sq        st        sw 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  sky     spy    skip      speak  skin     spin  spray    spar      spry  sprig     spire 

-^ ■c >7 *^ -2^^ c^ - - c e^ <h — 

2  spare        sting       slow   slim     sled       slip      slag   small     smite      snap 

3  snore      snag        snatch       squaw    square    squall    s-quab       squabble 

-5  ' '^     ::>        o>      s>       -:^        :? 

4  stain       stag     swear  stop  staple  stipple  stifle 

i^iiii^ »^ "^ — 

30.  Coalescent  w. — The  w  unites  with  d^  t,  th,  .s,  ^,  and  z,  mak- 
ing the  compounds  dio,  tw,  thiv,  svj,  gzo,  z7i,  written  by  deepening 
the  curve  of  the  first  letter  except  the  g,  of  which  the  right  half  is 
lengthened  and  curved  sliglitly  toward  the  left.  Tio  is  written 
like  thw,  since  there  is  no  confusion  in  the  words  in  which  they 
occur. 

illustrations 
1  dwell    dweller      swell        swarm    twill     twice      thwack      thwarts 

"■■■■" TT?^w«r*T. •■ . . .  .y^<r^^. ..- ^^^^^ _ .— .- — 


2  twirls     swirling         guan  Guelphs       twists       twitches     zwei 


-*0^ \r_y' ~ ~ - ^*^:^;^^^"^^>^ yr-,^,,^.. y^rr-^y<J^.. 


DOUBLE   COALESCEKT   CONSONANTS 


35 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

Write: 

1  skies    skein    skip    scape    scope    scoop    skiff     scud    scum    scan 

2  scheme    scliedule    scuffle    scale    skill    skull    scare    screen    scrape 

3  scratch      spars      spire      spores      spur      sprain      spring     sprung 

4  spread      spare      span      spin     spun     spans      spanning      spinning 

5  spangle      spurn      spurning     spurns     spleen     spleens      spleening 

6  squaw      squelches      squib      squat      squats      squatting      squatter 

7  squatters       sphere  {sfer)      sphinx      slow      slower      slowly      slain 

8  slack     sleek     sleep    slim     slice  (s)     slide     slip     slopes     sloping 

9  small      smaller      smell      smells      smelling    smile     smooth      snag 

10  snap    snip    snoop    snake    snook    snack    sneer  snob    snuff    snatch 

11  stay    stye    stow    stray    stair    store    stream    streak    strife    stab 

12  stub    stubble    stable    stifle    stag    strap    stripe    stoop    stiff    staff 

13  stain    stem    sting    stung    strung    strange    swarm    swell    swim 

14  sweep      swap      swoop      swags       swig       switch      swash      swab 

15  swears      sworn      swung      swing      swinge      swirl      dwell     dwells 

16  dwelling     dweller      dwellers      dwelleth      twin      twine       twain 

17  thwart     thwarts     thwarting      thwack      thwacked      thwacking 

1.  Some  boys  like  to  skate,  but  these  boys  do  not.  2.  Do  you  see 
signs  of  rain  to-day?  3.  No,  tliere  will  be  no  rain  here  to-day. 
4.  See  how  cleanly  the  skiff  skims  the  swelling  flood.  5.  We  spray 
trees  to  kill  slugs.  6.  Tie  the  string  to  the  slim  square  stick,  to  draw  by. 
7.  Hear  the  squaw  snore,  please  close  the  door.  8.  How  the  dog  scratches 
the  door,  speak  to  the  poor  thing,  try  to  stop  the  scratching.  9.  Do  you 
read  the  sphinx  stories?  10.  He  dwells  near  the  spring.  11.  Twice 'twas 
sprung  merely  for  fun.  12.  See  how  the  spire  stretches  to  the  cloudless 
sky.     13.  'Twill  do  quite  well,  I  tell  you. 

31.  Abbreviated  Words. — An  abbreviated  word  is  one  of  which 
enough  is  Avritten  to  suggest  it  clearly,  the  terminal  part  being 
generally  omitted  or  merely  suggested. 

32.  List  of  Words. —  The  following  are  a  few  common  words 
t^iat  you  will  readily  learn  and  appreciate.  Write  this  list  twenty 
or  more  times,  and  then  apply  your  knowledge  of  the  words  in  tho 
short  sentences  which  follow. 

1       take    time  gave    give  with   will      would  company         character 


/  c^ 


2    could     very    wor':       much      made    make     such      ship    believe 


36  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

8       belief      form      before,   can  not,  could  not,    will  not,     would  not, 


4      long  yet         just 


^ 


WRITING   EXERCISE 


1.  He  may  give  me  time  to  do  this  to-day.  2.  Give  me  two  more 
before  I  go.  3.  Do  you  not  believe  me  when  I  say  I  will  give  you  two 
more  before  I  leave  you  to-day?  4.  Will  you  go  with  me  to-day?  5.  No,  I 
can  not  go  with  you  now.  6.  He  could  not  go  with  you,  could  he?  7.  Do 
you  say  you  can  not  go  to-day?  8.  Would  you  like  to  go  before  I  do? 
9.  No,  could  I  go,  I  would  not  go  there  now.  10.  How  long  before  they 
will  pass  through  the  lane?  11.  Will  he  give  you  no  more  to-day? 
12.  The  company  will  not  go  to-day  nor  to-morrow.  13.  He  will  take 
time  to  do  the  work  before  we  go.  14.  I  believe  the  work  can  not  be 
done  to-day.  15.  They  were  very  glad  to  see  you  there  to-day,  so  they 
write.  16.  The  form  for  the  work  will  reach  here  before  you  go,  so  you 
may  take  the  book  with  you  to-day.  17.  Look  before  you  leap  from  the 
wall,  for  you  may  fall  through  the  floor.  18.  Will  you  keep  me  company 
there  to-day?  19.  Why  do  you  not  believe  me  when  I  tell  you  plainly,  I 
can  not  give  her  more  to-day?  20.  Look  twice  before  you  leap.  21.  We 
can  not  be  very  far  from  the  spring  now.  22.  Do  you  .say  I  gave  you  too 
much  work  to  do  before  you  go?  23.  You  give  me  too  much  mush ;  I  can 
not  take  so  much,  could  you?  24.  Will  you  not  go  with  me  to  form  the 
club?  25.  Would  you  like  to  see  me  some  time  to-day?  26.  Do  you  like 
those  books?  27.  I  could  give  you  tliese  for  much  less  to-day.  28.  Where 
else  could  they  be  made?  29.  How  else  could  we  go  through  for  so  much 
less?  30.  Do  you  say,  not  just  the  thing?  No,  I  say  not  just  yet. 
31.  You  can  not  wait  for  me  to  see  the  thing  through  to-day.  32.  You 
can  not  sail  now ;  you  must  wait  for  the  breeze  (upright  b).  33.  I  would 
not,  were  I  you ;  there  would  be  too  much  risk.  34.  I  can  not  say  how 
much  such  work  there  will  be  to  do  before  we  go.  35.  He  will  not  be 
here  before  Monday.  36.  She  will  not  leave  her  very  much  money,  I 
fear;  there  will  be  so  much  less,  too,  for  you.  37.  Tliere  will  be  so  very 
much  less  to  do  before  we  will  be  ready  to  go.  38.  When  do  you  suppose 
they  will  form  the  club?  Not  just  yet?  39.  When  will  you  explain  the 
problem  to  the  class?  Not  yet?  40.  Be  very  careful,  for  the  swing  may 
fall.  41.  Will  you  ship  the  bill  to-day?  42.  No,  I  can  not  ship  before 
to-morrow  (tomr).  43.  When  will  the  company  be  formed,  do  you  know? 
44.  Yet  the  boy's  character  may  be  proved  by  just  such  trials. 


PHRASE   WRITING 


37 


CHAPTER  VII 


PHRASE    WRITING 


33.  Phrase  writing  consists  in  joining  together  two  or  more 
common  words  to  save  lifting  the  pen;  such  words  are  will  be, 
will  not,  tvill  you,  will  you  he,  tcill  you  not,  not  yet,  you  may,  you 
are,  you  will,  you  will  be,  you  will  not  be,  etc.  Such  phrases  as 
naturally  occur  in  speech  are  joined  in  writing  by  the  expert  short- 
hand writer.  Generally,  the  letter  or  combination  that  writes  a 
word  positionally,  is  used  to  represent  that  same  word  in  phrases; 
as,  n  for  no,  know,  noiv;  m  for  me,  my,  may;  d  for  day,  do,  due, 
die.  There  are,  however,  some  exceptions  to  this;  as,  v  used  for 
have,  f  iov  if,  circle  r  for  are,  or,  our,  far,  and  for.  After  /,  he, 
and  she,  to  is  used  for  will,  but  in  other  cases  I  is  generally  used ; 
I  is  also  used  for  well  and  all.  In  some  cases  p  instead  of  Z»  is  used 
for  be;  as,  after  will,  tvould,  could,  you,  now,  may.  The  first 
word  of  a  phrase  is  written  positionally  and  the  signs  for  the 
other  words  attached. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1   will  it,         will  be,     will  he  be,      be  there,  will  he  be  there,        I  will, 


2    he  will,       she  will,      why  will,      you  will,         how  will,      who  will, 


3  through  there,   will  he  be  through,       will  be  through,       will  be  there. 


4  may  be,   may  not  be,    how  much,   too  much,    for  such,        I  will  not. 


5  I  will  be  there,  we  will  be  there,      so  will  you,    so  long,     very  long. 


6  too  long,  why  are,  so  are,     they  are,     you  are,     how  are,     not  for. 


ffi) 


449460 


..^... 


38  ECLECTIC    SHOKTHAXD 

7    not  for  me,    would  like,    I  would  like,     so  far  from,      too  far  from, 


8   by  our  firm,        I  have,        for  if,     more  or  less       not  due      let  me  l-e 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  will  you  go,      will  you  go  too,       will  you  go  now,       will  you  give  me 

2  time,      will  you  see  to  them,      will  not,      will  not  be,      will  not  be 

3  there  to-day,       will  not  be  through  to-day,        will  not  have,        will 

4  have,      will  have  to,      will  have  to  have,      will  have  you,     will  you 

5  have  time  for  this,     will  go  by,       will  go  to-day,       will  go  now,       will 

6  you  go  by  there,      can  not  be  there,       I  can  not  be  there  to-day,       I 

7  can  not  have  time,      I  can  not  see  how,       I  can  not  tell,       I  can  not 

8  now  tell,      I  can  not  know,       I  can  not  wait,       I  will  be  there  with 

9  you,       I  will  not,       I  will  see  to  that,     I  will  go  too,     he  will  go  too, 

10  he  will  go  now,       he   will  not  be  tliere,       he  will  not  be  tlirough 

11  there,        he    will     not    bo    there    before    you    are,  she     will 

12  be   there,        she  will  not  be    through    there,         she    may    not    be 

13  there,      she  may  give  you  too  much  to  do,      how  will  you  go,      I  do 

14  not  yet  know,      I  do  not  care,      I  do  not  care  for  much,      I  do  not 

15  care  for  this,       1  do  not  care  to  know,       I  do  not  care  to  wait,       I 

16  may  not,       I  may  not  have  time,       I  may  be,       I  may  be  through 

17  there,        I  may   be  tliere  before    you    are,       I   believe   there   are, 

18  I    do    not    believe    this,        I  do  not  believe  there  are,      I   believe 

19  there  may  be,       I  have  no  time  for  this,        I    believe  you  have, 

20  you  are  sure,      you  are  not  sure,      you  are  too  sure,      they  are  sure, 

21  we  are  sure,      not  so  sure,      too  sure,       how  sure,       too  much  for  me, 

22  too  much  before  me,       were  not  sure,       quite  sure,       quite  through, 

23  will  not  work,       will  you.  work,       when  you  are  through,       when  you 

24  are  there,       when  will  (l)  you  be  there,       when  will  you  be  through, 

25  when  will  you  go,        when  will  you  be  there,       where  will  you  be, 

26  where  will  you  see  me,        wliy  were  you  there,       why  were  you  not 

27  there  before,      why  do  you  go,      will  you  give  me  the  book,      do  you 

28  give  me  the  book,       you  gave  me  the  book,       not  your  book,       who 

29  gave  you  the  book,       not  your,       for  j'ou  are.       for  your,       you  are 

30  not,      you  are  much  too  small,      you  may  not  have  time  for  this, 

31  do  you  know  them,        you  do  not,         you  know  how,        do    you 

32  not,        will  see  you,      we  will  see  you,       we  will  see  you    there, 

33  we  will  be  there  to-morrow,      we  will  be  there  to-night,       we  will  be 

34  through  to-night,       we  will  be  through  to-morrow  night,       we  will 

35  be  through  very  soon,        we  will  soon  be  through,       we  are  nearly 

36  through    now,  we  are  nearly  there,  we     are   nearly    done, 

37  for  this  cause,      for  this  case,     no  cause,      no  case,      for  cause,     the 


VOWELS  89 

38  cause,     the   case,     not  now,      not  know,      will  now,      will  know, 

39  not  if  you  are  well,         not  if  you  are  sure,        not  if  you  are  there; 

40  not  if  you  are  through,      they  are,     there  are,     we  are,       here  are, 

41  so  are,       you  are,       how  are,        who  are,         why  are,        whete  are, 
43  how  far,       not  far,      very  far  from,       so  far,       from  far,      go  far.. 

43  be  for,       buy  for,        how  I,        how  we,       how  so,       how  are  they, 

44  how  are  we  to  be,      how  are  you  to,     see  how  I,     by  our  (r)  time, 
4o  by  our  work,         by  our  men,         see  our  men,       before  our  men, 

46  for  our  men,       from  our  men,       gave  our  men,       give  our  men, 

47  will  our  men,      not  our  men,     take  our  men,      through  our  men, 

48  explain   to  you,         explain  to  me,  time  for  me  to  be  through, 

49  time    for  me  to  be  there,         my  character  (c),        your  character, 

50  the  character,       her  character,      so  long,        not  long,      before  long, 

51  how  long,    to  long,     too  long. 

Examine  your  writing,  correct  all  errors,  and  read  the  phrases 
several  times  until  you  become  familiar  with  them. 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 

Write  the  following  characters  as  a  movement  exercise,  trying 
to  preserve  their  size  and  direction  while  writing  them  as  rapidly  as 
possible.  Practice  them  daily.  Be  sure  that  you  rest  the  hand 
on  the  paper  very  lightly. 


CHAPTER   VIII 


VOWELS 

34.  Vowels  Represented  by  Facile  Lines. — The  vowels,  the 
most  important  letters  in  words,  are  represented  in  this  system  by 
the  most  facile  lines.  The  lines  used  for  a  and  i  are  the  lines 
which  begin  the  a  and  i  in  longhand.  The  o  is  represented  by 
the  straight  downward  line  found  in  all  longhand  small  letters 
except  two;  it  is  also  the  axis  of  o  itself.  The  e  and  u  are  repre- 
sented by  the  tAvo  opposite  curves  used  in  back-slant  longhand. 

35.  Direction  of  Vowels, — The  «,  i,  and  o  are  written  either 
upward  or  downward;  when  upward,  at  the  slant  of  upward 
lines  in  longhand,  viz.,  thirty  degrees;  and  whon  downward,  at 


40  .  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

the  slant  of  downward  lines  in  longhand,  viz.,  sixty  degrees.  The 
e  and  u  are  always  written  downward,  but  in  slants  of  sixty  and 
thirty  degrees,  as  lines  are  drawn  in  backhand  writing. 

a  i  0  e  u 

/     ^^-^^ 

36.  Duality. — When  vowels  are  drawn  downward,  or  at  a  slant 
of  sixty  degrees,  they  are  called  left  vowels^  because  the  move- 
ment is  toward  the  left.  When  drawn  upward,  or  at  a  slant  of 
thirty  degrees,  they  are  called  right  voivels,  because  the  movement 
is  toward  the  right. 

LEFT  VOWELS 

^    y    /   ^  ^ 

RIGHT  VOWELS 


Learn  these  distinctions — left,  right;  and  practice  both  classes 
of  vowels  until  able  to  make  them  perfectly  in  form,  slant,  and 
size. 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 

37.  Two  Classes  of  "Words. — Three-fourths  of  the  words  of  the 
language  begin  with  a  consonant  or  double  consonant  followed  by 
a  vowel.  Our  work  thus  far  has  been  wholly  with  this  class  of 
words.  It  now  remains  to  write  words  beginning  with  a  vowel  or 
diphthong,  followed  by  a  consonant. 

38.  Initial  Vowels  and  Positioned  Consonants. — If  positions  are 
assigned  to  consonants,  as  by  Rule  I  they  are  to  vowels,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  initial  vowels  may  be  written  positionally  to  imply  follow- 
ing consonants,  in  the  same  manner  as  initial  consonants  are 
written  positionally  by  Iiule  I  to  imply  following  vowels. 

39.  Cognate  Consonants. — The  vowel  beginning  a  word  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  consonant,  and  the  following  five  groups  of  cognate 
consonants  (consonants  having  similar  sounds)  are  placed  on  the 


VOWELS 


41 


uve   positions,    that   they    may    be  implied   by  the  vowel    when 
written  positionally :  on  position  1 — p,h;  2 — s,z,  sk,  zh;  3 — m,  n; 


*-j 


5 


To  write  is,  place  i  on  position  2 ;  for  as^  write  a  2 ;  for  ws, 
write  u  2;  for  ease  {ez),  e  2;  for  vp,  n  1;  for  if,  i  4;  for  o/,  o  4; 
for  rtr//^  (^'c),  a  5 ;  for  /m,  i  3. 

From  tliese  illustrations  we  deduce 
Ihile  II. — Initial  left  vowels  are  written 

on  position  1  to  imply  p,  b; 

on  position  2  to  imjjlt/  s,  z,  sh,  zli; 

on  position  3  to  imply  m,  n; 

on  position  4-  lo  imply  f,  v; 

on  position  5  to  imply  c  (k),  g. 

Xotice  that  this  rule  applies  to  left  vowels  only;  never  write  a 
vowel  upward  to  imply  the  consonants  of  this  class. 

40.  The  Diacritical  Dot. — In  writing  by  this  rule,  the  dot  is 
used  over  a  vowel  to  give  it  the  long  sound,  or  under  it  to  make  it 
a  diphthong:  thus,  dotted  a  is  au,  aw;  dotted  e  is  eu,  etuj  dotted 
i  is  oi,  oy;  dotted  u  is  ou,  owj  dotted  o  is  oo.  AVithont  a  dot  the 
vowel  is  short. 

ILLUSTBATIONS 


I     as 


ass     ace     awes     is    ice     eyes    os     owes     ooze    a     an     am 


...z. ^ r /< z_..j^ y / / A ^ ^ ^ 

2  aim       awn        I'm     in     oin    on      om     one     own     ounce     of    off 

f - / / / ^ / / / / ^■ 


7 /■■ 

3  oak   ache     anhes       acre     awk      Ike     ichor    egg        eke      if    I've 

7 ? 7    7    'j-~-~y'~^^^^j ^ v^:  7  7 

4 1  have    up      upper      opera      owner      offer     over      ogre     ocher 


•^ 


^ 


A- 


/ 


7      7 


/      / 

5    Azro      Abraham      Abram      April      apron        obey      assay     open 


<-     ^    ^  ^ 


42 


ECLECTIC    SnORTHAMD 


6  oaken      ocean    omen    opal    oval    evil    eagle    equal  easel  ague 

■; - ^ -^-^l^ <» 


^ 


7    oboe     Emma     Eva    aches    axe    oaks    ox     aims      ample      aml)le 


^ C7- 


■/ (^ c - 


■/^    ^    /   / 

8  ampere     amber      anclior  anger   angry   annal    annual   answer  (ans) 

^ ^ f^ & 6 f ^ C 

9  ape      Abe    appear     angle     angel  any  {en)     ask(gf)       asks     asp 


r    r     c 


C 6- ^ 


-^ ^ t 

10  asps    imps    impress  ink(gr)    afghan  empress,   as  if,     as  are,  as  far  as, 

--^--->4---->i.' 6- z^ V ^= ^ /■— 

11  as  for  me,     as  for  you,   as  are  there,   as  are  through,   as  are  due 
6.. tts^ <r3. ^r:> .4.^. 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  as    ask  (asgf)    asking,     asker   is,     is  not,     is  to,     is  for,    is  so,    is  true 

2  eyes     ices     ism     isthmus  {isms)     Islam  {isim)     apes    aping     apples 

3  applicable  {aplcbl)       appeal  {appl)       appealing      appealable  {applbl) 

4  appeals        apricot  (aprct)       up       upper        upheave  (hv)        upheaval 

5  upheaving     upheaves     uplift      upbear      upon  {itpn)      uppish  (upsh) 

6  upraise     uproar  (rr)     open     opium     oppose  {ops)     oppress     esquire 

7  epicure  {eper)       epoch  {epc)     escape  {escp)     essay  {esa)      use      uses 

8  using      useful        usurp       usher  {ushr)        aims        animate   {anmt) 

9  America     Amazon  {Amzn)     ample     amble      answer  {ans)     annuaT 

10  annul  {ul)       anvil  (r?)        Andrew  {Andim)      in     inner     ink      inky 

11  inking     inked     inks    immune     immerse      impress    imps     impel  {pi) 

12  implore  {plr)        impost  {pst)        impact       impulse        implicate  {plct) 

13  imply       impure       incapable  {cjM)       inch      inches      incorrect  {crct) 

14  incog.       increase        increasing        inculcate  {clct)        incurable  {crbl) 

15  incur       incurs       infer       infers       infernal       infirm  {fnn)       inform 

16  inhuman  {limn)     infest     infuse  {fs)     inject     injure     inlay     inmate 

17  inner    invade  (yd)  if,    if  not,    if  possible,    if  you,    if  he,   if  I,   if  they, 

18  if  we,    if  there,    if  there  are,    if  there  be,    accrue  (r?<)    across     ignore 

19  ignorant       ignorance  {nms)      ignoble  {nbl)        aggravate      aggrieve 

20  agreeable  {agrbl)       accuse  {its)       egg       eggs       egress       equal  {ekl) 
2w  equaling    equally  {minute  I)    eke    ekes    eking 


WRITING    WORDS   WHICH    BEGIX    WITH    RIGHT   VOWELS 


43 


In  writing  the  following  sentences,  connect  the  words  which 
are  joined  by  hyphens. 

1.  Ask  if-you  raay-not  open-the  oflBce-door.  2.  As  often  {ofn)  as  I  am 
able  I-will  aim-to  appear  in  an  easy  open-carriage  (carj).  3.  Am  I  to  go- 
wit  h-you  to- the  opera  to-day?  4.  Is-tlie  drawing  in  ink  one  of  yours? 
5.  Is-the  ink  she  is  using  as  black  as-the  ink  on-the  tablet?  6.  He  asks  us 
not- to  use-the  impure  ice  for-fear  of  incurring  an  incurable  malady.  7.  Is- 
the  usher  in-the  upper  room?  8.  This  is  an  easy  means  of  escape  (escp). 
9.  A  fire  of  wood  is-not  as  warm  as  one  of -coal.  10.  Is  one  to  infer  the 
ink  is  impure  as  often  as  he  is  able  to  open  the  bottle  {botl)'! 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 


CHAPTER  IX 


WRITING    WORDS   WHICH    BEGIN    WITH    RIGHT    VOWELS 

41.  Initial  Right  Vowels  are  written  positionally  to  imply  a 
consonant  following,  according  to 

Rule  III. — Initial  right  vowels  are  written 
on  position  1  to  imply  w,  wh ; 
on  position  2  to  imply  1 ; 
on  position  3  to  imply  r; 
on  position  Jf.  to  imiJly  t,  d,  th ; 
on  position  5  to  imply  ch,  j,  h. 


,^.^ 


Teh 


To  illustrate:  for  aU.,  use  right  a  2;  for  are,  right  a  3;  for 
a/,  add,  right  a  4;  for  age  (aj),  right  a  5.  These  consonants  are 
implied  by  right  vowels  only. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 
1     all      Alps    ill    oil  ills    oils    awls  ell     eel      ail    ailin?  oiling     allay 


2    awe  away  (off)  aware    awhile      awake    are     air    or    ore    at      ate 

X<^  x^  /^  /^  x^^^ 


44  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

3  aught     odd    oat    oath    other    others      err      ear  error    urge    urn 

4  earl  it    its      eddy    eats    ether      argue      ah        aha      ahoy      awful 

'-^z^-::x v::::, ^^3; ^s^::^^ ..^z^--^ ^ 


42.  Rules  II  and  III. — The  consonants  placed  positioually  in 
this  rule  complete  the  consonant  position  alphabet  begun  in  Iiiile 
II.  By  these  tAvo  rales,  any  word  beginning  with  a  vowel  or 
diphthong,  except  double  vowels  as  aerial,  Iowa,  may  be  begun 
definitely,  and  the  first  two  letters,  vowel  and  consonant,  expressed 
clearly  by  writing  the  vowel. 

43.  Initial  Double  Vowels. — The  few  worJs  with  initial  double 
vowels,  in  which  both  vowels  are  sounded,  are  written  by  Rule  I. 
The  first  vowel  is  expressed  by  a  heavy  dot  on  its  vowel  position, 
the  second  vowel  is  attached  to  the  dot,  and  the  rest  of  the  word 
added.  "U^ords  beginning  with  two  vowels,  only  one  of  wliich  is 
sounded,  however,  as  either,  aim,  are  written  regularly,  according 
to  Rules  II  and  III. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

either     aerial       aerie   Aeolian    Iowa  lo   Ion    lona   lola     iota     iodine 

"■'Ni^ " 


44.  The  Diphthongs  an,  aw;  and  aw  Uncoalescent. — The  differ- 
ence in  the  use  of  aw  in  such  words  as  airaij,  aivare,  awal-e,  and 
aivl,  awful,  awkward,  should  be  carefully  noted ;  in  the  first  three 
IV  is  a  consonant,  in  the  last  three  it  forms  a  diphthong  with  a. 
In  the  first  three,  a  is  written  on  7V  position;  in  the  last  three,  the 
aw  is  written  positlonally  for  the  consonant  following  the  diph- 
thong. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  awe      away  (aw)      aware  (awr)       awake  (aicc)      awaking      awakes 

2  awhile       all       ail      ails      ailing      ailment       allure  {air}      also  (als) 

3  almost      Alpine     almond     aloe  (alo)     aloft     Alps       altliough  (alth) 

4  alum      alway  (aliv)     array  (ara)     arc     argue      arch      Arab     arable 

5  arbor       archer       archway  (chrv)       are       air       area       airs      airing 

6  arrays     arrears    arrow  (aro)    at     add     aid    aids     adds    adder    aider 

7  aught      ado     address  (adrs)      adequate  (qt)      admire  (mr)     adore  (r) 

8  attack  (ate)     atlas  {alls)     attempt  (at mi)      attest  (atnt)      attire  (atr) 

9  age      ages      aging      ajar      agile  (ajl)      adjust  (ajst)      adjudge  (ajg) 


MODES    OF    EXPRESSING    H  45 

10  itch  (ieh)     ah    oh     eh    uh    edge  (ej)    edges     edging    edgewise  (ejws) 

11  ell      ells      eel       eels      else       elbow  {bo)      eligible  (elgbl)       element 

12  elect  {elct)     elk     elm     elojie     elf     err    ear      e'er     ears     errors  (eiTs) 

13  erect  {erct)    era    eat    eats     eating    eatable     edible      etiquette  (etct) 

14  each  (ec/i)     udder     old     or     oar     o'er     ore     oral    orb     orchid  (cd) 

15  orchard      orchis  (cs)     organ      orange     odd     ode     oath  (oth)     oaths 

16  other      others      ought  (ot)      it     its      idle      idol     idyl     idiom  (idm) 

17  outlay     outlaw     outlook     outline     outfit     outlast     outrun     outset 
IS  outweigh  (w)  outgo  outwit  outshine  (shn)  outwent 

19  outriglit  (rt)      awl       awning       ounces       awful       awfully  (minute  I) 

20  auricle    author    authors 

1.  It  is  of  no  use  at  all  to  try  to  add  to  it  now,  as  it  will  not  aid  you  if 
you  can  do  it.  2.  Will-you-pay-for  all  the  oil  at  once,  or  would  you 
rather- wait  till  it  is  all  out  of  the  oil  can?  3.  It  is  quite  odd;  such  an  old 
man  as  he  is  ought-to  be  over  all  such  airs.  4.  All  the  old  men  in  line 
to-day  are  as  fine  appearing  as  one  can  often  see.  5.  It  is  so  odd  he  owed 
it  at  the  time,  while  no  one  at  the  place  knew  of  it.  6.  They  are  all  away 
at  the  fair.  7.  Do-you  say  the  egg  is  edible  or  eatable?  8.  Ought  all 
the  others  at  any  time  to  be  able  to  aid  it?  9.  If  either  door  is  ajar,  touch 
it  at  its  outer  edge  to  close  it.  10.  The  poor  old  man  is  all  out  at  the 
elbow. 


CHAPTER  X 

MODES    OF    EXPRESSING    H 


45.  The  H  Shade. — "When  h  begins  a  word,  it  is  always  fol- 
lowed by  a  vowel  or  diphthong,  since  no  consonant  coalesces  with 
an  initial  k.  In  writing  such  words  the  vowel  following  h,  if  it 
is  a  left  vowel,  is  shaded  at  the  top  to  represent  h  and  is  placed 
on  position  for  the  consonant  that  follows.  Thus  has  is  written 
by  placing  a  shaded  left  a  on  position  2 ;  him,  by  placing  a  shaded 
left  I  on  position  3.  B  and  u,  even  when  used  as  right  vowels, 
may  also  be  shaded  for  h,  but  the  right  forms  of  a,  i,  and  o 
are  never  shaded  for  h,  since  they  are  upward  strokes.  The 
Ji  shade  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  the  r  shade  by  being 
made  on  the  upper  p.irt  of  the  vowel  only. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  has  him  hope  heave  hoop   house   whose  happen  hovel 


46 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


hammer    human     hence 


help 

>s:>„ 


liawser  hyperbola    hasp     husk 

^ ^._ A :^. 


3    hive    have    hog      hug    hawk    hedge    hulk 


here        hum 


-r- 


A — 


'  ^      '      /      ^    / 

46.  The  H  Circle. — la  words  in  which  the  shorthand  spelling 
requires  only  two  letters,  as  lie^  hoe^  Jtigli-,  etc.,  the  h  circle  is 
used.  It  can  not  be  mistaken  for  r,  as  the  r  circle  never  stands 
detached. 

When  the  vowel  following  h,  if  written  positional! j,  would  be 
right  «,  i,  or  o,  the  h  circle  is  employed  instead  of  the  shade,  and 
is  distinguished  from  r  by  being  joined  angularly  to  a  following 
letter. 

The  circle  is  also  usually  employed  even  when  the  vowel  is 
e  or  u,  if  the  following  consonant  is  I,  r,  t,  or  f?,  since  a  following 
?,  as  in  heal^  is  implied  by  making  the  circle  minute,  a  following  t 
or  d  by  enlarging,  and  a  following  r  by  shading. 


1  hay 
o 


he 


hew    high 
2      hatch     hitch 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

hoe     how     who    hath 


hither 


hawthorn 
O — *r— 


C^ 


hash  hush  hair 
3  horse    harangue   had       hit     hot 


o 

here 


,..o._... 


hail 


higher    hoar      hurricane 


O 


o 


^^ „ : 

47.  H  Medial  or  Final. — When  li  occurs  elsewhere  tluai  at  the 
beginning  of  a  word,  it  is  represented  either  by  the  shade  or  by 
the  angularly  joined  circle,  whichever  forms  the  more  facile  outline. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  cohere  unliitch    Bohemia  Mahometan      boyhood    ashes    unhoop 


•'-"•O-" 


X- 


2  unhook    hedgehog    henhawk    Ivanhoe         vmharmed    unhappily 


PHRASING  47 

48.  The  H  Circle  Used  for  Sh  and  Ch. — At  any  part  of  a  word 
except  the  beginning  the  li  circle  may  be  used  for  sh  or  ch.  This 
should  be  used,  however,  only  in  those  cases  in  which  the  alpha- 
betic forms  for  sh  and  ch  do  not  join  well  with  the  other 
characters,  as  dah  =  dash. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

batch    thatch    fetch     dish    sash     watch    cash          quash    dash 
.<:rz:z^ « — ^ k 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  has     hasp     his     hissing     husks     happy  {hap)     happen     happening 

2  haply      helped     hope    hopes     hoping     hopeful     hopeless    him     hymn 

3  home       homes      homing      homely      homespun  (spn)       hem      hems 

4  hemming     hemmer     hum     hums     humming     hummer  (humr)     hemp 

5  hump        humps        ham        hams       hampers  (prs)        hens       hence  (s) 

6  Homer     halves  {havs)       hives       heaves       hovers     hovering     heaver 

7  heavers      hack      hacking     hacker      higgling      hug      hugs     hugging 

8  awkAvard       hawk       hawking       auk       hews      hewer's      help      helps 

9  helping     helper      helpmeet  {mt)      hawsers      hewer     house      houses 

1.  If  he  shall  happen  to  come  home  at  half-past  eight  (at)  have  him 
fetch  the  dish  from  the  liive.  2.  I  hope  his  home  is  not  half  as  unhappy 
as  he  is.  3.  Do-you-hear  the  humming  in  the  air;  is  it  not  the  humming 
bird?  4.  Is  it  not  a  sweet  hummer?  5.  His  homely  house  is  half  a  block 
from  his  shop,  half  hidden  (enlarged  h)  among  (dot  =  ong)  hovering 
trees.  6.  If  his  help  in  heaving  coal  has  been  half  as  helpful  (minute  I) 
as  his  other  help,  his  time  has  been  well  spent.  7.  Why  higgle  with 
the  hackman  over  his  price?  8.  If  it  happen  to  hit  him  on  his  homely 
nose,  his  anger  will  have  reason  to  rise.  9.  Hams  are  not  half  as  high 
priced  now  as  they  were,  nor  as  they  will  be  a  week  hence. 

49.  Vocabulary. — With  the  alphabet,  the  coalescents,  and  the 
three  rules  which  have  been  given,  there  is  now  no  word  in  the 
language  which  can  not  bo  begun  correctly.  Our  vocabulary  of 
complete  words  is,  however,  still  greatly  limited,  and  we  must  be 
content  to  write  such  words  as  we  can,  until  new  means  of  abbre- 
viation are  presented. 

CHAPTER  XI 

PHRASING 

50.  Phrase  Words  from  Rule  II. — The  phrase  words  arising  from 
\lule  II  (§39)  are  up,  as,  is,  ease,  us,  use,  owes,  an,  a,  on,  own,  one, 
any  {en),  ash  {asg),  equal,  ever,  over,  offer,  has,  his,  house,  whose^ 
him,  home. 


48  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

51.  Phrases. — The  phrases  arising  are  very  simple  and  scarcely 
need  illustrating,  except  the  implied  phrases,  you  may^  represented 
by  M  3;  you  have^  represented  by  ?*  4;  I  have ^  by  i  4;  he  may^  by 
he  3;  he  is^  by  he  2;  hotv  is,  by  how  2;  ho7v  may,  by  hmu  3;  who 
is,  by  hoo  2 ;  and  loho  may,  by  hoo  3. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  you  may,      you  have,     I  have,    he  may,     he  is,    how  is,    how  may, 

.:) ^ ^ ^V: ^ -^ -V- 

2  who  is,      who  may,    do  as,   know  as,  don't  know  as,   so  is,    anyone, 

-^- - /— - 


y 


3  no  one,     give  us,      give  his,     go  home,     my  house,  who  have, 

■"•V "n " y "~"" 7 - — ^ — / — 

4  as  far,      as  far  as,     not  any,     not  equal,     in  every,  got  over 


"^ =\ t 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  do  as,     so  as,      know   as,      not   as,       see   as,       be   as,      when  as, 

2  do  not  know  as,      in  as,      is  as,      if  as,     for  as,      give  as,      go  as, 

3  gay  as,     up  as,       he  is,       how  is,       who  is,      when  is,      where  is, 

4  there  is,      she  is,       as  is,       he  is  here,       there  is  not,      he  is  not, 

5  who  is  not,     she  is  not,     this  is  not,      there  is  no,      there  is  now, 

6  will  ask,       would  ask,       to  ask,      I  do  not  ask,      I  can  not  ask, 

7  this  is  all  (Z)  the  (f/i),      where  is  all  the,      do  as  all  the,      gave  us, 

8  give  us,     do  us,     tell  us,       for  us,      with  us,      no  use,       for  any, 

9  before  any,     by  any,    do  any,     take  any,     not  any,    any  one,    any 

10  time,     any  more,     any  less  (dot),     how  any  one  can,     see  any  one, 

11  know  any  one  else,     see  any  one  else,     for  any  one  else,     before  any 

12  one  else,       give  any  one  else,      ask  me,      ask  too  much,      ask  his, 

13  ask  us,    ask  no  one,    ask  any  one  else,    ask  for,    go  over,    give  over, 

14  be  over,       see  over,       is  over,       any  over,       for  ever,       nor  ever, 

15  whenever,       wherever,      in  every  (minute  r  circle)  case,     in  every 

16  cause  (dot),      in  every  place,    every  one,     everywhere,     every  time, 

17  in  case,       in  no  case,       in  one  case,      in  one  place,      in  his  way, 

18  on  his  way,     buy  one  for  no  less,     you  may  not  be,     you  may  not 

19  have,       you  have  no  time,       you  have  none,      you  have  thought, 

20  I  have  been,     I  have  seen,     I  have  found,    I  have  thought,     I  have 

21  not,      I  have  known,      gave  equal  parts,      their  equal,       his  equal, 
82  no  equal,    not  equal,     has  no  equal,     were  not  equal,     will  equal. 


PHRASING  49 

23  will  not  equal,       is  not  equal,       do  not  equal,      who  is  there,    you 

24  may  be,    he  is  to  be,    he  is  through,   he  is  there,   he  may  be,    he  may 

25  not  be,      he  may  have  been,      who  is  there,      who  is  not,     who  is  he, 

26  who  may  seem,     who  have  not  been,     you  may  know,     you  may  have, 

27  you  may  come,     you  may  find,     you  may  think,     you  may  use,      you 

28  may  pay,     you  may  put,     you  may  call,     you  may  fill,     you  have  no, 

29  you  have  been,     I  have  come  to  think,     he  is  not,     he  is  said,     he  is 

30  engaged,     he  is  seen  to  be,     how  is  this,    how  is  it,     how  is  he,     how 

31  is  that,     how  may  we  know,     who  is  that,     who  is  there,     who  is  he, 

32  who  may  find,     who  may  come,     who  is  well  known,     who  may  want. 

52.  Phrase  Words  from  Rule  III. — The  important  phrase 
words  derived  from  Rule  III  (§-11),  are  all^  are,  away,  aivare,  age,  it, 
its,  or,  of,  other,  others,  each,  which,  our,  out,  ought.  Of  these 
the  words  are^  or,  our,  and  far,  when  not  initial  in  the  phrase, 
are  represented  by  r,  and  the  word  all  by  I.  After  t  and  all 
minute  letters  the  I  does  not  join  well;  therefore,  when  all  follows 
these  letters  use  right  a.  As  right  a  is  used  for  all  only  when 
following  t,  h,  r,  I,  sh,  wh,  and  ch,  it  may  generally  be  used  for 
a,  an.  Many  writers  prefer  to  use  minute  a  for  a  and  ati,  and  it 
may  properly  be  so  used.  The  word  of  in  phrasing  is  written  by 
right  0,  and  of  the  or  of  it  by  right  o  half-length.  The  words  I 
am  and  /  may  are  represented  by  right  i  3,  since  ire  is  a  word  of 
infreouent  occurrence.  Right  i  5,  when  written  alone  or  at  the 
beginning  of  a  phrase,  represents  the  word  which;  right  i  attached 
to  a  preceding  word  represents  either  which  or  /. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  are  aware,      are  away,  all  are  aware,       all  our  might,     are  all  away, 

2  it  may  be,         all  others,      all  of,     all  of  the,   each  of,  each  one. 


S  each  time,     which  is,     which  I,      which  one,    which  I  will, 

"^ ' 3^7  Z^--~--Zy~ -ZP^ 

4    which  we,        which  you,     which  are,*    I  may  be,      I  may  not. 


*  When  circle  r  is  attached  to  t,  it  is  turned  on  the  right  side  to  prevent  confusion 
wlthj. 


50 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


5  I  may  do  so,     I  am  sure,       I  am  not  sure,      in  our  way,      in  our  age, 

6  at  our  age,     see  how  I,     of  our  age,  it  is,    it  is  not,  it  is  true, 

-■■■■■■  ?'''^^-     j^ z::^; i::^ z^ " 

"T      it  is  not  true,  all  of  one,    are  of  the,  not  of  the,  look  at, 

8  ought  to  be,      to  all,        for  all,        how  all,    hear  all,  why  all,  show  all 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  I  am,     I  am  not,     I  am  so,     I  am  sure,     I  am  glad,     I  am  not  aware, 

2  I  am  not  so  sure  of  it,     I  am  going,     I  may  not  be  there,     I  may  not 

3  be  through,      I  may  not  see  you,      I  maj'  not  wait,       we  are  all  well 

4  to  all,     take  all,     not  all,      how  all,     hear  all,     where  all,     why  all, 

5  show  all,      for  all  are,      there  all  are,      nearly  all  are,      as  all  are, 

6  as  all  men  are,     are  you  aware,     we  are  aware  of  it,     they  are  aware 

7  of  it,      they  are  not  aware  of  it,      very  well  aware,      very  well  aware 
[  8  of  it,      very  well  known,      very  well  seen,      not  ours,      it  is  not  ours, 

9  why  are  you  not  aware  of  it,     why  are  you  not  sure,      why  now, 

10  no  others,       give  others,      for  others,       why  others,      when  others, 

11  by  others,      all  others,      on  all  other,      one  or  tlie  other,      one  or  the 

12  other  of  you,    one  or  the  other  of  us,     by  all  means,     by  some  means, 

13  by  such  means,      all  our,     at  our,     at  our  time  of,      in  our  time, 

14  in  our  way,      on  our  way,      in  our  work,      over  our  time,      over  our 

15  way,     over  our  work,     out  of  our  work,     out  of  our  course,     my  age, 

16  our  age,     your  age,     of  age,     its  age,     not  of  age,     her  age,     age  of, 

17  age  after  age,      now  at,      buy  at,     for  at,      as  at,      all  at,      when  at, 

18  take  at,      take  it,       time  it,      for  it,       before  it,      lay  it,      as  far  as, 

19  at  our  time,     at  our  own,    at  our  day,     at  our  time  of. 

53.  Positional  Phrases. — There  are  a  few  phrases  of  two  words 
each,  the  last  word  being  a,  tTie^  /,  or  you  and  therefore  expressed 
by  one  of  the  positions ;  as,  to  n,  to  the,  to  you,  do  a,  do  the,  do  /, 
do  you.  In  all  such  phrases  the  first  word,  or  the  sign  for  it,  is 
written  on  the  position  of  the  second  word,  thus  expressing  both 
words  in  one  sign.     In  the  following  phrases,  the  signs  used  are 


INITIAL   VOWELS 


51 


z  for  ffs,  as  in  a«  a;  f  for  (/",  as  in  if  the;  I  for  will^  as  in  will  you; 
I  written  inverted  for  all^  as  in  all  the  day. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    to  a,      to  the,   to  you,  do  a,      do  the,      do  you,    do  I,    for  a,  for  the, 


2  for  you,     for  I,    as  a,     as  the,      as  I,     as  you,  have  a,    have  the. 


3  have  I,     have  you,       if  a,     if  the,     if  I,     if  you,     alia,  all  the. 


4         all  I,     all  you,     will  a.     will  the,     will  I,     will  you,  all  I  have. 


-^ 


..jjj^-^rrr.. 


5      all  you  have,         all  the  time,   all  the  day,  will  I  lia\     time, 
i^. -^ ..rrrr:L_______.. 


6  will  you  have,     will  you  go,     will  you  not.         will  you  be  there. 


7  will  you  be  through,      through  a,      through  the,    through  you,  of  a. 


8         of  the  two,    of  you,         if  I  have,         as  you  have,  as  I  may 


CHAPTER   XII 

INITIAL    VOWELS    (CONTINUED) 

54.  Vowels  Modified  for  t,  d,  or  th,  and  in  or  n. — The  vowels 
being  short  characters  are,  like  the  short  consonant  characters, 
made  half-length  for  a  following  t^  c?,  or  tli^  and  minute  for  a 
following  m  or  n. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  and       hand     hint     apt     assert     aster     afraid     after      another 

-/ — < / - ^ ^••-- r-- -•r--- "^ — 


52 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


2  about    anther     act    agreed    accord    actor     art     allowed    added 

'  r~ } " (f "7—"^ "' ^ ' 

3  audit    aged    ahead    oiled     await     enter     under    upright    amen 

4  again     upon       appoint     assent     amount     avaunt    account  even 


/ 


/ 7 


"v;"" 


5  heavenly      alone       army     atom      autumn    item      iron       illness 


6  Ivanhoe    happens    human      against      adjoining    eventually    arms 

The  student  will  need  much  careful  practice  to  place  the  fore- 
going words  correctly  and  to  preserve  their  relative  sizes  in  rapid 
writing. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  and    ant    aunt    ants    another    Andrew  {Andni)    apt    aptly    about 

2  abroad    apartment    asserts     asters     affords     afterthought     accords 

3  according      arts      awaits       allowed       aided       agent  {agt)       agents 

4  arrayed  {arad)    allayed  (alad)    obeyed  (obad)    amid    annoyed    avoid 

5  avowed    east    ends     enters     eft     egged     oiled     allied  (alid)     ailed 

6  uprights     undress     appoints    assents    amounts     accounts     against 

7  atoms     autumns     alone     alum      arms      armistice  (arnists)     items 

8  irons      ironing      event      events      evenly      evening      hoped     liast« 

9  heaved     hint     hands     handle      handily     haft     halved     haunting 
10  heaped    heaven    hedged    hugged     hummed     hunt     hound    housed 

55.  The  r  Following  an  Initial  Vowel. — An  initial  vowel  fol- 
lowed by  r  is  always  written  on  the  r  position. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

are  oral  Ira  ear  urn  urchin  order  ardor 


■■;y<0, „...^ _ 

If  another  r  follows,  which  must  be  written,  it  is  represented 
by  the  circle,  which  may  be  shaded  for  a  third  ;•:  as,  in  arrears. 


INITIAL   VOWELS  58 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

arrears         arraign    errand  irritable    errors        urari    orris  orrery 

^....^^. „ /^rrr: V;jj^ ^^^ Vsjj^ ->s^  ^ _^,y^. 

56.  If  a  left  vowel  is  followed  by  a  consonant  with  a  coalescing 
r,  as  in  agree,  accrue^  afresh^  afraid,,  approach,  upright,  shade  the 
vowel  for  the  r.  If  the  position  consonant  is  followed  by  an 
unaccented  vowel  and  r,  as  in  ever,  over,  upper,  inner,  also  shade 
the  initial  vowel  to  imply  the  r.  The  words  ever  and  every  are 
best  used  as  phrase  words,  written  with  the  circle  r. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  abridge    agree    afresh      Africa    affray    approach    apron    undress 

_L ^_^ ^^^^^. _- ^.... 

2  average     acre    accrue     offer      over  upper    inner     ever     averse 

~X"7~^7 ^ :^.-v ^ c 

3  every  everywhere         evermore  everyday        everything 


"^  v^ <_ - v_      V, - 

57.  If  the  position  consonant  is  followed  by  an  accented  vowel 
and  r,  the  circle  is  used  to  imply  an  accented  vowel. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  aboard       assort    accord      inroad      afar      affair      assure      inure 

^  —J- c/ J J ^.—..V 

2  assured      inured      occur        occurred      enormity     abortive  overt 

-'-^ -7-7--^ "^ r 

58.  If  double  r  follows  a  left  vowel,  as  in  overreach,  override^ 
shade  the  vowel  and  add  the  circle. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

overreach        override      overrule      overrun    uproarious     offerer 


54  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  bra      arb      abr      bar     abar      bre      erb      ebr     ber     eber     bri     irb 

2  ibri     bir     ibir     bro     orb     obro     bor     obor     bru     urb     ubru     bur 

3  ubur     era     arc      acra     car     acor     ere     ere     ecre     cer     ecer     eri 

4  ire     ier     eiro     icor     cro     ore     oero     coro     ocor     cru     urc     ucru 

5  cur     ueur     dra     ard     adra     dar     adar     dre     erd    edre    der    eder 

6  dri     ird     idri     dir     idir     dro      ord      odro      dor      odor      dru     urd 

7  udru      dur     udur     fra     arf      afra     far      afar     fre     erf     efre     far 

8  efer     fri     irfi     ifri     fir     ifir     fro     orf     ofro     for    ofor     fru     urf 

9  ufru     fur     ufur     gra     arg     agra     gar     agar     gre    erg    egre     ger 

10  eger     gri     irg     igri      gir     igir      gro     org     ogro     gor      ogor     gru 

11  urg     ugru     gur     ugur     pra     arp     apra    par    apar    pre    erp    epre 

12  per     eper      pri     irp      ipri      pir     ipir      pro     orp     opro     poro     por 

13  pru     urp     upru     pur     uper     tra     art      atra      tar      atar     tre     ert 

14  etre     ter     eter     tri     irt     itri     tir     itir     tro     ort     otro    tor    otor 

15  tru     urt     utru     tur     utur     thra     arth     athra     thar     ather     tlire 

16  erth     etlire     ther     ether     thri     irth     ithri    ithir    thir    thro    orth 

17  othro  ,  thor     othor     thru     urth     uthru     thur     uthur     shra     arsh 

18  ashra     shar     ashar     apra     apar    abra    abar   apre   aper    apri    apir 

19  apro     apor     apru     apur     asra     asar     asre     aser     asri      asir     asro 

20  asor     asru     asur     azra     azar     azre     azer     azri     azir     azro     azor 

21  azru     azur     amra     amar     amre     amer     amri    amir    amro     amor 

22  amru      amur      anra     anar      anre      aner      anri     anir     anro     anor 

23  anru     anur     afra     afar     afre     afer     afri     afir     afro     afor      afru 

24  afur     avra     avar     avre     aver    avri    avir    avro     avor    avru     avur 

25  acra     acar     acre     acer     acri     acir     acru     acur    agra    agar    agre 

26  ager     agri     agir     agro     agor     agru     agur     alra     alar     aire     aler 

27  alri      alir     alru      alur      alro     alor     adra     adar     adre     ader     adri 

28  adir     adro     ador     adru     adur     atra     atar     atre     ater     atri     atir 

29  atro     ator     atru     atur     athra     athar     athre     ather     athri     athir 

30  athro      athor     athru      athur      ajra      ajar      ajre     ajer     ajri     ajir 

31  ajro      ajor       ajru       ajur       appreciable  (aprshbl)       approach  (aprch) 

32  approve  (aprv)       apprehend  {aprhnd)      applicate  {applet)    attire  {atr) 

33  aggravate  {agrvt)       aggrieve  {agrv)        attract  (atrct)        attest  {atst) 

34  attack  {ate) 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

Let  the  student  write  the  following  syllables  and  words 
through  once,  and  then  write  each  ten  times.  This  will  greatly 
help  him  to  fix  the  writing  of  vowels  by  Rules  II  and  III. 

Al  ab    ap     hab     hap     aub     abr     apr     eb     ep     heb     hep     ebr     epr 

2  ib    ip     hib     hip     ibr     ipr     ob     op    hob     hop    obr    opr     ub    up 

3  hub     hup     ubr     upr     as     az     has     haz    aus    haus    asr     azr    es 

4  ez     hes     hez     eus     ews     ezr     esr     is    iz     his    hiz     isr    izr    ois 

5  hois     OS     oz     hos     hoz     ooz     hooz     osr     ozr     us    uz     hus     hxn 


RECAPITULATION  55 

6  usr     uzr     ous     hous     am    an    ham    han    amr    anr    hamr    hanr 

7  awm     em     en     hem     hen     emr     enr     hemr    henr     in    im     hin 

8  him     inr     imr     himr     hinr     on    om    oin    hoyn     hon    horn    onr 

9  omr     honr     homr     of     ov     liof     hov    ofr     ovr     hofr     hovr     uf 

10  uv     huf      huv     ufr      uvr      huvr      ag     ac     ak     hag     hac     awk 

11  hawk     ecr     egr     hegr      eg     eo     ek     heg     hec     ic     ig     ik     hig 

12  hie    hik    igr    icr    hicr   og   oc    ok    hog     hoc    hok     ogr    ocr    hogr 
B 1  aw     awr     awhl     al     air     ar     arr     ad     at    ath     addr     atr     adi 

2  aj     ah     il     ilr     ir     irr     irl    or    orr    orl    ot    odd    oth    otr    odr 

3  othr    odly    oh     och    oj    el    eir     er     err     e^l     erly    et     ed    eth 

4  ethr     etl    ech    ej     eh     ejr     ul     ulr      ur    url    urly    ut    ud    uth 

5  utr     udr     onr     only     awfly     esly     erly    homly    ably    idly    odly 

6  egl    ekl    ekly    hagl    hagly    higl    highly 

C  1  obey  (oba)    abbey  (aby)    abbess    able    apple    open  (opn)    opera  {opra) 

2  opulence  (oplns)        up      upper  (upr)        upheave  (uphv)       upheaval 

3  opal  (opZ)    us    use   uses    using    user  (usr)    usual  (usl)    usually  (usly) 

4  using       useful   (nsfl)        usurp  {usr}))       usage  (usg)        ease       easy 

5  easier  {esr)      easel  (esT)      easiest  (esst)      ask  (asg)      asks      asking 

6  aspen    (aspn)        aspire        assay    (asa)        assaying       assayer    (asar) 

7  assume  (asm)    isthmus  (isms)     Islam  {Mm)     Anna  {Ana)    annal  {anl) 

8  aniline  {anln)      amj^le     ampere  {ampr)     only     one  {on)     once  {ons) 

9  inner  {inr)       ink       inks      inky       inked    {inkd)       inkstand    {stnd) 

10  enrage  {enrg)     Emma  {Ema)     empire     empress     Una    unlike  {unlk) 

11  unless  {imls)      humble      hung      hunger  {gr)    of      offer  {ofr)    over 

12  offal  {ofl)     often  {ofn)     office  {ofs)     avail  {avl)     aver     average  {avrg) 

13  averse  {avrs)      ever  {evr)     evil     evict  {evct)     Eva     uvula    ache  {ac) 

14  acre  {acr)     acres  oak  {ok)     ogre     oaks     ox  (ocs)     oxen     egg    eggs 

15  eagle  {egt)    eager  {egr)    equal  {ekV)    ugly    uglier  {uglr) 


CHAPTER   XIII 


RECAPITULATION 


59.  Two  Alphabets. — We  have  now  fully  presented,  and  the 
student  should  have  thoroughly  mastered,  the  two  alphabets, 
visible  and  invisible,  one  of  letters,  the  other  of  positions  repre- 
senting letters. 

60.  Two  Initial  Letters. — The  object  of  both  alphabets  is  abbre- 
viation, and  by  combining  letters  from  each  in  accordance  with 
the  three  rules,  any  two  initial  letters  of  a  word  are  legibly 
expressed  by  one  letter. 


56  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

61.  Three  Initial  Letters. — By  the  methods  of  writing  coa- 
lescents.  both  vowels  and  consonants,  which  have  been  presented, 
any  two  coalescing  letters  are  expressed  in  one  letter ;  and  by  com- 
bining the  coalescents  with  the  positioned  alphabet,  three  letters 
beginning  a  word  are  legibly  represented  by  one  letter. 

62.  Four  Initial  Letters. — By  means  of  the  principles  of  length- 
ening, shortening,  and  making  minute,  four  initial  letters, — two 
coalescents,  a  vowel,  and  a  following  consonant, — may  be  repre- 
sented clearly  by  one  shorthand  letter.  By  a  few  principles  of 
abbreviation  yet  to  be  presented,  many  frequent  initial  combinations 
and  syllables  of  four  and  five  letters  are  written  by  one  letter. 

63.  Order  in  Writing. — The  writing  of  these  beginnings  of 
words,  by  these  rules,  precisely  conforms  to  the  order  of  the 
utterance  of  the  sounds  in  the  spoken  word,  so  that  the  elements 
of  the  written  word  are  presented  to  the  eye  of  the  reader  in  the 
same  sequence  as  the  spoken  word  is  to  the  ear  of  the  hearer. 

A  definite  idea  of  each  of  the  preceding  features  is  of  the 
utmost  importance  to  the  pupil,  who  should  not  pass  this  lesson 
until  able  to  apply  all  of  them  in  writing  such  words  as  have  been 
given.  Carefully  study  the  following  re-statement  of  the  three 
rules,  and  write  the  illustrations  many  times,  until  clear  ideas  are 
formed  of  the  beginnings  of  words. 

POSITIONED  ALPHABET 
Positions  Vowels 

1  a  au  aw 

i  e  eu  ew 

3  i  y  oi   oy 

4  o  ou  ow 

5  n  oo 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  sa    as     has    aus    haus    se    es    hes    ews     hews    si       is  his    ois 

„.rr::.^.......i^..„...^....-.^--::=rr:^  ^s....,^ ..j.....j.. a... 

2  hois  so     OS    owes    ooz    hooz  su    us      hus  ous      hous  houses 

^...,^;^^..z.„..j^_..z.™..Z ::i......_.1.3 :;i :^..-. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  sa     as     has     aus     liaus     se     es     hes     ews     hews    si    is    his    ois 

2  hois      so     OS      hos     oos     hoos      su      us     hus     ous     hous     be     eb 


Consonants 

Left 

Right 

pb 

w  wh 

s  z  sh  zh 

1 

m  n 

r 

f   V 

t  d  th 

c  k  g  (qu  X) 

ch  j  h 

PRACTICE    IN    RELATIVE    SIZES    OF    MODIFIED    LETTERS  57 

3  heb  eub     lieub     bi     ib     hib     oib  hoib    bo    ob    hob    oob     hoob 

4  bu  ub     hub     oub     lioub     ca     ac  hac     auc     liauc     ce    ec     hec 

5  euo  heuc     ci     ic      hie     oic      hoic  co     oc     hoc     ooc     hooc     cu 
G  ue  hue     oue     houc     do     ad     had  aud    haud    de    ed    hed     eud 

7  heud     di     id     hid     oid     hoid     do     od     hod     oud     houd     du    ud 

8  hud     fa     of     haf     auf     hauf     fe    ef     hef     euf    heuf     fi    if     hif 

9  oif     hoif     foo     of     hof     oof     hoof     fu      huff     ouf    houf    ga    ag 

10  hag      aug      haug      ge      eg      heg      eug     heug     gi     ig     hig     oig 

11  hoig     go     og     hog     oog     hoog     gu    ug    hug    oug    houg    ha    ah 
13  auh     he     eh     heh     euh     heuh     hi     ich     oieh     ho     oh     ooli     hu 

13  huh      ouh     houh      ja      aj      auj     je     ej     hej     heuj      ji     ij     oij 

14  jo     oj     ooj     ju     uj     ouj     huj    houj    la    al    aul    le    el    hel    eul 

15  heul      li     il     oil      lo     ol     ool      lu     ul     hul     oul     houl     ma     am 

16  ham      aum     haum      an     han     aun      haun      me     em     hem     eum 

17  heum      mi      im      him.     oim      hoim      mo     om     horn     oom     hoora 

18  mu      um     hum      oum      houm      na      an     han     hun     haun     been 

19  hen     eun     heun     ni     in     hin     oin    hoin    no    on    hon    oon    boon 

20  nu     un     hun     oun     houn     pa     ap    hap     aup    haup     pe    ep    hep 

21  eup     heup     pi     ip     hip     oip     hoip     po     op     hop    oop     hoop    pu 

22  up     hup     oup     houp     qua     akw     que    ekw    qui    ikw    quo    okw 

23  ra     ar     aur     re     er     ewr     her     hewr     ri     ir     oir     hoir     ro     or 

24  oor    boor       ru     ur     hur     our     hour     ta    at    aut    ha    te    et    bet 

25  eut     heut      ti     it      oit     to      ot     oot     tu     ut     out     va     av     hav 

26  auv     hauv     ve     ev     hev     euv     heuv    vi     iv    hiv    oiv     hoiv    vo 

27  ov     hov     oov     hoov      vu      uv     huv      ouv     houv     wa     aw     haw 

28  we    he    hew    wi    hi    wo    ow    how     xa     aks     haks     auks     hauks 

29  xe    eks    heks     euks    heuks    xi     iks     hiks     oiks      hoiks      xo      oks 

30  hoks    ooks    hooks    xu    uks    huks     ouks     houks     ya     ye      yi      yo 

31  yu    cha     ach     auch    che     ech     euch      hech     euch      heuch      chi 

32  ich    hich    oich    hoich    chu    uch     huch     ouch      houch     sha      ash 

33  aush    she    esh    eush    lieush    shi    ish     oish     sho      osh      oosh      shu 

34  ush    hush    oush    housh    wha    awh    whe 


CHAPTER    XIV 


PRACTICE    IN    RELATIVE    SIZES    OF    MODIFIED    LETTERS 

64.  Modifications  in  Size, — It  is  evident  that  long  letters  may 
bo  lengthened  and  short  letters  shortened  without  conflicting 
with  each  other,  and  that  surface  letters  may  be  both  enlarged 
and  made  minute  without  confusion. 


58  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

65.  Classes  of  Letters. — To  refresh  the  pupil's  mind  on  the 
three  classes  of  letters  and  their  modifications,  and  to  perfect  him 
in  writing  them,  let  him  now  write  each  class,  in  alphabetic  size, 
six  times. 

The  long  letters  are  m,  /,  s,  v,  c,  q,  k,  w,  x,  p,  z. 

The  short  letters  are  a,  i,  o,  e,  w,  b,  n,  th^  d,  r. 

The  surface  letters  are  h,  r,  I,  jo,  g,  sh^  ch,  wh,  ng,  /,  sc,  sp,  st. 

66.  Long  Letters. — Now  make  six  copies  of  the  long  letters 
about  one-half  longer  than  their  alphabetic  size,  and  six  copies 
twice  their  usual  size;  also  six  of  lengthened  j3  and  ^. 

This  lengthening  is  to  imply  a  following  m  or  w,  and  the  double 
lengthening  is  to  imply  an  additional  m  or  n^  as  in  minim,  summon. 

67.  Short  Letters. — Make  six  copies  of  the  short  letters  except 
0,  in  miniature  size, — as  minute  as  possible  while  yet  preserving 
their  form  and  proper  direction.  These  minute  forms  of  «,  i,  e,  ?/, 
w,  fZ,  th,  r,  and  h  are  distinct  characters  implying  a  following  m  or 
n  and  often  a  following  y,  I,  hj,  fl,  Jig. 

Xow  make  six  copies  of  the  short  letters  half  their  alphabetic 
size,  which  is  done  to  imply  a  following  t,  d,  or  th. 

68.  Surface  Letters. — Make  six  copies  of  the  surface  letters  half 
larger  than  their  alphabetic  size,  which  is  done  to  imply  a  follow- 
ing t,  d,  or  th.  Remember  that  h,  sh,  ch,  and  wh  are  not  enlarged 
for  a  following  tJi. 

Make  six  copies  double  their  alphabetic  size,  which  is  done 
to  imply  a  following  tt,  id,  dd,  making  the  added  syllables  tat, 
tef,  tit,  tot,  tut,  tad,  ted,  tid,  tod,  dad,  ded,  did,  dod,  dud,  as  in 
patted,  sodded. 

Make  six  copies  of  the  surface  letters  in  miniature  size,  as 
small  as  possible  and  maintain  their  proper  form.  This  is  done  to 
imply  a  following  g,  I,  Ig,  fi,  fig,  or  II,  according  to  the  context,  as 
in  deadlg,  dreadful,  dreadfullg ,  moral,  morallg. 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 

Resting  the  arm  and  hand  very  lightly,  draw  these  continuous 
ovals  by  a  very  rapid  movement,  with  the  purpose  of  acquiring 
the  power  of  rapid  movement  of  the  arm  and  hand. 


MEANS   OF   IMPLYING   M   AKD   N  59 

CHAPTER   XV 

COMPLETE    STATEMENT   OF   MEANS    OF   IMPLYING    M    AND    N 

69.  Lengthening. — (1)  The  long  letters  are  all  extended  to  the 
length  of  mn  to  add  a  following  m  or  n. 

(•2)  The  letters  p  and  g  are  lengthened,  without  widening,  to 
imply  m,  n. 

(.3)  "VMien  /  and  r  turn  on  a  preceding  letter,  they  are  length- 
ened to  imply  171,  w,  by  carrying  the  line  which  forms  the  curve 
of  either  across  the  preceding  letter  in  a  continued  curve.  After 
I  this  extension  may  also  imply  s.  Examples  are  corn,  morn, 
melon,  meals,  column,  coals.  The  I  is  never  lengthened  for  m,  n, 
or  s,  however,  when  it  is  initial  or  when  it  stands  alone. 

(4)  The  long  letters  are  di-awn  a  greater  length  to  imply  a  fol- 
lowing syllable  beginning  with  m  and  ending  with  n,  as  mon  in 
common,  summon,  and  7nui7i  in  maximum,  or  ine  as  in  examine. 

(5)  When  s  and  n  or  m  coalesce, always  lengthen  the  s  to  imply 
the  following  letter.  In  general,  if  a  long  letter  is  followed  by 
final  nt,  as  in  sent,  want,  exeunt,  vent,  lengthen  the  long  letter  to 
imply  n  following,  and  add  the  t;  but  when  it  is  followed  by  nd, 
as  iu  words  like  wand,  send,  examined,  vend,  do  not  lengthen  the 
first  letter  but  write  the  shortened  n  to  imply  the  final  d.  In 
words  iu  which  c,  m,  or  y  is  followed  by  m  or  n,  however,  it  is 
always  better  to  lengthen  the  c,  m,  or  y,  and  add  the  letter  that 
may  follow;  as  in  count,  hind,  meant,  mind,  yawiied. 

70.  Making  Minute. — The  short  letters  are  made  miiiute  to 
imply  a  following  m  or  n,  and  sometimes  a  following  y,  I,  or  ly. 
Initially,  the  miniature  letters,  with  few  exceptions,  imply  m  or  n, 
but  when  medial  or  final  generally  imply  y,  ly;  as,  penny,  sadly, 
haby,  lady,  worthy,  weedy,  muddy,  kindly,  soundly,  windy, 
ladle. 

This  modification  can  not  apply  to  o  because  of  t  and  s,  nor 
toy  because  of  sli,  which  the  modified  /  would  too  closely  resemble. 

The  h  is  made  minute  for  hi  coalescent  also,  and  for  final  by, 
and  hie,  bly;  but  this  does  not  interfere  with  the  minute  form  for 
m  or  n  except  in  a  few  words;  as,  hloiv  and  bone,  blue  and  hiin, 
blacJc  and  banJc.  In  such  cases  the  preference  is  given  to  hi 
because  of  the  coalescence  of  the  two  letters,  and  the  bn  is  writ- 
ten out  (see  §21). 


60  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAXD 

71.  Letters  Not  Modified. — By  these  given  modifications,  m  and 
n  are  added  to  all  letters  except  o,  j\  sh,  ch,  and  ivh.  These  do 
not  need  to  come  under  the  rule,  since  initial  o,  like  the  other 
vowels,  is  written  on  position  3  for  a  following  m  or  ii;  and  j,  sh, 
ch,  and  wh  are  continued  into  a  following  vi  or  n  without  an  angle, 
as  in  shine,  chum,  join,  whom. 

72.  Importance  of  Principle. — This  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant provisions  for  abbreviation  that  can  possibly  be  made,  as  n  is 
the  most  frequent  consonant,  while  m  is  also  of  common  occur- 
rence. 

The  implication  of  either  m  or  w  by  the  modified  letter  may 
seem  to  be  indefinite ;  but  the  student  will  soon  find  that,  with 
the  other  letters  in  the  word  and  with  the  context,  the  intended 
letter  is  clearly  revealed. 

73.  The  Syllable  ment,  when  final,  may  be  represented  by  nn, 
thus  shortening  the  outline  without  materially  impairing  the  legi- 
bility of  the  terminal. 

REVIEW  WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  man     men      mean     mine     moan     moon     manner    meaner    minor 

2  mourn         mourner        mourning        meaning         mining        moaning 

3  mooning       mumming       meant       mint       mantle       mentor       mints 

4  mounts    mounting    mined    mind    mend     mound     minors     manners 

5  mourners      mariners  {marnrs)     manly     mannerly     mingle     mangle 

6  mumble    mummery    same     sane    saint    sound    sand    signed    seen 

7  seem    sent    scent    send     small     smell     smile    sneer    snore    sinner 

8  snap    snag    snug    snipe    snip    snob    snare    fan    fame    faint    fanned 

9  fender    fennel  {fenl)     final     fount    found     fund    finer  from     frame 

10  fringe     frank      front     frond      forest      fume     funnel     vain     vaunt 

11  vent        vinegar  {vingr)      vintage  (vintj)      wan       want      wand     wen 

12  went     wend     win    winner  (winr)     won    wont     wound      wing     can 

13  can't    ken     kin     king     camp     crimp     come     count    cant      corner 

14  cunning     crown      crumb      cram      cream      crime      crimes     crams 

15  creamer    crimson  (sn)    women   woman    cannon    common    commons 

16  famine     foeman     freeman     salmon     seaman     summon     summoner 

17  uncommon       envenom      inhuman  (inhvin)      persimmon       footman 

18  juryman  (jurmn)     German     sermon      foreman      carman     bookman 

19  groceryman  (grosrmn)        dairyman   (darmv)         Norman        Roman 

20  treason  (tresn)      reason      risen      prison      game      gain      gone     gun 

21  grain     grin     grim     grown     groom     greener     pain     pin    pen    pine 

22  pun     prank     punk     general  {gen  4-  minute  r)     Salem    solemn    silent 

23  column       calm        melon        Milan        film        invulnerable   {invlnrht) 

24  Columbia  (Colmba)      Finland  (Finlnd)      fallen     corn      burns      ferns 

25  dormer     sunburn     alarm     adjourn     affirm     adorn     scorn     spurn 


PHRASE    WORDS    AND    PHRASES  61 

1.  The  man  in  the  moon  came  down  too  soon.  3.  Many  men  of  many 
minds;  many  birds  of  many  kinds.  3.  Three  fine-looking  young  vxen 
came  from  the  mine  and  went  singing  down  the  canyon.  4.  Is  it 
common  for  women  to  serve  as  examiners  (xainnra)  in  a  case  of  this  kind? 

5.  She  is  a  keen,  cahn,  queenly  woman  of  uncommonly  fine  presence. 

6.  None  wlio  drink  wine  can  win  the  game.  7.  Tliere  are  many  small 
pines  on  the  grounds.  8.  This  pen  is  too  fine  for  a  full-gi'own  man. 
9.  The  wintry  winds  sang  a  solemn  requiem  over  the  frozen  remains  of 
the  drunken  old  man.  10.  Some  women  from  Maine  with  winning  smiles 
came  winding  their  way  through  the  mown  grain. 

1  name     Nan      nine      known     none     nun      nunnery      numb      names 

2  naming    ninny     that      then      them     thin      thine       thumb      damn 

3  Dane    dawn      dame      den     deem      din     dim     dime      dinner      don 

4  done      down      dun      dunned     dumb    drain     drawn     dream      drum 

5  don't      dent      dint      daunt      dreamed      dreaming     drained      drains 

6  drowned      drone     drummed      drummer      dreamer      drink    drunken 

7  drank      damage       damaging     damages      damaged      theme      thumb 

8  thrum       thump      thimble       thimbles      blame       blaming      blessing 

9  blessed       blest       blow     bone     bank      black        banking       blacking 

10  banquet     belief     believe     blithe     blows    blue     bun    blues     block 

11  bleak  blaze  amen  even  item  atom  event  events  evening 
13  heaven      heavenly      arm      army      alone      again      upon      eventually 

13  essentially      arraign      amain       within      appoint       assent      amount 

14  avaunt      account      rain     wren     raining    run    running    runs    rains 

15  reindeer    runner     rink    ring    rings    ringing      bring      brink      brine 

16  brown    brain     brawn    nimble    noble    sable    dabble      cable    cobble 

17  gable    gobble    valuable    voluble    soluble    salable     gamble    grumble 

18  crumble      scramble       scribble      liable      label       wabble       trembling 

19  gambling    grumbling     tumbling     fumbling      mumbling      amenable 

20  assemble     nimbly      shabby     chubby      nobby     lobby      ruby      baby 

21  booby     nobly     feebly     assembly     journey     bonny      brainy     caddy 

22  candy    comedy    toady    tardy    windy    ready    Johnny    ebony    rainy 

23  tawny   downy    pony    thorny    ferny    honey    shiny    whinny  Timothy 

24  apathy     sympathy       withy      Dorothy       healthy       wordy       worthy 

25  Sunday    Monday    Tuesday    Wednesday    Thursday    Friday    Saturday 


CHAPTER  XVI 


PHRASE    WORDS    AXD    PHRASES 


74.  The  preceding  contractions  develop  a  number  of  common 
words  occurring  in  phrases,  among  which  are  the  following:  man, 
men,  mine,  manner,  minor,  meant,  mint,  mount,  same,  seem,  seen, 
sign,  some,  sum,  summer,  can,  come,  crime,  wifi,  wine,  fame,  line. 


62 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


frame^  from^  want,  wanted,  went,  lointer,  within  (win),  vam.,  gain, 
gone,  grain,  groion,  pain,  principle  (prin),  name,  none,  hnoivn, 
been,  them,  then,  think  (thin),  deem,  done,  dream,  drawn,  droicn, 
drain,  thrown,  alone,  again,  even,  heaven.  The  minute  a  is  an, 
am,  aim,  and  it  is  also  used  in  phrase  writing  for  a.  The  right  o 
is  used  for  of  and  off  in  phrases,  and  the  left  o  for  on,  otvn,  and  ojie. 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    some  time,       some  men  are,        is  mine,    his  manner, 

J. 


a  minor, 


^ .^ 


2    some    sign,       principal  men,      take    from    them,  grown  men, 


v£: 


3  want  none,      want  them,      want  done,     vain  man. 


grown  some, 


4      seen  some       has  oome,  to  come,  come  down,     then  came,  he  can. 


5    how  can,  I  can,      you  can,    there  can,   no  more,     no  more  than. 


6  no  more  from,      now  and  then,       none  of,      no  one  of,        not  one, 

7 " 


7  some  one  of  you,  thrown  down,    think  not,  I  think  not,      you  know 


WEITINQ   EXERCISE 

1  I  mean,     some  men,     these  men  are,     those  men  will,     some  men  are, 

2  how  men  can,      no  one  man,      how  one  man,       all  men  are,     all  men 

3  can,        some  men  are,       some  men  seem,       few  men  are,      few  men 

4  can,      few  men   have  the,        men  of,      he  is  a  minor,     he  is  from, 

5  it  is  from,     not  from,     will  not  come,      could  not  come,        can  not 

6  come,      come  on  now,      may  not  come,      you  may  come,      not  very 

7  fine,   not  very  far  from,    just  (ju)  from,   it  is  from  them,    want  some, 

8  I  want  some  one,     if  some  one  can,      you  may  come,      you  may  have 

9  some,     where  from,       it  is  too  fine,       he  came  from  home,       he  can 

10  not  come,       I  will  give  some  one,        how  soon  can  you  come,       how 

11  fine  they  are,        how  soon  they  have  grown,       in  the  meantime,     no 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYIXG    T,   D,  TH  63 

12  one  can,      one  of  you  can.      one  of  you  came,      all  one  can  do,      it  all 

13  came  from,      it  is  not  common,      it  is  uncommon,      it  is  uncommonly 

14  fine,        I  will  be  there  very  soon,       I  want  some  fine  ones,        full  of 

15  pain,       pink  color,       green  corn,       no  grain  grown,        do  not  chew 

16  gum,      I  want  to  go,      I  want  to  come  too,      you  may  go,       you  may 

17  stay  here,      you  may  not  go,      not  then,      not  done,      no  more  than, 

18  your  name,       in  his  name,        for  his  name,       this  name,       for  them, 

19  with  them  (dem),      by  them,      give  them,       pay  them,       want  them, 

20  see  them,       will  drain,       well  drawn,       I  have  known,       I  have  not 

21  known,       very  well  known,       saw  none,      well  known,      not  known, 

22  I  liave  done,       I  have  drawn,       they  have  drawn,        they  have  done, 

23  make  a  drain,       dig  a  drain,       my  dream,       do  you  dream,      1  think, 

24  to  think  of,        all  alone,       come  again,       not  alone,       not  again, 

25  is  alone,       then  again,       is  not  known,       was  not  known,        was  not 

26  well  known,      is  soon  known,      when  done,     -when  drawn,      all  done, 

27  not  done,        quite  done,       quite  well  known,       not  very  well  known, 

28  very  well  done,       not  very  well  done,       very  well  drawn,       not  very 

29  well  drawn,     withdrawn. 


CHAPTER  XVII 


COMPLETE    STATEMENT    OF    MEANS    OF   IMPLYING    T,  D,  TH 

75.  Short  Letters. — When  a  short  letter  is  followed  by  either 
f,  d,  or  th,  it  may  be  made  half  its  usual  length  to  imply  the 
letter  following  it.  Medial  or  final  t  and  straight  s  are  often 
lengthened  to  imply  a  following  t  or  d. 

76.  Surface  Letters. — "When  a  surface  letter  is  followed  by  i, 
d,  til,  it  may  be  enlarged  to  imply  the  following  letter,  with  the 
exception  that  h  and  sh  are  not  enlarged  for  a  following  th.  The 
sk  hook  also  may  not  be  enlarged,  because  of  the  possible  con- 
fusion with  sq,  so  d,  t,  th  following  it  are  always  written;  scr 
however  is  enlarged  for  a  following  j)f,  making  scrjyf,  as  in  script. 
Initial  I  is  enlarged  only  for  It,  as  Id  and  Ifh  are  written  alpha- 
betically as  easily  as  by  enlarging  and  are  the  more  legible. 

77.  Expressing  r. — When  r  precedes  the  t  ov  d  implied  by 
shortening  an  initial  vowel,  as  in  afraid,  agreed,  abroad,  the  vowel 
is  shaded  for  the  r.  If  the  r  follows  the  implied  t,  d,  as  in  after, 
actor,  the  circle  r  is  used;  inter,  enter,  and  under  are,  by  exception, 
written  with  the  shade,  that  they  may  not  resemble  ivh  and  ch. 

When  coalescont  r  is  involved  in  an  enlarged  surface  letter, 
as  in  the  word's  pride,  great,   shred,  the  shade  is  used.     When 


64  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

uncoaleecent  r  occurs  as  in  heard,  shared,  part,  the  shade  is  also 
used;  but  if  r  occurs  at  the  end  of  the  syllable  or  after  it,  as  in 
heater,  hotter,  patter,  greater,  the  circle  is  used. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  afraid     afford    agreed     assert      abroad     effort     appeared      aster 

___ r „ 1..... ^ _ ^........._ ^...„.. 

2  after    actor     intermit   underweigh  underpin     entertain      entered 

- ^ "7 "^ ^^ ^ fc...-^-..^.- 

3  prayed     parts    peered    reporter    greater    gored    growth      herder 

<?      ^  o 

-- ~ " cy — cy 

WRITINO  EXERCISE 

Al  bad     bat     bath     bathe     bed     bet     bred     bread     breed      breath 

2  bit     bright     bride     bitter     better     boat       both       bought       broth 

3  but    bud    brute    brood    brewed    neighed     gnat     gnawed     nature 

4  net    neat     newt    nit    knit    night      nod     not      knout      nut     nude 

5  nothing       that      thawed      threatened      threads      thouglit      throat 

6  thoughts     thud    thuds     date    drayed    debt     dead     death     dread 

7  did     dried     debtor     dot     doth     duty    duds     apt     apart     abroad 

8  assert     aster     and     Andrew     afraid     after     act     ached      agreed 

9  accrued     actor      acts     acting      actually  (actly)      obtained  (obtnd) 

10  opened  (opnd)    offend    omit    omitted    east  end    enter    used    under 

11  unto  {unt)       into  {int)       inroad  (inrd)      awed      await      art      arts 

12  artery  (artry)       article  (gl)       added     ahead      aged        agent  (agt) 

13  agents  (agts)       old      older     olden       order     orders     ordered     oiled 

14  ointment    elder   edged    send    sent    signed    find   fount    found   faint 

15  fund      sound      sand     saint     seated     counted       scented      fainted 

16  wanted    trusted    want    went    wind    wound    wend     vaunt      bent 

17  bond    bind    band    taunt    tent    tint    tinted 

B 1  had      hat      hate     hated       hard     heart     harder     hardly     harden 

2  hardens    hardness    hardwood     head    heat    hewed     heath     heated 

3  heatedly      hit      hid      hired     hides     hidden     hot     hoard     hoarded 

4  hotter   hotly   hotness,    hot  day,  hut     pat    i^ad     paid     pawed    path 

5  part    patter     pet     pit     petted     pitted     pitied     pot     pod     proud 

6  poured      put     puttied     pride     gad     gate     grate     great     greater 

7  greatness     greet     greeted     greed    greedily    guide  guided  God  got 

8  growth    good    late    laid    later    lately    lath     leather    lather     leader 

9  lord     letter     light     lighter     loiter     lighten     lights     letters     lots 

10  lute    lutes    shade    shaded    shared    shied     showed     shot     shotted 

11  shout       shouted       shroud       shrouded       shred      shredded      shoot 

12  shooter      shoots      shooting      chat       chatted       cliatter       chatters 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYING    T,  D,  TH  65 

13  chattering       cheat       cheated       cheater      cheaters      what      whit 

14  wheat    white    sailed    salt    ssalted    salter      salts      salting     saltness 

15  salt  sea,    sealed  soiled  sold  sullied    mailed  malt  melt  mild  mildly 

16  molt   mold  nailed  kneeled   inlet   dealt  dolt    dulled     drilled     balled 

17  bailed    belt    billed    built    bolt    bolts    bold     bullied     called     kilt 

18  colt   cold   colder   cull    culled    walled     weld    welt    wilted    welled 

19  willed      wilt     willing     wold     world       failed      fault     felt     filled 

20  fold    fooled    folded    vault    vaulted     yield     yielded    yelled     exalt 

21  exalted    exiled     exult    exulted     quailed      quelled      quilt      quilted 

22  quarreled     crawled     frilled     gold      guild       gilt       gilded       gulled 

23  gullied    galled   grilled   pallid    polled    peeled     kept     capped     caged 

24  cupped    crept    cropped    sapped    soaped     sopped     sagged     mapped 

25  napped     nagged     draped     dropped       drooped       dogged       dodged 

26  dipped     dripped    lapped     lopped     loped     looped      limped     longed 

27  lounged    drugged    drudged    wept    wiped      vapid     lagged     logged 

28  lugged    helped    impede     impeded     impaired     imputed     imparted 

29  we  need,     we  had,       we  got,      we  let,     you  had,       you  got,       you 

30  paid,     you  let,     it  had,     it  got,      it  did,      we  bought,      we  brought, 

31  we  did,      we  dread,      we  thought  that,      we  thought  not,    we  bought 

32  that,       we  wrote  that,       we  did  not,       it  did  not,     he  did  not,     this 

33  did  not,      who  (7m)  did  not,       you  did  not,       but  not,       and  that, 

34  and  thought,     I  thought  that,       for  that,       by  that,       it  should  not, 

35  we  should  not,       they  should  be,       they  should  not  be,       he  should 

36  have  (v),      it  should  not,       they  should  be,     there  should  have,       so 

37  had,      so  hard,       not  hard,      very  hard,       quite  hard,       we  heard, 

38  you  heard,      it  sold,     we  sold,       you  sold,       when  had,       what  for, 

39  what  are,        what  not,        what  day,        what  time  (t),       what  year, 

40  what  now,      what  in,       what  if  (/),       what  are  you  at,       what  are 

41  you  about,    what  are  you  after,    adored     allured     award     awarded 

42  arrayed     attired     assured     inured       immured      aboard      occurred 

43  afford     afforded    athwart     awkward      outward      roared      reared 

44  ward    warded    wearied    wired    word    fired     feared     ford     forded 

45  marred    mired    neared     narrowed  {nard)     dared     endeared  (endrd) 

46  altered     seared     sired     soared     sword       shared       card       carded 

47  cord      corded      cured      varied      veered       yard       yarded       exert 

48  exerted    exhort    exhorted    exordium    barred      beard     bird      board 

49  boarded    gored    pared    peered     poured     quart    quarter     quartered 

50  quarried      inquired  (quired)     queried     tarred     tart      toward     tired 

51  turret     tortured       nurtured     postscriiit     manuscript      nondescript 

52  descriptive    scrap      scripture      waited       seated       coated      counted 

53  mounted      bloated      glutted      gloated      pleated      plated      plotted 

54  pleased    placed     glazed     blazed     teased     tossed     traced    trussed 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 


d6  ,.  ECLECTIC    8H0RTHAKD 

CHAPTER  XVIII 

COMPLETE    STATEMENT    OF    MEAXS    OF    IMPLYING    Y    OR    L 

78.  Surface  Letters. — The  surface  letter  I  is  made  minute  for 
Ju;  all  other  surface  letters  are  made  minnte  to  imply  a  following  I 
or  y,  when  ?/  is  a  vowel  representing  short  /,  as  in  liapiiy^  fury. 

The  2^,  g,  sp,  and  sc  frequently  coalesce  with  I,  and  are,  there- 
fore, made  minute  for  coalescent  I,  as  in  pla?i,  splice;  the  other 
surface  letters  which  never  coalesce  with  I,  are  safely  made  minute 
to  express  a  following  uncoalescent  1,  as  in  hail,  sJiall,  wheel. 

It  is  found  practicable  to  give  the  minute  letters  even  greater 
fcope,  and  to  let  whatever  modification  implies  I  or  y,  imply  also 
OS  fli  flVi  ^^  ^^  ^s  i'^  manly,  thonghtful,  thoughtfully,  parallel. 

79.  Minute  1. — The  minute  /,  initial,  is  used  only  ior  fi,  except 
to  represent  the  word,  little,  for  which  it  is  used;  but  when  final 
it  is  ly,  II,  ji,  or  fly,  as  explained  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

In  such  words  as  raffle,  rifle,  reflect,  reflex,  the  minute  I  is 
shaded  at  the  beginning  to. express  the  initial  r. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

raffle        ruffles        ruffling  reflect         reflex      rifler     refluent 

-..-^- ^ -...^^ ^ -...^.- 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  hall      hail      haul      hill      hell      he'll     highly     hole     wholly    hills 

2  lioles      hulls      plays      glaze      glass      place      i^lease      i)lies     plows 

3  plowman      gloom      glint      glisten      gleaming     gloaming      glim]>se 

4  gloomily    glossily    pleasantry     chilliness     eagerly    utterly     usefully 

5  unseemly         unmannerly         unwomanly        inhumanly       uncomely 

6  every     accurately      only     seriously     furiously     curiously     easterly 

7  badly    brutally    broadly     deadly    dryly    deeply    dreadfully    calmly 

8  glibly    grimly    generally     sincerely    ample    amply    nimble    nimbly 

9  dimly      meanly       dumbly      dreamily       drearily      drowsily      easily 

10  oddly      hourly       handily       utterly       beautifully       bitterly    neatly 

11  nightly       daily       dally         thoroughly  {thurly)         entirely  {entrly) 

12  fully      warily       thoughtfully      namely       mainly       solely      greatly 

13  hardly      haughtily      hastily      hardly       godly      greedily      serenely 

14  insanely  purely  parallel  gladly  placidly  (plandly) 

15  simply       i)Iainly      tearful       tearfully      merely       barely      fearfully 

16  trimly     surly    surely  {shurly)     clearly    armful     splints      splendidly 

17  spicily      speedily      shapely       cheaply       simple       double       doubly 

18  noble      nobly       single      singly     angle      gaily      gleeful     gleefully 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYIlS'G    Y    OR    L  67 

19  gloriously     nearly     dearly    sorely     curl     curly      warily      wearily 

20  barely    burly    churl      cheerily     cheerfully     rely     reliable       relies 

21  relay    relied     relate    really    rollicking    relying    rolled    rolls    rules 

22  rollers    rulers     relief    realm    ruled     railed      shall     shells     shelling 

23  shoals    shouldered    shoulders    shouldering    parley    parallel    parleys 

24  parallels        paralleled      parleyed      parleying       paralleling      pearly 

25  girl     girlie    girls    garrulous    girlish     globule    moi*al    morally    furl 

26  usuall}"^    Billy    Nelly    Sally    daily    duly    Molly    calla    collie  coolly 

27  seemly    mannerly    humanly      jolly      jelly    July     goodly     horridly 

28  maidenly    motherly    brotherly    fatherly     penny    sunny    lady     baby 

29  booby     wily    woolly    moolley    sully     silly    sorely    yearly     awfully 

30  hatefully      comely      queenly     womanly     Dolly      inly    airily     punj' 

31  funny      muddy    company    stony     Benny     Jenny     Johnnie     witty 

32  city     duty    Netty    natty    fussy    dressy    drowsy    juicy    lazy    breezy 

33  frenzy   Kitty    pussy    pansy    grassy    able    awful    assail    avail    evil 

34  equal     annals    annul    sharply    simplicity    singled    mingled    angles 

35  angels      churls        Charles      reliability       reliant        related      realms 

36  shall   be,       shall   have,        shall  not,     shall  see,       furled        furling 

37  pennies  ladies    babies    baby's     haply  (ly)     happily  (ply)     ably    ally 

38  alley    early 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 


80.  Phrase  Words  and  Phrases. — The  chief  phrase  words  aris- 
ing from  the  foregoing  are:  hall,  haul,  hill,  hole,  whole,  rule,  real, 
shall,  while. 

WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  at  the  hall,      in  the  hall,     from  the  hall,      up  hill,      down  hill,     over 

2  the  hill,      great  haul,      will  haul,     can  haul,     can  not  haul,      will  not 

3  haul,       would  not  haul,       good  rule,       as  a  rule,       will  rule,       very 

4  real,      not  real,      so  real,       little  while,       meanwliile,       good  while, 

5  great  while,      for  a  while,       not  while,       just  while,      for  while,      I 

6  shall,      we  shall,      they  shall,       how  shall,       who  shall,      you  shall, 

7  I  shall  not,        I  shall  be,       I  shall  not  be,       we  shall  not  be,       how 

8  shall  it  be,        we  shall  see,       we  shall  have,       there  shall  be,       there 

9  shall  not  be,      wliere  shall,      where  shall  we,      where  shall  it,      whei'e 

10  shall  they,        where  shall  I,       single  man,       single  woman,        simple 

11  minded,        single  eye,       simple  reason,       single  item,       single  atom, 
13  single  thing,         simple  thing,        very  simple  thing,        simple  pase, 

13  simple  cause,       single  case,       single  cause,       mingle  with,        mingle 

14  them,         fickle  minded,        daily  bread,      daily  work,        daily  news. 

15  daily  items,      deadly  work,      nearly  through,      nearly  there,       nearly 

16  done,  nearly  over,  thoroughly   done,  thoroughly  good, 

17  thoroughly    bad,  thoroughly    finished,  thoroughly    known 


68  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

CHAPTER  XIX 

COMPLETE    STATEMENT   OF   MEANS    OF   IMPLYING    S   AND    SH 

81.  Obliqnes. — The  forward  oblique  consonants  which  are  gen- 
erally drawn  upAvard  when  beginning  a  word  may  be  drawn  down- 
ward, giving  them  the  angle  of  sixty  degrees,  to  imply  a  following 
s  or  s7i. 

The  backward  oblique  consonants,  which  Avhen  beginning  a 
word  are  generally  drawn  at  thirty  degrees  slant,  are  drawn  more 
upright,  at  sixty  degrees,  to  imply  a  following  s  or  s7i. 

82.  The  Vowels. — The  left  vowels,  when  initial,  are  written  at 
sixty  degrees  on  position  2  for  s  or  s7i;  when  medial  or  final,  they 
are  written  downward  to  imply  a  following  s  or  sJi. 

83.  The  Minute  z. — The  upright  z  for  zs,  ss,  sz^  is  not  a  facile 
character;  therefore  it  is  made  minute  for  ss,  sz,  zs^  instead  of 
being  written  at  sixty  degrees.  It  may  curve  to  the  right  or  left, 
whichever  curve  will  make  the  better  joining  with  the  preceding 
letter. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  washes  wish    wishes    creases    years    yours    wars    wares    varies 
3      various         excise      joys       Jews     Jewish     abase     obeys      arrays 

-^ — \  j-^ ^ A / ^- 

3  arose      arise    annoys     allies     alloys     cherish,     do  as,      such  has, 

4  much  as,      as  soon  {ami)  as,        abuse     abyss    reddish      its,    it  is, 

~-t~-{ /- 


T 

6    nourish       release    relies       relays      previous    advance     rererse 

--^ — ^ ^ f / ^ r 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYING    S    AND    SH 


69 


6    rivers        grievously      casualty         causality      saws    sizes      recess 


- /- 7 ^ 


T    nurses      dresses    freezes    masses    system    sustains    insists   scissors 


6- 


•V'- 


^ 


ex. 


8    suspend        suspense        laces       houses         hisses       gases     passes 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

was  wash  washes  washed  washing  washer  washerwoman 
wise  wisely  wisdom  wars  wires  ways  worse  case  crease 
cries  cross  creasing  crossing  crosses  crossways  cruise  crust 
crosser  Christ  Jesus  juices  base  bees  boys  bows  buss 
brace  braize  breeze  brows  bruise  bruises  bruiser  bruising 
best  baste  boast  bust  braced  breast  bruised  breezy  brassy 
yes  years  yours  excise  abase  abased  abyss  abysses  abuse 
abused  Amos  avast  accuse  accused  accuses  aggress  ei'says 
obeys  obese  allays  alloys  allows  array  arises  arouses  jest 
just  jests  joists  joust  juicy  juicily  juiciness  juicier  Jew's-harp 
garish  cherish  nourish  flourish  flourishes  flourished 
flourishing  nourished  nourishes  nourishment  nourisheth 
boorish  reddish  radish  grayish  greenish  bluish  whitish 
vanish  finish  polish  abolish  astonish  (astn)  relish  relishes 
polishes  polished  polisher  {shade  for  r),  see  as,  so  as,  do  as, 
as  soon  as  {asn  as),  as  well  (I)  as,  as  good  as,  as  great  as, 

as  fine  as,  as  much  (m)  as,  as  dear  as,  as  bad  as,  as  bright  as, 
as  near  as,  as  far  as,  as  long  as,  so  long  as,  he's,  he  is  not, 
he  is  there,  he  is  here,  he  is  not  here,  it  is,  it  was  so,  so  was, 
how  is,  how  was,  here  is,  here  was,  there  is,  there  was, 
where  is,  where  was,  what  is,  what  was,  all  is,  all  was, 
so  is,  so  was,  she  is,  she  was,  she's,  why  is,  why  was,  when  is, 
when  was,  advise  revise  invoice  serves  moves  graves 
groves  laves  leaves  lives  loves  drives  naves  waves  wives, 
it  has,  so  has,  he  has,  how  has,  how's,  there  has,  why  has 
when  has,  all  has,  this  has,  she  has, 
do  his,      see  his,      how  his,      not  his,      for  his, 

all  his,      no  case. 


at  his,       in  his,       do  his, 
good  cause,       this  cause, 
sighs     sizes      sows     sews 
pleases     praises     presses 
greases      glazes     masses 


where  has,        is  his, 

give  his,      gave  his 

no  cause,     good  case, 

will  cause,        great  cause,       seas       size 

freezes     pauses     passes     pieces     places 

prizes     posies      pussies      gases     guesses 

messes     Moses      misses     musses      nieces 


70  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

33  noses  nurses     races      rises     roses      ruses     teases      tresses     tosses 

34  traces  dazes     doses     dresses     dizzies     laces     leases    losses    hazes 

35  liorses  hisses       season      Susan       schism       bases       busies      bosses 

36  busses  breezes     brasses     increases      decreases      surprises     abuses 

MOVEMENT   EXERCISE 


CHAPTER   XX 


MEANS    OF   IMPLYING    NS,    MS 

84.  Ns,  ms,  Medial  or  Final. — The  letters  tis,  7ns,  or  tic  (soft) 
either  medial  or  final,  are  represented  by  a  horizontal  semi-ellipse 
joined  angularly  to  the  under  side  of  the  preceding  letter,  open- 
ing generally  to  the  right,  but  to  the  left  after  o,  i,  t,  p,  h  hook, 
5^•,  and  circle  r,  to  give  a  better  angular  joining,  as  in  offends,  im- 
mense,  tunes,  pencil,  sickness,  briskness,  mourns.  When  this 
character  is  not  readily  used,  the  alphabetic  letters  are  used,  as 
in  sMnes,  Jones.  After  g  or  p,  as  in  grains,  pains,  it  is  better 
to  lengthen  the  g  or  p  for  n,  and  add  s. 

This  character  is  enlarged  like  other  surface  characters  to 
include  t  or  d,  making  nts,  nds,  or  nst,  need,  and  7npts,  as  in 
sends,  scetits,  winds,  winced,  fends,  fenced,  attempts  {atmts), 
preempts. 

It  is  also  made  minute  to  imply  y,  I,  ly,  as  in  fancy,  fancies, 
tensile,  pencil. 

85.  Written  Upward. — The  )is  hook  is  written  on  the  upper 
side  of  a  preceding  letter  for  a  following  or  final  s,  as  in  busi- 
nesses, fences,  minces,  winces.  When  it  can  not  be  written  upward, 
as  after  o,  t,  and  p,  in  such  words  as  offences,  trounces,  pretences, 
the  hook  may  be  opened  toward  the  right  to  imply  the  final  s,  as 
the  possibility  of  confusion  with  sp  is  very  slight. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  mince      wince      bounce      trance      minced      minces      drowsiness 

6 

■^ " 


MEANS   OF   IMPLYING    NS,    MS  71 

2      bounced      laziness     offences     bounds     winced      winces      fancy 


.^.„ 


7       ^" 

3    fancies       quinsy     pencil      tensile     evince    evidence     evidences 

'~"  a ^. 


V 


Vc" 


4  evinces     intense  intenseness  intends  independence  independencies 

— Vr^ i i - i ^' -^ — 

5  France      Francis    tempts    attempts     preempts    pretends  pretences 

-r3.__:=:l_.4 — ^ e --9— -^ 

6  tense    tenses    sentence      sentences      damsel        damsels      tonsil 
S 4 


7  tonsils  sense    sends    senses    senseless      utensil 


utensils 


"-"^^ 


..^... 


1  man's 
3  teems 
3  foams 


5  wounds      wince 

6  dunces      dooms 

7  dines      thrones 


deems 
thrums 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

means       mines       moans      moons      mends      minds      trains 
times     terms     bands     bends    binds     bounces     fence    fines 
fumes     sands     seems     senses     signs      sums      canes      kens 
4  comes     coons     cants     kinds    counts    wants    wands    wends     winds 
winces      dance      dances      dense      domes      dunce 
dins      drains      dreams      drones      drums 
thumbs      names     nines     noons     evince 

8  events     evinces     amends     opens      offends     immense     immenseness 

9  intense      intenseness      attends      intends      ascends      paints       pends 

10  points    pounds    immensely    drowsiness    business    laziness   uneasiness 

11  booziness    greasiness    furiousness    fussiness    thorouglmess    sandiness 
13  juiciness    breeziness    brassiness    timorousness    closeness    commence 

13  commenced      commends      commences      offence     offences     looseness 

14  dressiness     pains     pens     puns     primes     gains     grains     greens    guns 

15  grooms      games      storms      streams     sternness     storminess    sickness 

16  darkness      bigness      blackness      frankness        thickness        meekness 

17  sacreJness      fickleness      exactness      brusqueness      huskiness      burns 

18  mourns    occurrence    assurance    chance    shines    soreness     variance 
11)  weariness    yearns    thorns 

1.  It  is  not  very  immense.     3.  It  is  vai-y  intense.     3.  It  gave  no  offence. 
4.  I  do  not  like  its  appearance.     5.  What  is  the  inference?    6.  What  were 


72 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


the  terms?  7.  The  signs  of  the  times.  8.  His  briskness  is  well  known. 
9.  If  he  had  better  sense.  10.  Can  you  jump  that  fence?  11.  I  can  jump 
all  fences.  12.  Can  you  give  me  the  times  of  the  trains?  13.  Have  you 
seen  the  mines?  14.  How  many  kinds  were  there?  15.  There  is  much 
sickness. 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 


CHAPTER   XXI 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYING    F,    V,    AND    UNCOALESCENT   W 

86.  Eetracing. — The  sf  (sph)  provided  for  under  coalescent  s 
(§29)  suggests  retracing  other  letters  besides  s.  Any  letter  may 
be  retraced  to  imply  a  following  f  or  v  when  it  is  convenient  to 
do  so,  as  in  move,  save,  also  to  represent  live,  as  in  active.  It  is 
hardly  practicable  to  retrace  the  circle. 

The  retracing  gives  the  idea  of  surface,  and  it  is  therefore 
treated  like  surf  ace  letters ;  i.e.,  it  is  lengthened  to  imply  a  follow- 
ing t,  d,  or  th,  as  in  moved,  saved,  and  it  is  made  minute  to  imply  a 
following  y,  I,  vl,  vly,  as  in  envy,  anvil.  This  minute  retracing  is 
also  used  for  ively  and  tively,  and  for  the  word  evil. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1  move    moved  mover    save     saved    safely    grave    gravely    cave 

2  caved  cavils     craved      above    approval    swiftly    deft     deftly 

3  brave         braved         bravely      soft        softly  {flij)       novel       devil 


4      manufacture      hovel    grooved     shovel     travel    trifle     prevailed 

W ^.::^ ^- 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYING    F,    V,    AND    UNCOALESCENT   W  73 

5  privilege    caves     bevel    weevil     dreadful     dreadfully    derisively 

_..^^......^ ^...^^ ^,^- ^ _...„..^......._ 

6  incisively        receptive         receptively       respective        respectively 

„ / ......5L_:3> _ 9lj:> „....<>::11 c^:::^.. ._ 

7  respectfully,  from  evil,     not  evil,     confer      conferred    comforted 


9  invalid       unveiled 

10  drive      dove      dive 

11  brief    thrive    thief 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  miff      miffed     moved      movement      mover     cave     caved     caving 

2  cavils         crave         craves        save       saved       safe       safely       savor 

3  sieve         sovereign  (vrii)        muffs         favor         fever         five       fifty 

4  grave      graves  {downward  v)       grieve        grieves        grove        groves 

5  groove    grooved    grooves     travel     trifle      trifles     traveler     travels 

6  traveling       vivid       manufacture       manufactured       manufacturing 

7  manufactures     wave     waved      weave     weaved     weaving     weevil 

8  wife     wove     woof     woofs      above      anvil      aggrieve      invade  {vd) 
unveiling       unavailing       draft      drift       drove 

nave  knave  never  knife  brave  breve 
thrift  drivel  several  civil  civilized 
1.  It  is  quite  safe.  2.  How  much  will  it  save?  3.  Will  it  be  safe? 
4.  It  will  be  safe.  5.  It  will  be  saved.  6.  It  will  be  quite  safe.  7.  A 
mere  trifle.  8.  The  lines  of  travel.  9.  Very  trifling.  10.  It  will  be  a 
great  favor.  11.  Please  favor  us.  12.  Your  favor  of.  13.  In  gi-eat  favor 
14.  Not  in  favor.  15.  I  do  not  favor  it.  16.  The  report  is  not  favorable. 
17.  Did  you  note  the  marvellous  swiftness  of  the  deft  old  weaver  who 
wove  this  novel  cover? 

87.  Implying  w  Uncoalescent. — The  letters  d,  t,  th,  s,  deep- 
ened for  coalescent  w  occur  in  so  few  words  that  they  are  used 
to  imply  w  uncoalescent  and  the  words  for  which  iv  stands,  i.e., 
we,  way,  with,  would,  and  icere;  and  to  imply  these  words  any 
other  curved  letter  may  be  deepened. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1      they  would,      the  way,      though  we,       do  we,       so  w^e  or  would, 

iC>^ _ __ 


they  were, 


same  way,  some  way  or  would,  if  he  would,    if  I  were. 


74  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

3    if  you  would        as  he  would,       as  I  would,        as  you  would  have, 


4  as  you  were        we  would,         we  were,       you  would,       you  were, 

5  would  we,         could  we,    can  we,     come  with,     so  you  were 


__^^.. 


88.  Implying  ward,  word. — In  the  words  upward^  outward^ 
southtoard,  northward,  eastward,  homeivard,  doivnward,  onward, 
windward,  etc.,  the  enlarged  circle  r  is  used  for  ward.  In  the 
phrases  our  word,  yoiir  word,  feio  words,  receive  word,  which 
word,  Ms  word,  has  word,  any  word,  no  word,  my  word,  one  word, 
send  word,  sent  word,  got  word,  etc.,  the  enlarged  r  circle  repre- 
sents word. 

Practice  on  these  suggestions  according  to  the  following  illus- 
trations until  familiar  with  them : 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

outward,    onward,   no  word,  some  word,  good  word,    receive  word 

-^ -o : n 


-^ 


(S> 


MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 


CHAPTER   XXII 

MEANS    OF    IMPLYING    ST,    SD;    DS,    TS ;    PR    AND    BR 

89.  The  st,  sd  Loop. — When  st  or  sd  follow  a  long  or  short 
letter  they  may  be  expressed  by  turning  a  loop  similar  to  I  on  the 
irregular  side  of  it.  When  st,  sd  occur  initially,  they  are  also 
expressed  by  a  loop  on  the  irregular  side  of  the  letter  which 
follows  if  it  is  one  which  permits  of  it,  as  m,  n,  c,  etc.     Like  I, 


MEANS    OF    IMPLYING    ST,    SD;    DS,    TS ;    PR    AND    BR 


75 


this  loop  is  enlarged  to  imply  a  following  t  or  f/,  and  drawn  across 
the  letter  to  which  it  is  attached  to  imply  a  following  s,  wi,  or  n. 
It  is  also  used  for  xt;  as  in  next,  fixed,  coaxed,  boxed. 

90.  The  ds  Loop. — When  the  letters  ds  either  precede  or 
follow  a  long  or  short  letter  they  may  be  expressed  by  a  minute 
loop  drawn  on  the  irregular  side  of  the  letter.  The  letters  ts, 
either  medial  or  final,  are  expressed  in  the  same  way,  as  in  notes. 

91.  The  Loops  sd  and  ds  Drawn  Horizontal. — Both  of  these 
loops  may  be  Avritteu  disconnectedly,  and  they  are  then  distin- 
guished from  I  and  jl  by  drawing  them  horizontally  as  in  sad, 
solved,  days,  dies.  When  beginning  a  longer  word  they  come 
under  Rule  I,  and  make  a  syllable  with  a  medial  vowel,  as  steam, 
stock,  dismal,  disjwse,  does  not.     For  disl  see  §  126. 

92.  When  final  the  st  loop  may  represent  the  consonants  st,  sd, 
as  in  cast,  west,  most;  or  it  may  represent  a  syllable,  as  in  fused, 
mused,  advised.  The  ds  loop  when  final  may  be  ds  or  ts,  as  in  the 
words  nods,  notes. 

93.  The  t  for  st. — The  t  may  be  used  for  st  after  short  and 
surface  letters,  because  t  following  short  letters  is  implied  by 
shortening  them,  and  following  surface  letters  is  implied  by 
enlarging  them  This  provides  two  ways  of  expressing  final  st 
after  the  short  letters  in  general,  and  three  ways  after  J,  which 
may  be  written  at  sixty  degrees  to  imply  s  and  shortened  for  t, 
making  hst,  or  may  be  followed  by  the  loop,  or  by  t,  making  t)st 
by  either  form.     The  minute  st  is  sty,  as  in  dusty,  nasty. 

94.  The  Circle  for  pr,  br. — The  circle  is  turned  on  the  irregu- 
lar side  of  a  letter  for  jJr  or  hr,  as  in  neighbor,  expressed.  It  is  of 
course  modified  to  imply  a  following  I  or  d,  t,  as  in  neighborly, 
expert,  expired. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1      daj's      dies       sad       sued       phrased       caused        visit        visits 


...^^... 


2  visited      wasted      wastes      mastered       steam       stream       strive 

^ 

3  cost     costs    custom    Boston    destined     guest     haste    post      last 

^ ^.-.c,. 2 ,^ _..Z.., 


76  ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 

4  least      list     lost     besides    aforesaid      outside      inside    decide 

- ^ f r -^ V ^ ^ ^■- 

5  opposite    oflFset    disputes      despotic     descant    descend,     does  not, 

6  describe     disclose        disclaim         dislike        dislink     indisposed 


7  indiscreet     undismayed     undisputed     undisciplined     disinclined 

\ — - V9-- --V-- — — 


8  disannul     dismally    disengage    disseminate       disembark  invested 

9  accustom       vastly      mostly      mastery    customs       next        arrest 


10  inst.       addressed       abreast     dearest     merest    purest     rest     rust 

^,      ,^.._.._, (    -^    -^      „,. 


^  9 

11  decreased      expressed     expert     depressed     neighbor   neighborly 


12  numbers   neighborhood  {nabrS)    bibber    soberly   embers   embrace 

13  at  present     dismantle   dismember    fixed    annexed    boxed    twist 

^ <^-~^- " ^ -/- .^:^ ^-^.._ 

14  irreparable    irrepressible    irreproachable    mister  mystery 

WRITINa  EXERCISE 

1  said      sad     seed     side     sowed     sued     fast     faster     fasten    fasted 

2  feast       feasted       feasting       feasts      festival       fist      fisted      fisting 

3  fister      fists      foist      foists      phrased     frost     fused     mast     masted 

4  messed     missed     most     must     muster     mustard    master    mastery 

5  masterly     mastered     mastering    masterful     cast     caused     creased 

6  crossed       cruised      crust       waste       waist      west      wist      western 

7  wasted       westerly       vast       vastly       vest      vested      vesting     visit 


DOUBLE    P    AN"D    G:    WORDS    BEGINNIXG    WITH    EX  77 

fi  visited  visitor       vista       worst      stem       steam       stream      ^tamp 

9  stump  stake     stick     streak     strike     stroke    stoker    stave    strive 

10  strove  increased       decreased       dusts       dressed       dost      destined 

11  dusty  baste     best     bristle     boast     boost    breast    braced    brovrsed 

12  Boston  last    least    lost    list     lasts      lists     lastly     lasting     thrust 

13  thrusts  nest       arrest        inst.       instant       inmost      invest      divest 

14  digest  digressed     adjust  (ajst)     advised    revised     gravest     voiced 
lo  incrust  increased         debased        accused        aroused        neighbor 

16  neighbors        neighborhood        neighborly        neighboring        member 

17  members    remember    remembered     December    September    number 

18  numbered         numbers        numberless        numbering       outnumbered 

19  renumbering      encumber        encumbered      encumbers       dismember 

20  express     export     expert   'expressed     expressly     expressing    dismiss 

21  dismal    days    dies    does    dose    deuce    dice    beside    besides     visits 
23  visiting    haste    hoist    guest    guessed    ghosts    gust    graced   greased 

23  grist    depressed    suppressed    abreast    assessed    aforesaid    oppressed 

24  offset    accused    aggressed    outside    upset    appraised 


MOVEMENT   EXERCISE 


^^^^Vo 


CHAPTER  XXIII 

HEARTS   OF   WRITING    DOUBLE     P    AXD     G:     WRITING     WORDS    BE- 
GINNING  WITH   EX 

95.  Double  p  and  g. — AV^lieii  p  beginning  a  syllable  is  followed 
by  another  j}  or  5,  as  in  pipe,  perhaps^  pebble,  the  first  p  is  written 
in  the  backward-slant  to  imply  the  following  p.  When  g  is  fol- 
lowed by  another  g,  as  in  gage,  gig,  the  first  g  is  slanted  back- 
war  >1  to  imply  the  second  g. 

These  backward-slant  letters  are  enlarged  for  a  following  t  or 
d,  and  made  minute  for  a  following  y,  ?,  or  ly. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    pap       paper     perhaps  {praps)     papal     peeped     peeper     peppery 
_ ...CN Cb jQ _.. 


2  pebble      pabulum        public      republic     people        piped 


cv. 


..<rX... 


78  ECLECTIO   SHORTHAND 

3      popular  (poplr)       puppy     pup     pupil      proper     improper  gage 

o 


..^. 


TV  ^ 


4      gaged        gig         goggle    gurgle     gouge         engaged,     all  people, 
O 


■o -- 


v^. 


5  some  people,      no  people,      these  people,         of  the  people 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  give  me  the  paper,      the  paper  has  not  come,      is  this  your  paper, 

2  it  is  not  my  paper,       perhaps  so,       perhaps  not,       perhaps  we  may, 

3  the  papers  are  ready,      the  papers  are  due,      the  papers  are  done, 

4  he  read  a  good  paper,      it  is  not  proper,      it  is  quite  proper,      it  is 

5  very   proper,       it    is    improper,         improperly    done,       improperly 

6  managed,      improper  manner,      she  was  my  pupil,      my  pupils  are, 

7  a  good  pupil,       all  people,       all  the  people,      all  good  people,      some 

8  very    good   people,      a  live  people,       an   intelligent  people,      very 

9  intelligent  people,      my  people,      most  people,      many  people,    your 

10  people,        the    papal    see,         papal    supremacy,        the    papal    bull, 

11  papal  authority,        papal   policy,        not  engaged,        just  engaged, 

12  fully  engaged,     engaged  in,      engaged  for,      engaged  at,     engaged  to, 

13  engaged  by,      I  am  engaged,      I  am  not  engaged,      we  are  engaged, 

14  all  engaged,     pipe    peep    pupils    gouged    gouging    poppy 

96.  Words  Beginning  with  ex. — In  words  beginning  with  ex, 
drop  the  e  and  write  the  x  on  the  following  vowel  position.  When 
X  unites  with  c  or  k,  p,  f,  f,  or  qic,  write  the  k  hook,  p  hook, 
t  tick,  retrace,  or  k  hook  respectively.  If  a  vowel  occurs  between 
the  ex  and  any  one  of  these  consonants,  express  the  consonant 
by  the  alphabetic  letter.  When  j!?r  or  br  follows  x,  represent  it 
by  a  circle  on  the  upper  side  of  x.  In  the  words  beginning  with 
ex  followed  by  soft  c  or  s,  omit  soft  c  or  s,  and  write  the  x  on  the 
following  vowol  position. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

Uniting  with  c,  p,  or  t 
excuse    excoriate    excrete    excruciate   exclude   exclaim   expand 


DOUBLE    P    AXD    G:    WORDS    BEGINNING    WITH    EX  79 

expense        explain      explode      express      extent        extol    extinct 


Followed  &?/  c,  p,  g,  or  t 
execute        exact    except  (xept)      exit  {ant)        execrate      exigent 


exegesis      exogen    exotic       exoteric 


Followed  by  Soft  c  or  s 
excite    excitable    except    excise    excellent     exsiccate    exsiccant 


Uniting  with  qu 
exquire  exquisite        exquisitive         exquisitely        exquisitism 


Followed  by  qu  or  sk 
exequatur        exequious        exequial        exequy       exoskeleton 

-"r— "7- ^- y- 

Uniting  ivith  i  or  y 
exfodiate  exfoliate  exfoliative         ex-voto 


Followed  by  i  or  V 
exuviae         exuviate        exuvial       exuviable 


Uniting  with  ch  or  sli 
exchange        exchanger         exchangeable         exchequer 


Uniting  with  h 
exhale         exhaust         exhibit        exhilarate        exhort        exhume 

:t>....,,;^ l^'iQ^. 


80  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

Followed  by  m,  r,  1,  st,  or  ds 
exempt    exert  exercise  exhale    exiled      exist  exhausts       exudes 


The  Prefix  ex 
ex-clerk    ex-mayor    ex-minister  ex-member         ex  officio    ex  parte 


ex  president  ex-sheriff    extramundane 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  exact     exaggerate     exalt     examine     example     exarch     excarnate 

2  excavate       exceed       excel      except      excess      exchange      excheat 

3  exchequer    excise    excite    exclaim    exclude    excogitate   excrement 

4  exculpate    excuse    execrate    execute    exemplar    exempt    exequatur 

5  exequies      exercise      exert      exfoliate      exhale      exhaust      exhibit 

6  exhilarate    exhort    exhume    exile    exist    exit    exorbitant    exorcist 

7  exoteric      expand     expatiate     expect     expedient     expert     expire 

8  explain      explore      exquisite      exscind     exsiccate     exude     extant 

9  exterior      external      extol      extort      extra       extract       extraneous 

10  extraordinary  (xtrornry)      extricate       exuberant       exult       exhales 

11  exhumes    exhaled    exhorted    exhumed 

MOVEMENT  EXERCISE 


CHAPTER  XXIV 


KEVIEW   OF   HOOKS 


97.  Initial  Hooks. — Initial  p  and  g,  being  always  written  in 
their  alphabetic  form,  can  not  clash  with  any  other  initial  hook. 

The  sj)  hook  joined  without  an  angle,  and  always  turned  on 
the  upper  side  of  the  following  letter,  can  not  clash  with  d  or  cr, 
which  are  always  turned  on  the  under  side  of  the  following  letter. 
Nor  can  the  sc  and  sp  clash,  because  they  turn  in  opposite  direc- 
tions, and  join  with  the  following  letters  in  a  different  manner. 

The  d  and  cr,  although  alike  in  form,  direction,  and  join- 
ing, differ  in  size. 


REVIEW   OF   HOOKS  81 

The  spl  and  d  can  not  clash  if  correctly  written,  cl  being  on 
ihe  under,  and  -s^j  on  tlie  upper  side  of  the  following  letter. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

L      pack    Greek    span    clan    crane     splint     cleaned     crimp      class 


r^.._„..,p=:=?. 


•I    clip    clog      crag     cliff      click     spike  crick  create    splash    clash 
6    crash     sponge    clang   crank      cling     skim    spin    script    scrape 


••>^ ■■■■ 


■I    spavin    clever  clutch     speech     speeches     speechmaking     spry 

^^::r::^........<^... 9.. c_- 

6  spire      scream     scarcely         scaled           schools           scraps 
' — 6      "■  ■""  ~- 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

i.  claim     clam     cram     span     scan     pan      gain    clean    spend  cream 
-2  scheme      pen     green     spin     pin     grin     clime    crime    skin    space 

3  class    crease    cries    spies    splice       cliff     clad     cried     spied  crude 

4  spud      pooled      good      click      crick      spike      clock     spoke  crock 

5  poke       spook       cluck       spake       speaker       spikes      spoken  spooks 

6  spoke    squawk     squeak     close     cluck     croak     clap     clues  clover 

7  cramp      cramped       crumpled      crinkle      crinkled       clank  clinker 

98.  Final  Hooks. — Of  the  final  hooks,  p  turns  on  the  upper 
and  (J  on  the  under  side  of  all  lines  except  the  forward  obliques 
ff,  {,  0,  c,  ^',  and  iv.  In  joining  p  and  g  with  these  letters,  it 
should  be  remembered  that  at  the  top,  when  these  letters  are 
written  upward,  there  is  but  one  hook, — p;  if  g  follows  them  it 
is  alwa3^s  joined  angularly.  At  the  bottom,  when  these  letters  are 
drawn  downward,  there  is  but  one  hook,— ^,  while  p  is  joined 
angularly. 

The  sic  is  clearly  differentiated  from  angularly  joined  g  because 
it  is  written  horizontally,  a  direction  which  angularly  joined  g 
never  takes. 


82 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


The  ns  is  always  a  medial  or  final  hook,  while  sp  is  seldom 
final  and  therefore  unlikely  to  be  mistaken  for  ns  or  ms. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    map       Mag       wipe     wig      vapor   vigor     yoke     yawp    explain 


2  exclaim       expense    excuse     explode    exclude    means    mask    fins 

^rrrc V. ,.- 


8    Fisk     brines     brisk     tans    task     terras        trespass    desks     frisk 


....4^.. j;^.... 


4    frisky       frisked    friends      keep       keg       cans        cask      Kansas 


5  senses     Francis    wins     winces 


bask  bans      whisk    whines 


<P' 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  keep     keg      kip      cope     cog      cans      cones      cup      coons      casque 

2  vapor      vigor      vogue      viper      wig       wedge      wens     map     make 

3  mask      nap     nag      knack     nip    nick    sap     sag     sake     sack     seep 

4  seek     sip      sop      sock       sup     suck     Baptist      back      bask     bones 

5  tap     tag     tans     task     deep     dug    despot     desk    dupe     dyke    duke 

6  dusk       quip        quick  {qig)        crape       crag       creep      croup     inspire 

7  immense     immensely     despair     dense     denseness     obscure      trance 

8  trespass        trounce        crisply       crimes       beans        bespeak       bends 

9  bespatter  (besptr)     wins     wisp     wanes     wasp     task     trains     turns 

99.  Substitutions.— The  p  is  sometimes  used  for  the  word 
be,  when  it  joins  more  easily  than  b.  The  (/  is  also  used  for  c,  ^', 
ck;  the  gf  for  cfy  the  gl  for  cl,  and  gn  for  c«,  kn. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

1    camp,      can  be,      cake,      cup,       could  be,      will  be,      would  be, 


REVIEW   OF  HOOKS  83 

3  may  be,        so  be,     it  be,      all  be,     sag       sack    awake   wake    week 


3  fagged    fact     nickel    sickle    circle    feeble    angle    angel   inclined 

,....    .     T,...      .^^ ./: ^..„,.,.==._£_ — 

4  uncle  back    bag    knack    nag    thick  thank    sink        sing        wing 

5  wink     drink      dark        brig     brick     possible     England     English 
-^^-"^^--^ -~^^- =^ '^-- :^~^ —^ 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  fact      sacked     sagged     bagged     nagged     dogged     knocked     make 

2  sake      sick      nick      knock      dock      deacon      weaken     sicken     thick 

3  thank    bank    sang    sing     sank      sink      sung      sunk      drank      drink 

4  drunk       mingle       single        f angled        mangled       incline       inclined 

5  England     inkling     uncles     trinkle     tickle     tackle    truckle      buckle 


HOOK  DIAGRAM 


Hook 


Size 

Direction   1 

Made  to 

Open  to 

minute 

left 

right 

common 

left 

right 

minute 

left 

right 

common 

right 

left 

minute 

right 

left 

enlarged 

right 

left 

common 

right 

left 

minute 

right 

left 

common 

right 

left 

minute 

right 

left 

common 

right 

left 

minute 

right 

left 

common 

left 

right 

minute 

left 

right 

Side 


under 
upper 
upper 
upper 
upper 
upper 

under 

under 

upper 

upper 

upper 
or 
under 

under 


Joining 


without  angle 
without  angle 
without  angle 
with  angle 
with  angle 
with  angle 

without  angle 
without  angle 
without  angle 
without  angle 
with  angle 

with  angle 
with  angle 
with  angle 


j4  ',  tfci.ECTIC    SHORTHAND 

CHAPTER   XXV 

EXERCISE    FOR    REVIEW    OF    IMPLIED    LETTERS 

100.  Write  the  following: 

1  ape      aped      abed       apple,     appoint    as,     as  it,     assent      a     and 

2  aiint    amen    amount    halved    afraid    afford    after    avenge   avaunt 

3  ache     ached     act     acre     agree     accord     agreed      account     away 

4  await     all     ail     ailed    alone    are    air    ere    art     aired    arm    arms 

5  army    armies      at     add     aid     added     aided     awed     atom     atone 

6  autumn      atoms       atones      autumns      ah      ahead     agent     agents 

7  agency       agencies       ibis      ibex       is       ice     eyes,       is  it,       is  to, 

8  ism     isms     isthmus     in     into     I'm,     I  am,     imminent     if,     if  it, 

9  if  to,     ichor     ichthyic     ignoble     ignorant     ignore     iguana    ill    oil 

10  oiled    ire,     you  know,     I  may,     iron    irons    ironing    ironed    it    I'd 

11  it  would,     it  would  be,     it  would  not  be,     its,     it  is  to  be,      item 

12  items      itemize      idiom        itch       which,        which  would,      which 

13  would  be,       which  would  not,       which  would  not   be,       which  is, 

14  object,     object    to,       obedient     opportune       opportunity      opinion 

15  owes,      owes  to,      on     own     one    honor    owner    honored     of     off 

16  over     offer     offered     overt     oak     ox     old     olden     older    or    oar 

17  ore     oral      order      orders      ordered      ordereth     orderly     ordering 

18  odd     oat     oath      odds     oats     oaths     oh      ease      easier      easiness 

19  easily     east      Easter     eastern     easterly     estate      estates      esteem 

20  essential      e'en      emanate      emend       eve     even       heaven      event 

21  events      eventually     eventuality      evening      evener      egg      egged 

22  equal    equally     ell    eel    elder    elderly     elm     elms    eliminate     ear 

23  early      eared      earn      earns      earned      eat      either      eaten     each 

24  each  other,      each  time,      each  one,      edge      edged      up       upper 

25  upright   upward    us    used    under    undertake    you'll    our  out    outer 

26  outrun     bay    bad     brad     brain      bran     brawn      base      based     be 

27  bee    bees     beat    bed      bet     bread      by    buy    bid     bit    buys     bow 

28  beau    boat    both    broad     broth     but     butter     brood      brute     day 

29  date    damn    dame    dawn     drain     drawn     dew     debt     dead     drew 

30  dread      deem      dream      die      did      dry     dried      dime     dim     din 

31  dinner      dining      do     dot     doubt      drouth       down       don       dome 

32  drown     drone     due     dumb     drum      drummer     they     that     than 

33  the     three     threat    thread    them    then    thy     thin     thine    thougli 

34  thought      throat     thrown      tlirone     thou     tlmmb     thrum     thumbs 

35  thumbing       thrumming       neigh        nay        neighed       gnat      gnaw 

36  gnawed       nature       naturally      name       new      knee       neat      newt 

37  newly    nearly     neatly,     nem.  con.,     nigh     night      knit      nine     no 

38  now      not     nod      none       known     gnu      nut      nude      nun     noon 
89  character      can    cant,       can    not,     cannon      key     keen     kingdom 

40  company     con     cone     could     come,     could  not,     if  a,     before  a, 

41  fan     fawn      fame    famine    frame    fee    few,      if  the,     before  the, 
4^  female      femur     femoral     freeman     fie.      if  I.       fine      fin      finer 


EXEECISE   FOR   REVIEW   OF   IMPLIED   LETTERS  85 

43  foe     before     foam      from      form,     if  you,     fun     fume      funnel 

44  gay    gain     general     grain      gi-een     gone     groan      groin      grown 

45  gun       gruni       saloon      solemn       calm       column       melon     Milar 

46  William     vellum     volume      main      may     man     maim    me     men 

47  mem.      my     mine     mow     mown     moo      mum     pay      pain      pan 

48  pea      pen      pie      pin      pine       principal      pole      pone     pooh     pun 

49  queen    quince     quaint     say    sane    same     seine     see     seen     scene 

50  seem      sigh     sign     sin      sine     so     son     some      suck      sun      sum 

51  have   a,      van     vain    vie,     have   I,    vine    vim    way    weigh     wan 
53  want      we       wen      went     with      will     win     wine     women     woe 

53  won      woman      woo       one       examine       examination       examiner 

54  example     yea     yet     yes     year,      yes   sir,      yesterday     you      your 

55  you  are,     yonder,     you  may,    as  I,    as  I  may,    Zion    Zimmerman 

56  gay     gave     gad     glad     great     get    greet    glee    give    guide    glide 

57  go     got      Grod     glow     grow     growth,    give  you,     gut    good    hay 

58  had      hat      hail      haul       hair      hard       harder     hardly     heartily 

59  haughty    he     hew    hell    heel   heed    heat   head   heater   heard   high 

60  hill     hilly    hid     hit      hired     how      hoe     hot     hod     hoard     hoar 

61  hoary     who      hoot     hull      lay      late      laid     lately     later     latter 
63  latterly      lea     let     lead    lie    lye    light     lied    lighter     lightly    low 

63  lot    load    lottery     loath    lute    barrel    barley     barely     burly    beryl 

64  car       card      carol      cur     curd     curly     dare     dared    dear     dearly 

65  dire      direly      far      fair     fared     fairly     fire      fired     for     forward 

66  fur      furl      gore      girl      general      generally      par     parallel      pear 

67  pearl     queer      queerly     rare     rarely     sore      sorely     surely     surly 

68  sorrel     tire    tiresome     tear     tearful      veer     veered     war     warred 

69  ward      warily      were    wearily    wearied     wore    work     word     year 

70  yard     yearly      there      thoroughly     near     nearly     narrowly    shay 

71  shade      shaded      shall      she     shed       shell      show      showed     shot 
73  shoal      shoo     shut       chew     chewed     cheat     chide     chill      chilly 

73  whey      what       whale      wheat     why     white      while      only     daily 

74  dilly  dally,     dolly     duly     folly     fully    silly    sully   ball    based    bell 

75  beast      besides       beads       boll      boast      Boston     bodes     bull     bust 

76  buds     call      cast     calla     cads     kill    kissed    kids    coal    cost    collie 

77  nods     cool      coolly      feeds      dell    destined     dtill    dust     duds     fall 

78  fast     freely     fades    feel     feast    filly    fist    foods    full     gale     gaily 

79  guest      guides      gully     gull      highly     hilly    holy    jelly    July    jolly 

80  jeered       loll        lull       lily       little       made      mail      mast       master 

81  mastered     masterly      maids      meal     messed     mealy     mole      most 
83  Molly      modes      mull      must      maids       moods      nail      noised      Nell 

83  Nelly  nest     knoll     notes     null     nuts      pail     passed      poll     post 

84  Polly  pull     pulley    quell     quest    request     requested     rail     raised 

85  raids  rill     roil     wrist     rides     roll    roast    roads     sell    ceased    sil'i 

86  sissed  sides    tail     taste     trail     traced     trades     toll     told     tossed 

87  toads  to-day's       vail      vast      veal      veiled     vested     viol     visit 

88  visited  wall     waste     well     west      western     will      wist      weeds 

89  woods  abased     abreast     aforesaid      outlet    outset    outside    cdset 


86  .,  ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 


CHAPTER   XXVI 


WORDS   OF    FREQUENT   USE 

101.  The  following  words  occur  so  often  in  English  that  the 
student  should  practice  them  until  able  to  write  them  auto- 
matically at  a  rapid  rate,  two  hundred  to  two  hundred  and  fifty 
words  a  minute.  Most  of  them  are  fully  written,  but  a  few  are 
written  by  briefer  signs  which  are,  however,  clearly  representative, 
and  will  be  easily  memorized. 

ONE  HUNDRED  COMMON  WORDS 


KEY 

1  the    and    of     I    in  an  tlmt    is    for  it     he    with    been     be    are 

2  but     to     all     by     not     or    as     thy    at     from     have     our     we 

3  God    more    theirs    them    then    there    my    on    sliall    you    will 

4  thou     upon     word     ye     had     me     no     Lord     us      when     go 

5  heaven     see     great     other     were     O     part    truth     army     ever 

6  full     into    out     unto    thee     his     which     your     this     him     who 

7  what    if     can    how    life     man    than     may    those     would    has 

8  every     world     do     one     most     love     now     where     time     give 

9  after    first    like    under    work    come    taee    trut 


ABBREVIATED   WORDS  87 

102.  The  Fifty  Most  Frequent  Words.— The  following  list 
comprises  what  are  said  to  be  the  fifty  most  frequent  words  in 
extemporaneous  discourse.  They  are  given  here  in  the  order  of 
the  frequency  of  their  occurrence  in  100,000  words;  thus  the 
occurs  2179  times;  q/*,  1169  times;  to,  1104  times;  and,  899 
times;  the  other  words  gradually  decrease  in  frequency  to  the  end 
of  the  list,  where  if  is  seen  to  occur  99  times.  These  words 
should  be  thoroughly  mastered.  It  would  be  well  for  the  student 
to  memorize  the  list  and  practice  it  from  memory,  striving  ear- 
nestly to  write  it  faster,  and  still  faster,  until  he  is  able  to  write  it 
four  or  five  times  a  minute.  Such  effort  at  this  stage  of  progress 
will  be  highly  disciplinary  and  valuable. 


4      _.. 


KEY 

1  the    of     to    and     that     a     in    I    it,    of  the,     is     be     for     this 

2  not    have     as     there     will     his     he    from,     to  the,     with    by 

3  but,    we     are,     in  the,     you     was     all    they    upon     has,     it  is, 

4  at    no     or     on    may    any    then,     to  be,     beyond,     in  my,    our, 

5  for  it,     if 


CHAPTER    XXVII 

ABBREVIATED   WORDS 


103.  List. — The  following  list  comprises  words  which,  from 
their  frequency  and  length,  it  is  regarded  advantageous  to  abbre- 
viate. They  may  be  fully  written,  if  desired,  but  the  abbreviated 
forms  are  all  so  suggestive  that  they  are  easily  learned.  For  the 
syllable  tion,  occurring  in  some  of  the  words,  see  ^  117. 


88 


ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 


13 
13 


•v. V::^ V,....^..\^.. 


.._5... 


V:.        ^ 


> 


^:N 


1  abandon    able    abreast    abstract    accept    acknowledge    acquaint 
3  adapt     adopt    advantage    advertise     advice    affidavit     aforesaid 

3  alone    already    also    amendment    among   answer    any    anybody 

4  anyhow      anywhere     arrive     association     awe     away     balance 

5  because       before       behalf       behind       believe       belong       below 
G  between   beyond   bring   bushel   business,  can  not,  certify  change 

7  charge      character     Chicago     church      circumstance,      C.  O.  D.. 

8  condition       consequence       concerning       constitution       contrary 

9  company      could,       could  not,      correspond,     deliver,      dear  sir, 

10  defendant       degree       delinquent       deposition       desire      destroy 

11  develop  differ  difficult  disadvantage  dispat(!h  distinction 
13  district  dollar  easy  employ  enable  enclose  encourage 
13  enjoy    equal    equity    esquire    establish,    no  evil  {evil=i;/),    exact 


ABBREVIATED   WORDS 


89 


18 
19 


4 — -/-— ^- 


,._^.. 


^ 


25 


26 


27 


/ 


— o 


z 


^ 


^ 


/ 


fix     fixed     forgive 
give     gives     given 


<9. 

14  except     exchange      exhibit      father     first 

15  form     forward     furnisli     gave     gentlemen 

16  glad     govern     happy     hereabout     hereinafter      hereof     hereon 

17  hereto     hereunto     hereupon     hereunder    herewith     he     himself 

18  hundred     I,     I  am,     I  may,     immediately     immense     imperfect 

19  improvement        inform         inevitable        inquire        insignificance 

20  insist      insure      intelligent      into     invoice       involve      involved 

21  invalid    judge    judgment    kind    kingdom    knowledge    language 

22  legal    legislature  little    made  make  magnanimous  magnanimity 

23  magnificent    majority    manufacture    memorandum    merchandise 

24  money,        no  money,        much        myself        necessary        neglect 

25  nevertheless    next,    no  means,    no  more,    no  sir,    notwithstanding 

26  O     oh    owe     of      Ohio     object    oblige     o'clock    opinion,    O.  K., 

27  parallel        particular        party        perfect        perform        perhaps 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAXD 


^J>... 


..„...^.^..,<*=^. 


37 


T 


..^... 


.../fS>.-., 


■-■t— 


40 


-"^ 


28  perpendicular      policy      politics      possible      practice      president 
2y  principle  (-pal)     purchase    probable     progress     quality     question 

30  reflect     regular    reform     reply    represent     request    respectively 

31  respective      response      respondent      i-esponds      responsible     ship 
33  self     settlement     signature     silver     speech     subject     substitute 

33  such     suggest     siiperintendent     supply     suppose     take     testify 

34  testimony    telegram    think     thousand    time     together    transact 

35  understand     uniform     unto     upward     value     very     whereunto 

36  whereupon    wherewith    wherewithal    will    with    within    would 
87  which      without      work      yet,      yes  sir,      yesterday,      you  may, 

38  you  have,     your  favor,    all  other,    another,  any  other,    are  other, 

39  at  other,      by  other,     each  other,      in  other,     no  other,     on  other, 

40  one  other,     the  other,     it  would,     it  would  be 

104.  In  Phrases. — Most    of   the   foregoing   words   are  to  be 
written  positionally.     They  are  therefore  to  be  used  in  phrasing 


ABBBEVIATED  WORDS  91 

only  when  they  begin  a  phrase,  as  in  the  following  illustrations. 
Great  caution  must  be  taken  in  employing  abbreviated  forms,  and 
absolute  familiarity  is  necessary. 


4  Cfcrr: .>s^_-- ■■■■/^.^ 

KBY 

1  any  one,     any  time,     represent  them,    represent  you,    accept  this, 

2  character    of,       correspond    with,        can  not    be,        differ  with, 

3  differ  from,  difficulty  in,  difficult  to,  invoice  inclosed, 

4  together  with  your,    principle  of,    perhaps  I  may 

105.  Suggestive  Outlines. — Study  of  the  foregoing  list  of 
abbreviated  words  and  phrases  will  doubtless  suggest  to  the 
thoughtful  student  the  possibility  of  similarly  abbreviating  other 
words  which  may  occur  in  technical  writing.  Such  efforts  are 
quite  legitimate  if  the  outlines  conform  to  the  principles  of  the 
system.  But  any  abbreviated  form  to  be  practicable  must  be 
so  thoroughly  learned  that  it  is  legible  at  sight. 

106.  Root  "Words. — Abbreviated  forms  generally  represent  root 
words,  but  in  most  cases  they  may  also  represent  the  derivatives 
therefrom ;  as,  slii  represents  not  only  sMp^  but  sliipped^  shipping^ 
shipper,  shipiment;  sel  is  self,  selfish,  selfishness,  selfishly;  ac  is 
accept,  accepts,  accepted,  acceptahle-hly,  acceptance,  acceptor;  ad 
is  advertise-d-ing-ment.  Most  students  will  want  to  add  to  these 
root  forms  the  various  terminal  letters  that  make  the  derivative 
words,  but  it  will  generally  be  safe  to  allow  the  root  form  to  repre- 
sent all  the  derivatives. 

107.  Selection  of  Outlines. — In  the  study  of  unfamiliar  words 
there  may  occur  to  the  student  different  ways  of  writing  the  same 
word,  each  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  the  system.  In 
such  a  case  the  shortest  should  be  selected  if  it  is  clear  and  facile, 
but  it  is  better  to  write  a  longer,  clear,  and  facile  outline,  than  a 
shorter  one  that  is  not  easy  to  write  or  to  read.  Always  express 
in  a  word  its  most  important  sounds. 


92  ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 

108.  Shortest  Outlines. — Most  students  will  want  to  write  the 
word  marJc  by  the  use  of  the  circle  and  c,  rather  than  by  shading 
the  m  and  using  the  hook  for  c.  By  writing  each  form  as  rapidly 
as  possible  during  a  minute,  it  will  be  found  that  quite  a  number 
more  of  the  latter  form  can  be  made,  and,  as  it  is  equally  as  legible 
as  the  first  form,  it  should,  of  course,  be  used.  The  same  may  be 
said  of  the  word  market.     The  student  will  incline  to  write  it 

^^"^  instead  of  ■■^  ,  while  it  will  be  found  on    writing 

the  two  each  a  definite  time,  as  half  a  ciinute,  that  the  second  form 
is  the  quicker.  The  hook  is  better  than  the  c  in  sake,  seek,  sick, 
suck,  sank,  sink,  sunk,  fact,  back,  book,  thick,  thank,  week,  wake. 
The  word  number  is  likely  to  present  itself  to  the  mind  with  the 
alphabetic  b  and  r,  while  the  r  written  on  the  upper  side  of  the  n 
is  equally  legible  and  distinct  and  at  the  same  time  is  much 
more  quickly  made.  In  the  words  may  be  and  can  be,  and  similar 
phrases,  the  student  is  likely  to  use  alphabetic  b  rather  than  the 
hook,  although  the  hook  is  much  the  more  facile  because  it  is  a  con- 
tinued motion  with  the  preceding  letter.  In  such  words  as  find 
and  sigjied,  the  student  will  generally  choose  to  lengthen  the/  and 
s  to  imply  n  and  add  the  d,  instead  of  writing  alphabetic  /and  s 
and  finishing  the  words  with  short  n,  for  nd,  although  the  second 
form  is  much  quicker  made  and  is  equally  legible.  In  the  words 
tvant,  loent,  loanted,  wont,  won^f,  iconted,  will  not,  would  not,  faint, 
font,  feint,  fount,  saint,  saintly,  sent,  scent,  saunter,  scintillate, 
seriate,  lengthen  the  first  letter  to  imply  the  n,  and  add  t;  and  in 
wand,  ivind,  feigned,  find,  sand,  sound,  etc.,  shorten  the  n  for  nd. 

Do  not  write  "way"  for  away,  "ware"  for  aware,  "wake"  for 
awake,  "wait"  for  await,  "rise"  for  arise,  "round"  for  around, 
"side"  for  aside  or  beside,  "sept"  for  except,  "low"  for  allow, 
"cur"  for  occur,  "casion"  for  occasion,  "elusion"  for  seclusion  or 
conclusion,  "traction"  for  attraction,  "lat-ion"  for  re?a^io;i,  "cuss" 
for  discuss,  "licious"  for  delicious,  "gain"  for  again,  "go"  for 
ago,  "gree"  for  agree,  "sides"  for  besides,  "specially"  for  espe- 
cially, "ceived"  for  received,  "genst"  for  against,  "pear"  for 
appear,  "count"  for  account,  "point"  for  appoint,  "mount"  for 
amount,  "sent"  for  ascent,  "send"  for  ascend,  "sind"  for 
assigned,  "can't"  for  can  not,  "don't"  for  do  not,  "sistant"  for 
assistant,  "ficient"  for  deficient,  "ficious"  for  officious f  "spouse" 
for  response,  "tention"  for  attention  or  intention,  "pression"  for 


ABBREVIATED   WORDS  93 

impression  or  oppression,  "gression"  for  aggression,  "mission"  for 
omission. 

Avoid  using  circle  r  after  shortened  i  and  it.  The  circle 
causes  thein  to  resemble  loh  and  cli.  Always  shade  inter,  tindery 
and  enfcr,  as  in  interest,  iinderstand,  entertain. 

109.  Write  to  Bead. — The  foregoing  are  samples  of  common 
errors,  which  the  student  should  not  allow  himself  to  commit. 
The  omission  of  initial  syllables  always  seriously  impairs  legibil- 
ity; and  while  in  very  rapid  writing  one  may  be  driven  to  various 
time-saving  devices,  he  should  always  seek  to  avoid  them.  Write 
every  word  with  reference  to  reading  it,  at  any  time  in  the  future. 

110.  Study  of  the  Principles. — If  well-grounded  in  the  princi- 
ples embodied  in  the  three  rules  and  the  expedients  to  imply 
frequent  letters,  together  with  the  prefixes  and  terminals,  the 
resolving  of  most  words  into  their  representative  elements  would 
seem  to  offer  little  difficulty  to  any  thoughtful  student,  while  to 
many  it  becomes  a  keen  mental  pleasure.  Xew  words  that  cause 
hesitancy  should  subsequently  be  recalled  and  studied  until  they 
become  clear  and  facile.  In  writing  unfamiliar  long  words  do 
not  stop  to  determine  the  entire  outline  of  a  word,  but  begin  at 
once  by  writing  the  first  letter  positionally,  to  imply  the  second,  in 
doing  which  the  writing  of  the  remainder  of  the  word  will  gener- 
ally be  seen. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

The  following  sentences  illustrate  the  use  of  abbreviated 
words  in  phrasing.  Those  words  whose  outlines  are  quite  sug- 
gestive irrespective  of  position,  may  be  used  in  any  relation  in 
a  phrase,  but  those  which  rely  on  their  position  to  interpret  them 
may  be  used  in  phrase  writing  only  when  they  begin  phrases. 

1  bought  a  (an),     it  is  a  (an),     there  is  a  (an),     will  you  accept  them, 

2  is  this  your  acceptance,       those  who  would  keep  abreast  of  truth, 

3  can    you   adapt    it,        will  they  adopt  it,        this    is    his  aflBdavit, 

4  in  the  aforesaid  claim,    by  the  aforesaid  cause,    do  you  acknowledge 

5  this  to  be  your  signature,      yes,  it  is  my  signature,      I  shall  derive 

6  no  advantage  therefrom,      are  you  alone  in  the  business,      is  there 

7  any  good  reason,     in  any  event,     at  all  events,     did  he  give  you  an 

8  answer,     no  answer,     will  j-ou  also  go  away,     what  is  the  balance, 

9  what  is  the  bill,        can  you  find  the  balance,        have  you  a  bill, 
0  it  was  there  before,       he  is  behind  time,      it  is  my  belief,      do  you 

IJ  believe,        what  is  his  belief,        do  you  belong,        go  below,  John, 


94  ECLECTIC    SIIOKTHAXD 

12  a  song  on  her  lips,         I  can   not   drift  beyond  his  love   and  care, 

13  he  is  doing  a  good  business,     no  business,     I  can  not,     I  could  not, 

14  you  can  not,       you  could  not,       I  do  hereby  certify,       is  this  your 

15  certificate,      it  is  my  certificate,      a  great  change,      a  greater  change, 

16  wliat  do  they  charge,     he  came  to  Chicago,     it  is  a  good  company, 

17  what  are  the  circumstances,        under   no   circumstances,         it  is  a 

18  circumstance  of  the,        you  could   by   correspondence,        by   care, 

19  I  will  correspond  with  him,      did  you  hear  the  amendment,      in  their 

20  advantage,         there  was  no  amendment  at  the  session,        at  the 

21  session,      there  was  much  disadvantage,      did  he  deliver  it,      yes,  he 

22  delivered  it,      dear  sir,      my  dear  sir,      are  you  the  defendant  in  this 

23  cause,     he  is  very  delinquent,       is  this  your  deposition,      when  did 

24  it  develop,      the  theory  of  development,      do  not  destroy  it,      it  was 

25  destroyed,        it  is   very  difficult,         with   great   difficulty,        very 

26  different,         what  is  the  difference,        with   dispatch,        at   great 

27  disadvantage,     what  is  the  distinction,      it  will  enable  them,     they 

28  were  enabled,      to  enlarge  one's  view,      to  employ  an  agent,      it  will 

29  encourage  him,      they  were  encouraged  by  it,      a  bill  of  exchange, 

30  it  is  most  extraordinary,         it  will  exhibit,        we   do   not   accept, 

31  do  you  expect,       do  not  forget  it,      did  you  forget,      yes,  I  forgot, 

32  yes,  I  have  forgotten,       it  was  very  uniform,        he  is  uninformed, 

33  give  it  to  them,        it  gives  satisfaction.        it  has  given  satisfaction, 

34  it  is  giving  satisfaction,      he  governs  wisely,      they  are  very  happy, 

35  two  hundred  words,      he  will,      I  will,      he  must,     I  must,     I  am  not, 

36  did  you  inform  the  defendant,        did  you  at  that  time  insure  your 

37  stock  of  goods,       how  much  did  you  pay  for  insurance,      was  your 

38  interest  insurable,      it  was  insignificant,       it  sinks  into  insignificance, 

39  she  is  very  intelligent,       when  did   you  receive  intelligence  of  his 

40  death,      what   did   the   judge  say,      on  what  date  did  you  secure 

41  judgment,  thy  kingdom  come,     state  what  you  know  of  your  own 

42  knowledge,      state  his  exact   language,      it  is    not  legal    in    form, 

43  by  an  act  of  the  legislature,     too  long,     not  long,      did  you  make 

44  them,        who    made    this,        he    was    very    magnanimous,        with 

45  magnanimity,       look    at    your    memorandum,       bought   a    bill    of 

46  merchandise,     do  you  need  the  money,     it  is  not  necessary,     it  is 

47  unnecessary,       do  not  neglect  it,     no,  sir,       notwithstanding  that, 

48  how  much  did  you  owe  him,      it  was  of  no  account,      I  object, 

49  you  will  oblige  me,     I  am  greatly  obliged  to  you,      what  in  your 

50  opinion,       it  is  all  O.  K.,       the  lines  are  parallel,       very  perfect 

51  instructions,      it    is    perfectly    done,      perhaps    I    may    be    there, 

52  to  perform  music,      it  stands  perpendicular  to  this  plane,      did  you 

53  write  this  policy,     it  is  not  possible,      Mr.  President,      wisdom  is  the 

54  principal  thing,        practice  makes   perfect,        there  is  no  question, 

55  they  stand  in  regular  order,      the  action  is  irregular,      it  may  work 

56  a  reform,      in  reply,      what  does  it  represent,      in  response  to  his 

57  request,      are   you   respondent   in  this  suit,      it  quickly  responds, 

58  he  is  perfectly  responsible,       it  is  not  right,      self-love,     self-will. 


TERMINATIONS  95 

59  selfish  action,      we  ship  you  to-day,      the  goods  were  shipped  yester- 

60  day,       they  were  shipi>ed  to  your  care,       when  did  you  receive  the 

61  shipment,       is  this  your  signature,       it  was  shipped  subject  to  your 

62  order,        such  -were  the  orders  of    the  president,        it  can  not  be 

63  a  success,       what  do  you  suggest,       the  supply  is  ample,       it  will 

64  take  too  long,      did  you  testify  in  the  case,      is  this  your  testimony, 

65  at    what    time  were    you    there,      did  you    receive  this    telegram, 

66  the   telegraph   office  is   closed,      thej'  grew   together   side  by  side, 

67  did  you  get  word,      I  do  not  understand  you,     the  texture  is  very 

68  uniform,       wheat    suddenly  started    upward,    what    is    its    market 

69  value,      it  is  very  well  done,      will  you  go  with  me,      it  would  be 

70  fine,      look  within,      when  will  you  be  there,      it  will  not  do,     he 

71  will  not,      it  would  not  be  correct,     I  do  not  want  to,     whenever 

72  you  want  more,     without  any  reason,     it  will  not  work,      did  you 

73  get  work,     in  which  case,     you  may  be  sure,     yes,  sir,  I  was  there 

74  yesterday,    yet  be  seen,     yet  be  known,     not  yet  due 


CHAPTER   XXVIII 


TERMINATIONS 

111.  The  following  list  of  terminal  signs,  with  some  of  which 
the  student  is  already  familiar,  will  be  easily  learned  and  applied. 
These  signs  are  presented  in  three  classes :  I,  signs  consisting  of 
minute  characters;  II,  signs  consisting  of  single  characters,  some 
of  which  are  written  upward  to  imply  a  following  I,  and  down- 
ward to  imply  a  following  s  or  sh,  and  some  of  which  are  modified 
to  imply  tj  d  or  m,  n;  III,  signs  composed  of  two  or  three 
characters,  the  final  one  of  which  may  be  modified. 

CLASS  I 

Terminations 

ty,  tiness,  tive,  tiveness    trig    trology,  icaly,-y-gize-st 

try,  trary  tns    taneous-ly-ness 

tally,  tily,  tually  cl        acle,  icle,  cal 

tral,  trally  tcl      tacle 

sy,  zy,  sily,  siness,  sive,  sively,  siveness 

cile,  cilely,  cileness  trcl    tricle 

ble,  bly,  Joility,  bleness 

asm 

ism 

ment,  ntment,  nament,  ny,  my 

tal,  tile,  tual,  telligent-ly-ence 

tral,  trual 

ted,  tied,  tute,  tuted,  tude,  tiety,  tuity,  tivity 

cied,  cede,  sated,  side,  sode,  sued 

ciled,  seled,  celed,  cility,  sality 

trate,  trade,  tred,  trite,  trode,  trade,  tered 

tied,  tality,  tility,  tuality, 

trailed,  trolled,  tralitj',  tralized 

tology,  tological 


Signs 

Minute 

t 

tr 

tl 

trl 

s 

si 

b 

a 

i 

a 

n 

Unmodified 

tl 

'' 

trl 

Lengthened 

t 

s 

si 

tr 

tl 

trl 

<( 

tig 

96 


ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 


SIGNS 

Right  a 

o 
it 
ui 


CLASS  n 

Tebminations 
alogy,  alogical,  alogically,  alogist 
ology,  ological,  ologically,  ologian 
iety,  ity,  idity 
uity,  uitiv 

osopliy,  osophical,  osophically,  osopher,  osophize 
ise,  ice,  ize,  ies,  ish,  islily,  ishness 
ous,  uous 

acity,  ast,  astic,  astical,  astically 
icity,  ic,  ist,  istic,  istical,  istically,  ished 
osity,  ocity 
istry 

age,  ageous,  ageously,  edge,  idge,  oge,  uge,  udge 
guish,  guished,  guishes,  guishing,  guist 
gram 
logue 
hood 

thusiastu,  thusiast,  thusiastic,  thusiastically 
ship 

CLASS  in 

Tbbminations 
arity,  ariety 
erity 

ority,  oriety 
urity 
ality 
ility 

ulity,  uality 

opathy,  opathic,  opathically,  opathist 
ocracy,  ocrat,  ocratic,  ocratically 
ography,  ographic,  ©graphical,  ographically 
algia 
graph 

matics,  matical,  tnatically,  matician 
ticity,  tiest 
tricity,  triest 
trie 

112.  For  the  terminal  ag^  j  is  sometimes  preferable  to  g^  as  in 
heritage.  For  arity,  erity,  ority,  urity,  as  in  familiarity,  sin- 
cerity, majority,  maturity,  if  thought  better,  the  vowels  may 
often  be  omitted  and  the  enlarged  r  or  the  minute  t  used  instead. 
For  ality,  ility,  ulity,  the  enlarged  I  is  an  easy  representative 
when  preceded  by  a  long  character,  as  in  personality.  For 
arily,  erely,  orial,  urely,  write  the  vowel  with  minute  r  when 
necessary,  but  generally  the  minute  r  alone  will  represent  the 
terminal  clearly,  as  in  primarily,  severely,  censorial,  securely. 

The  straight  .<?  is  lengthened  for  st,  sd,  only  when  following  a 
minute  or  surface   character  on  which  the  sd  loop  can  not  be 


Left 

O 

/ 

i( 

i 

; 

u 
at 

? 

« 

it 

(( 

ot 

1 

« 

itr 

t 

} 

Angular 

9iJ)    u^ 

'" 

gw 

(f 

(( 

grm 

0 

I 
hd 

0 

Alphabetic 

th 

V 

<• 

sh 

T 

Signs 

Right 

art 

/^ 

>' 

ert 

*^o 

(t 

ort 

^^ 

<( 

urt 

"^ 

ii 

alt 

^ 

t( 

ilt 

^ 

t< 

ult 

^ 

(( 

op 

I 

Left 

oc 
og 

Right 

agy 

^ 

Angular 

grf 

u 

Alphabetic 

mt 

n 

tst 

l/l 

(( 

trst 

^ 

<( 

trc 

C 

TERMINATIONS 


97 


turned.      The  lengthened  t  is  not  used  initially,  as  in  tig'td^ 
taught;  th  is  used  for  the  second  t. 

Class  I 


-yx^- 


5 


r 


x;- 


/^ 


^9^ 


r.............L ^ 


» 


-i- 


■-ir 


KEY 

1  mighty     mightily     city     county     scantily     thriftiness     motive 

2  positively     sensitiveness     nativity     country     contrary     fatal-ity 

3  fertile-ity       textile       mutuality       neutrally      neutrality      fussy 

4  cozy-ily     busy-ily     juicy-iness     massive    massiveness    evasively 

5  abusiveness       passivity       facilely      docility      payable      capably 

6  mobility      miasm      Buddhism      aphorism       polytheism     dainty 

7  daintiness    sportive-ness    castle    muzzle    central    control   subtly 

8  subtile        mental-ly        sensitive-ly         paleontology         tautology 

9  abatement   element    implement    interment   instrument  payment 

Class  II 
1 /^■-' -4f^- 


C\^„ 


3  -.. 


»»«i  l^U" 


"7" 


••"^'■ 


■*T" 


KEY 

1  analogy     analogical-ly     mineralogist     phrenology     geological-ly 

2  theologian    variety    perpetuity    philosophy-pher     theosophical-ly 

3  anise    suffice    realize    parties    foolish-ly    feverish-ly    childish-ness 


98 


ECLECTIC    SHOKTHAXD 


---^ 


>=T" 


4  laborious       impetuous       veracity      felicity      theorist      atheistic 
0  syllogistically  curiosity  ferocity         casuistry         courage 

6  outrageous-ly     porridge     gamboge     refuge     budge     monologue 

7  manhood   monogram    enthusiasm    enthusiast-ic-ally    penmanship 


aass  III 


.:-::.^.. 


:^...„.. 


U" 


r 


Y '7 


ispury... 


c^... 


KEY 

1  popularity     hilarity     contrariety     celerity     temerity     minority 

2  notoriety      security       impurity       plurality      virility      credulity 

3  homeopathy  hydropathist  allopathic-ally  geography 

4  orthographic     biographical     stenography-pher      stenographically 

5  lithograph       neuralgia       nephralgia       languish       distinguislied 

6  extinguishes   linguist    mathematics-cian   dogmatical-ly   elasticity 

In  most  of  the  preceding  illustrations  only  a  single  form  from 
each  root  word  is  given,  but  the  student  will  note  that  all  the 
variations  of  a  terminal  are  written  alike;  thus,  hitelligent^  intelli- 
gence^ intelligently,  and  intelligible  are  written  with  the  same 
outline,  the  context  being  relied  upon  to  indicate  the  exact  word. 


TERMINATIONS      _     r\    "^  ^  Vw£^  99 

WRITING  EXERCISE  L*^  '"  ^  ^a 

Write:  ,.,,j\  v^    T^^^ 

1  might    mighty    mightily    meant    mental    mentally    mentality    face 

2  facile      facilely      facility      neuter      neutral      neutrally      neutralitj' 

3  beauty      duty      weighty      scanty-ily       security       sentry       wintry 

4  country     gentry    vital    vitality     brutal     brutality     dental     ventral 

5  central     centrally    lunacy    exigency     intricacy     obduracy     piracy 

6  muscle       tonsil      admirable      gable      gamble      agreeable      reliable 

7  ignoble    sensible     seated    granted    mated    scented     fainted     halted 

8  posed     greased     graced    glazed    controlled    patrolled     tautological 

9  paleontology      astrology      abatement       abutment  (ut)      government 

10  movement      attachment      enrichment      investment      enlightenment 

11  apiwrtionment       aggrandizement        advancement        announcement 

12  condiment      consignment     confinement     compliment     contentment 

13  complement       discernment      attainment  {tainment)      entertainment 

14  atonement  (tonment)  adornment  ornament  pr&sentment 

15  resentment    imprisonment    monument  {li)    tournament    appointment 

16  comment     cement      foment     acliievement     abridgment    agreement 

17  sacrament    interment    banishment    judgment    enrollment    allotment 

18  liabiiiment         elopement        department  ferment         preferment 

19  allurement      casement      displacement      embarrassment      treatment 

20  excitement     sentiment     inducement    amusement    lament    raiment 

21  remnant      enticement     pigment      fragment      orpiment      genealogy 

22  chronology         algology         satiety         verity        annuity        intuitive 

23  philosophy-ically       theosophy-ist      arise      surmise     sunrise     modisli 

24  brutish      fetish      grayish       greenish       reddisli       bullish       bulbous 

25  furious      curious     glorious      tenacity     pertinacity      artist      artistic 
2G  realist       realistic       patriotic       antagonistic      curiosity      generosity 

27  velocity        dentistry       courage        beverage        leverage        begrudge 

28  catalogue  decalogue  eclogue  womanhood  boyhood  manhood  diagram 

29  cablegram         monogram       chronograms        decalogue      chronologic 

30  reship      worship       horsemanship      popularity      polarity      temerity 

31  sincerity        entirety        majority         minority        futurity         reality 

32  carnality      formality      morality      servility      puerility      homeopathy 

33  allopathy        hydropathy        theocracy         democracy         lithography 

34  geography    chronography      chirography      chorography      calligraphy 

35  lithograph         anguish         languish  problematic  mathematics 

36  chromatic     enigmatic     optic     piety    notoriety     felicity    electricity 

37  foolish     girlLsh     entirely      biographical      homogeneous      reliability 

38  nobility      extinguished       distinguislied       familiarity       churlishness 

39  propriety    dialogue    monologue    adage    visage    chiropody    maturity 

40  friendship  laborious  courageous  outrageoiis  religious 

41  perpetuity       finality       fidelity      generality       liability       dangerous 

42  virility         frivolitj'         immorality         immortality        immutability 

43  city     data       incentive      motive       inventive       sedative       palliative 

44  daintiness    humanity    nonentity    fussy    mussy    lazy    crazy    dressy 

45  dozy    juicy      newsy    frenzy     noisy     county    inventory  promontory 


100  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

46  commentary       humanitarian        sanitary        mutuality       intelligent 

47  intelligence        intelligently        unintelligent         analogy      analogic 

48  analogically       mineralogy     mineralogist       mineraiogical      theology 

49  biology  theologian         tliaological  biological        phrenology 

50  philological         philology  geology  physiology         psychology 

51  tautology  biography  physiography  geometry  trigonometry 
53  hydrography  hydrology  hydrometer  homeopathic  homeopathically 
53  hydropathic        hydropathically         allopathic         ability      affability 


CHAPTER    XXIX 

WRITING    THE    SYLLABLES   TION,    TIOUS* 

113.  Lengthened  or  Diminished  Consonants.— By  far  the  great- 
est number  of  words  in  tion,  fious,  etc.,  consist  of  three  or  more 
syllables,  of  which  the  penult  contains  a  single  or  a  double  con- 
sonant followed  by  a  single  vowel;  as  edu-ca-tion^  pro-ha-tion^ 
fumi-ga-tion^  mi-gra-tion,  itivo-lu-tion,  se-cre-tion,  se-du-sion, 
persuasion.  In  all  these  cases  tion  is  implied  by  means  of  n, 
which  is  indicated  whenever  possible  by  lengthening  or  diminish- 
ing the  first  consonant  of  the  penult.  This  implying  of  n  for  tion 
is  possible  with  all  long  letters,  all  short  letters,  and  with  the  sur- 
face letters  jo,  g,  and  I.  Thus  in  education,  lengthened  c  is  used 
for  cation;  in  probation,  minute  h  is  used  for  hation;  in  fumiga- 
tion, lengthened  g  is  used  for  gation;  in  migration,  lengthened  g 
shaded  is  used  for  gratio7i;  and  in  involution,  lengthened  I  is  used 
for  lution.  P  and  g,  when  used  in  this  way,  should  be  joined 
angularly.  Under  this  class  are  also  included  words  in  uation, 
since  this  termination  is  nearly  equivalent  in  sound  to  wation, 
and  is  expressed  by  the  lengthened  iv. 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

Long  Letters 


KEY 

1  education    infusion    intimation    obligation    diversion    physician 

2  position    starvation   situation    vexatious  naturalization  secretion 

*  The  principles  discussed  In  the  following  chapter  apply  to  all  syllables  equivalent 
In  sound  to  tion  and  tioua,  such  as  slon,  cion,  cean,  cious. 


WRITING   THE    SYLLABLES   TION,    TI0U8 
Short  Letters 


101 


...r:^3rC .<!!!?>....- 


rv, 


1  probation     rendition    donation    operation    peroration    repetitious 
3  destitution    perpetration    celebration     variation    election 


1 

2~ 
3 ...- 


/ 


Surface  Letters 

Z " 7-" 


:\4'.. 


2^ 


....^rrZi:. 


-z^- 


r 


1  abnegation  fumigation  migration  allegation  litigation 
3  occupation  suspicious  usurpation  depression  involution 
3  delusion         manipulation         solution         evolution         abolition 

114.  Lengthened  Hooks. — In  words  ending  in  action^  ecfion, 
iction,  uction,  preceded  by  d,  /,  //•,  or  s,  and  in  those  ending  in  tion 
preceded  by  nc  or  p,  the  lengtliened  c  and  p  hooks  are  used  to 
imply  the  termination.  For  the  prefix  re  see  §  127. 

-  —    -  ^ 


KEY 


1  induction     reduction    deduction     seduction     abduction     diction 
3  introduction     benediction    faction     fiction     infection     defection 

3  affection    benefaction     fraction     friction     infraction     refraction 

4  section     suction     bisection     intersection     vivisection     function 


102 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


5  distinction       extinction        adoption        deception        proscription 

6  caption         reception        resumption       preemption        assumption 

115.  Diminished  Vowels. — There  are  a  few  words,  mainly  of 
three  syllables,  which  end  in  atio7i,  ition,  ution,  asion,  ision, 
nsion,  hesioii,  etc.,  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  by  a  positional  con- 
sonant, or  in  action,  ection,  ictioti,  uction,  aptation,  eption,  iptioii, 
option,  tiption,  preceded  by  letters  other  than  d,  /,  /;-,  or  s. 
To  write  these  words,  the  minute  vowels  are  used  to  imply  the 
termination:  minute  a  standing  for  ation,  action,  or  aption; 
minute  ?(for  ution,  nction,  or  uption;  minute  i  for  if  ion,  iction,  or 
iptio7i;  minute  e  for  ection,  eption;  and  minute  shaded  e  iovhesion. 

Without  c  or  p 


^9^ 


^ 


ly 


KEY 


"V- 


1  variation        deviation        radiation        retaliation  humiliation 

2  palliation    elation    adaptation  tuition    allusion  effusion    cohesion 


KEY 

Vin^^7       "^""Tl       '"""*^'"       "^^"*'^"       ^'•^^t''^"       ^je^tion 

2  nflection        reflection        correction         collection         recollection 

3  selection     direction     protection     detection     connection    affliction 

4  mfliction       abstraction       distraction       instruction       destruction 


WRITING    THE    SYLLABLES    TION",    TIOUS 


103 


_^.. 


.._i35l^... 


.^^.. 


5  attraction       detraction       retraction       restriction 

6  constriction    contraction    eviction    addiction 


construction 


116.  The  Letter  n  or  Special  Signs. — In  those  words  in  which 
the  consonant  or  consonants  preceding  the  penultimate  vowel  are 
such  as  can  not  be  modified  to  imply  n^  the  alphabetic  n  is  used 
for  tion.  A  few  more  complex  terminations  are  also  grouped 
with  this  class,  aud  are  represented  by  special  signs.  The  fol- 
lowing are  the  most  important  of  these  terminations : 


tn 

s7in 

hln 

Jn 

hi 

ssn 

cin 

jjln 

fln 

pin 

scrn 

spn 

tin 

via 

ti'n 

cm 

ccn 


^— 


,^ 


used  for  tat  ion  when  the  minute  curved  t  does  not  join  well. 

"  "  tiation,  ciation,  etc. 

"  "  hiiation. 

"  "  jection. 

"  "  lation,  lusion. 

"  "  session,  cision,  etc. 

"  "  elusion. 

"  "  pulsion. 

"  "  flation. 

"  "  plation,  pletion,  plosion,  etc. 

"  "  scription. 

"  "  spection. 

"  "  tellation,  tillation,  tallation,  etc. 

"  "  vulsion,  valation,  etc. 

"  "  version. 

"  "  cretion,  cration. 

"  "  coction. 


/^ 


■ez:- 


.<Q=... 


—J^- 


J- 


KEY 

1  agitation      invitation       manifestation      appreciation  initiation 

2  negotiation      annihilation         dejection         projection  decision 

repulsion     impulsion  inflation 


3  possession     seclusion    exclusion 


104 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


tz 


± 


description 
decoction 


inspection 
concretion 


4  depletion        explosion        inscription 

5  mutilation        distillation        revulsion 

117.  The  Tick. —  A  number  of  words  may  most  conveniently 
be  written  with  a  tick,  called  the  "shun"  tick.  These  include, 
principally,  the  words  in  which  the  termination  Hon  or  sion  is 
immediately  preceded  by  n  or  r,  as  invention^  inversion.  The 
tick  is  lengthened  to  imply  t  or  d^  and  made  very  minute  to  imply 
a  following  I  or  ly.  Some  good  writers  use  the  tick  for  all  the 
"shun"  terminals,  preferring  it  to  the  modifications  of  preceding 
letters. 


..^... 


..?i7.. 


,..^.., 


p  v.. 


,._^^,.^.. 


7..._ 


..^^^^.J^.., 

y 


Y     -^ 


V:- 


KEY 

1  notion        nation         national         motion         mention        machine 

2  caution      fashion      fusion       cautious       ration      lotion      session 

3  invention    prevention    dimension     dissension    pension    pensioned 

4  suspension     pensions    pensioner     mentioned     expansion    tension 

5  pretension    extension     intention    detention    attention     retention 

6  coercion      inversion      excursion      diversion      exertion      extortion 

7  visionary     option     action      auction    edition     addition     anxious 

118.  Verbs  Corresponding  to  Nouns  in  tion. — Most  words  in 
tion^  sion^  etc.,  are  nouns,  and  are  usually  derived  from  verbs. 
A  large  proportion  of  these  verbs  end  in  t  or  te,  as  edncatc,  elect, 
the  primitives  of  education  and  election;  and  their  past  participles 


fVRITING   THE   SYLLABLES   TION,    TIOUS 


105 


generally  end  in  ed^  as  educated^  elected.  These  forms,  the  pres- 
ent tense  and  the  past  participle,  are  often  written  alike,  the  con- 
text being  relied  upon  to  determine  the  form.  The  outlines  are 
the  same  as  those  of  the  nouns,  except  that  instead  of  adding  or 
implying  n  as  in  the  noun,  t  is  added  or  implied  for  the  present, 
and  td  for  the  participle,  when  possible  to  do  it  in  one  stroke. 
In  some  cases,  the  preceding  vowel  is  also  expressed. 


KEY 

1  educate     educated      intimate     intimated       donate-d  operate-d 

2  celebrate-d      fumigate       fumigated       manipulate      manipulated 

3  agitate      agitated      appreciate     appreciated     project  projected 

4  inflate       inflated       inspect      inspected      annihilate-d  mutilate 

5  mutilated      elate-d      enact-ed      elect-ed      correct-ed  coUect-ed 

6  directed    connected    abstract-ed     instructed    deduct  deducted 

7  infect       infected       interrupt       interrupted       invert  inverted 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write: 

L    1  indication  education         execution         location         application 

2  mastication  imprecation     implication      extrication      eradication 

3  medication  dedication     modification     edification     solidification 

4  indemnification    elocution    affusion    effusion     infusion     diffusion 

5  profusion  profession         suffusion         transfusion         intimation 

6  intermission  affirmation    information    deformation    conformation 

7  reformation  sublimation     inflammation    acclamation      equation 

8  apposition  opposition        deposition        preposition        imposition 

9  composition  position    incision      decision    accusation    intercession 
10  persuasion  dissuasion      invasion      division,     devotion      revision 


106  -'  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

1  ambition  libation    probation     prohibition    ambitious     retribution 

2  distribution     rendition    sedition    foundation    addition     condition 

3  emendation     inundation    extradition    commendation    degradation 

4  expedition      ammunition        inclination        donation         pernicious 

5  recognition       diminution     condemnation       omniscient     attention 

6  contention        retention         distention         intention         preparation 

7  peroration       trituration         duration         expiration         exploration 

8  deterioration    corrosion    derision    admiration 

1  abrogation    obligation    migration    fumigation   allegation   ligation 

2  litigation    occupation    usurpation    suspicion    depression  abolition 

3  adulation      volition       violation      involution      delusion      solution 

4  consolation      insulation      desolation       dissolution       manipulation 
o  population    immolation  {imln)     coagulation 

B    1  abduction     deduction     induction     seduction     production    diction 

2  introduction    interdiction    benediction     faction    fraction    friction 

3  infection     defection     affection      fractious    infraction     refi*action 

4  section      suction      bisection      intersection      vivisection      function 

5  distinction        extinction        adoption         deception         interception 

6  conception     resumption     consumption     presumption    assumption 

7  preemption    eruption    redemption 

C    1  adaptation      election      erection      eviction      interruption  (internn) 

2  reaction    inaction    operation    elation     oration    omission    emission 

3  edition    initial    variation    tuition    intuition    deviation    radiation 

4  retaliation       humiliation     palliation     elation     allusion     cohesion 

5  adhesion       inaction       reaction      enaction      inflection      reflection 

6  correction    direction    selection    protection     detection    connection 

7  affiiation        infliction        abstraction        obstruction        destruction 

8  attraction       detraction       retraction        restriction       construction 

9  contraction    addiction 

I )    1  protestation    detestation    citation    mutation    nutrition    dentition 

2  agitation       cogitation        deglutition        penetration        restitution 

3  destitution       prostitution       institution       constitution      initiation 

4  propitiation        annihilation         objection        dejection        injection 

5  projection    subjection    concession     incision    decision    procession 

6  abscission         recessional         conclusion         seclusion         reclusion 

7  impulsion    compulsion    propulsion    repulsion    expulsion    appulsion 

8  affiation     inflation    completion     depletion    contemplation    explo- 

9  sion  ascription    description    inscription    proscription    conscription 

10  subscription       inspection      retrospection      titillation      convulsion 

11  revulsion      divulsion      concretion      discretion      accretion      secre- 

12  tion  conversion  inversion  diversion  reversion  concoction  decoction 
l!    1  nation    notion     motion     machine    mansion     mention     munition 

2  caution    passion    pension    national    notional    passions    passionate 

3  motions    motioned    mentioned     pensioned      pensions      prevention 

4  invention   subvention   convention   redemption  intention  dimension 

5  retention    coercion   proportion     incursion    option    action    auction 


EXERCISE    IX   TERMINATIONS 


107 


119. 


CHAPTER   XXX 

EXERCISE    IN    TERMINATIONS 


Having  become  an  octoge-narian, 
on  the  verge  of  superan-nuation,  and   '„,__/"     /^^ — 
having  had  a  gentle  adnio-nition  of  ^  ^^^ 

my  incapacitation  for  physical  exer-'     -    ^^    ^'^ 
tion,    but    in    my    early  edu-cation 
having  made  the  acqui-sition  oi  ^•J_ 
dispo-sition    averse    to    in -action, 

without     the     least     ara-bition     or^ L^-~.  ' ^Y, 

aspi-ration  for  distinc-tion,  per-  ^  '  ^ 
sonal  aggran-dization,  or  pecuniary 
remune-ration,  but  for  the  sole 
purpose  of  having  some  occu-pation, 
and  for  my  own  satis-faction  and 
gratifi-cation,  I  conceived  theno-tionf^ 
of  the  di-rection  of  my  at-tention  to 
the  col-lection,  classifi-cation,  combi- 
nation, congre-gation,  and  concen- 
tration of  words  in  the  English 
vocabulary  with  t-i-o-n  for  their 
termi-nation. 


With  this  expla-nation  of  my  in-^, 
tention    I    commen-ced    ope-ration, 
with  no  con-ception  of  the  vex-ation 
and  close  appli-cation  necessary  for' 
its  com-pletion;    but  possessing  an 
innate  obdu-ration  against  the  pre- v^^^^^  y'  '^ 
vention  of,   or  frus  tration   in,  any 
laudable  vo-cation,  I  persevered  in    i 
my    investi-gation    against    strong '^'^ 
opposition,    frequent    interr-uption,  J. 

and  with  excessive  fati-gation,  nnf.il  j^ 
I  brought  the  sub-ject  in  contem 

plation    to    a     suc-cessful  consum-^. 

mation.  ^ 

Finding  the  enume- ration  of  t-i-o-n 
as  a  termi-nation  far  ex-ceeding  my 
anticipation,  expec-tation,  or  calcu- 
lation, I  felt  an  incli-nation  to 
submit  for  publi-cation,  even  at  the 
risk  of  my  repu-tation,  my  singular' 
and    unique    pro-duction,    for    the 


&€- 


■■/■■- 


ts> 


108 


ECLECTIC  shoetha:n"d 


infor-mation,  in-struction,  and  edifi 
cation  of  the  rising  gene-ration. 

After  the  for-mation  of  a  determi-  -•^• 
nation  in  favor  of  its  publi-cation,  it 

became  a  matter  of  necessi-tation,;;^;v/^ f;^  / 

in    confor  -  mation    to    pre  -  vailing 
custom  in  every  new  literary  compo- 
sition, to  preface  my  publi-cation,  as  <^ 
an  intro-duction,  with  a  dedi-cation 
to   some    distin-guished    friend    or.^^ 
re  lation. 

It  then  became  a  grave  ques  tion 
to  what  distant  or  near  re-lation  I 
could    make  this  do-nation,    before 
consul-tation,   and    avoid    the    cau-  *"     '    "     ^ 
sation    of     disaf-fection,     disappro  ^"*^/0 

bation,  and  perhaps  repro-bation.  ^"^  f 
After  long  cogi-tation,  much  consul- 
tation, and  serious  re-fiection,I  could 
bring  to  my  recollection  and  recog- 
nition but  one  distant  re-lation  in  all 
cre-ation,  who,  in  my  estimation, 
would  entertain  a  full  appre-ciation 
of  this  demon-stration  of  my  af- 
fection. 

Therefore,  without  further  cir- 
cumlo-cution,  in  consideration  and 
commemo-ration  of  the  fre-quent  ,,;r::r!..<r:''!T^./9 
repe-tition,  excla-mation,  vocife- 
ration, and  apt  appli-cation  of  t-i-o-n 
by  my  distant  re-lation,  L.  B.  C,  in 
her  daily  conver-sation,  when  ob-jects 
offensive  come  in  con-taction  with 
her  degus-tation,  olfactory,  or  other 
acute  sen-sation,  I  can  have  no  hesi- 
tation, and  I  feel  under  great  obli- 
gation, and  it  affords  me  much 
satis-faction  and  gratifi-cation  to 
honor  her  with  the  do-nation  of  this 
dedi-cation  of  the  following  labor- 
ious compi-lation,  trusting  it  will 
meet  her  entire  appro-bation  and 
highest  commen-dation.  Hoping 
that  a  perusal  of  this  pro-duction 
will  engage  her  at-tention,  afford  her 


^^ 


IMPLIED    WORDS  109 

in-struction,  excite    her  Hm-raation,.r<*^,-^.....yr^^:^>^...a..^  jf 

elicit     her     admi-ration,      produce        ^  \  ^ 

exhila-ration,    and    oc-casionally     a  /^""^^        /" 

burst  of  cachin-nation,  I  am  as  ever,  >.^  /  's^  ''^   "^ 

without    affec-tation,     her     sincere 

friend  and  af-fectionate  re-lation.       .-..„,,:.,,..,^».,.^^-rr-r>rrr..Y--^    d~. . 


CHAPTER    XXXI 

IMPLIED     WORDS 

120.  Some  words,  which  by  their  relation  to  the  context  are 
rendered  very  obvious,  are  implied  by  writing  their  initial  letter, 
or  their  initial  terminal  letter,  beneath  the  preceding  word  or  syl- 
lable. For  example,  in  the  sentences,  "Did  you  hear  the  conver- 
sation?" "Were  you  present  at  this  conversation?"  the  word 
conversation  is  implied  by  writing  its  terminal  sign  s  under  the 
previous  word. 

This  is  a  very  important,  definite,  and  facile  means  of  brevity, 
and  sliould  be  thoroughly  mastered  not  only  by  writing  the  fol- ' 
lowing  sentences,  but  by  discovering  and  practicing  others  in 
which  the  implied  words  occur. 

Signs  Words 

f  association-s. 

•^  able. 

V.  responsible-bility. 

y"""^      educate-cated-cating-cation,    etc. ;   ocoasion-al,   etc. ;  communi- 
cate-cated-cative-cation. 

*&  discharge-charged-charging. 

c  conclude-d,  etc. 

/"^       calculate-lation,  etc. 

/"^       democrat- ic-cracy. 

v_^       condition-ed,  etc. 

— f'        differ-ent-ence-ing. 

— -,        conduct-ed,  etc. 

y        deposition. 

V.  correct-ed,  etc. 

^ *    confess- fession-fessional;  satisfy-fied-f action,  etc. 

, — e=>     follow,  fellow,  fulfil. 

ty  delegate-gated-gation. 

Q  hesitate-tated-tating-tation. 

^         improve-proved-proving-provement. 

^        object-ed-ing-iou. 

^  relate-d,  etc. ;  resolution. 


110  ..  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

""  commence-ment,  etc. ;  admit-mission,  etc. ;  commission 

'  amendment. 

—  necessary-sarily-sity-sitate. 

■     "^  connect-nection,  etc. 

/  observe- vation,  etc. 

^  occupy-pation,  etc. 

"  complete-pletion,  etc 

o  people. 

0  populous-lation. 

n'  presidential,  etc. ;  prove,  proved,  proving,  proof. 

O'  propose-sition,  etc. 

r»  prepare-ration,  etc. 

(  consequent-ly,  etc. ;  acquaint-ed-ance,  etc, 

'—  operate-ation,  etc. 

-^  position-al,  etc. 

•  conversation-al,  etc. ;  consider-ation,  etc. 

-^  appreciation-ative,  etc. 

-—7^  sufficient. 

3  describe-scription,  etc. 

■ o  subscribe- script!  on. 

c —  respond-sponse,  etc. 

c  speak ;  speech-es. 

Co  speakers 

>  consist-ent,  etc. ;  assist-ance,  etc. ;  concession 

-^  constitute-tution,  etc. 

-* —  circumstance-stantial,  etc 

yt  construet-struction,  etc. 

* — ^  consider-ed-ing,  etc. 

^* — ^  persuade-suasion,  etc. 

— ^  console-lation,  etc. 

^  competition. 

^  contracted,  etc. 

1  intelligent-ligence-lectual,  etc. 
5  transact-ion,  etc. 

^—         attend-tention-tentive,  etc. 
- — »  enthiLsiasm-ast-astic-astically. 

'^'^^^^  advantage-ous,  etc. ;  observation. 

convenient-ly,  etc. 

investigate-gated-gation. 

controversy-versial,  etc. 

situate-uation,  etc 

execute-cuted-cuting-cutiom 

beyond. 

composition. 


^ 


IMPLIED   WORDS  111 


KEY 

Did  you  hear  the  conversation?  Were  you  present  when  this  con- 
versation took  place?  Were  you  a  witness  of  this  transaction?  When 
was  the  business  transacted?  Are  you  responsible  for  this?  Is  this 
statement  correct?  When  did  you  make  this  observation?  She  is 
very  intelligent.      I  am   not    able.       Defendant's  counsel    objects. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1.  When  did  this  transaction  take  plaoe?  3.  The  business  was  trans- 
acted on  June  1.  3.  Who  transacted  the  business?  4.  Are  you  certain  of 
the  precise  nature  of  the  transaction?  5.  Who  are  the  responsible  parties? 
6.  I  do  not  know  who  is  responsible.  7.  Do  you  share  in  the  responsibility? 
8.  Did  you  not  agree  to  become  responsible  for  the  payment  of  these, 
goods?  9.  Is  he  well  educated?  10.  Where  did  he  pursue  his  education? 
11.  The  course  of  lectures  was  highly  educational.  12.  What  is  yom' 
conclusion?  13.  I  have  reached  no  concliision.  14.  Is  the  course  con- 
cluded? 15.  The  reasoning  is  very  conclusive.  16.  Hear  the  conclusion  of 
the  whole  matter.  17.  Did  you  make  this  calculation?  18.  Did  you  calcu- 
late this  accurately?  19.  Yes,  I  made  a  very  careful  calculation  of  the 
amount  of  coal  necessary  to  be  used.  20.  How  much  did  you  calculate 
would  be  sufficient  to  construct  the  shaft?  21.  Did  you  observe  the  con- 
dition of  the  horse  at  the  time  of  the  transaction?  22.  The  transaction 
was  in  no  way  conditioned  upon  the  condition  of  the  roads  or  weather. 
23.  What  was  his  conduct  at  the  time?  24.  I  had  no  opportunity  for  obser- 
vation. 25.  Is  this  map  drawn  to  a  correct  scale?  26.  Who  is  responsible 
for  the  correctness  of  this  proof?  27.  Will  you  correct  it?  28.  It  is  suffi- 
ciently correct  for  all  practical  purposes-  29.  What  do  you  mean  by 
sufficiently  correct?  30.  It  is  very  satisfactory.  31.  It  is  not  very  satis- 
factorily done.  32.  He  is  well  satisfied.  33.  It  is  giving  good  satisfaction. 
34.  We  are  all  well  satisfied  with  its  construction.  35.  Are  you  a  delegate 
to  the  convention?  36.  What  are  you  delegated  to  do?  37.  I  am  not  a 
member  of  the  delegation.  38.  Has  the  delegation  been  instructed? 
39.  Have  the  delegates  been  instructed?  40.  There  is  no  necessary  relation 
between  them.  41.  To  what  does  this  relate?  42.  They  are  in  no  way 
related.  43.  That  is  only  relatively  true.  44.  There  was  a  very  great 
commotion.  45.  He  is  quite  well  informed.  46.  Did  you  not  inform  the 
authorities?  47.  Are  you  informed  on  the  subject?  48.  Such  information 
is  of  great  importance  just  now.  49.  Is  it  necessary  to  conduct  the  mat- 
ter in  this  way?  50.  It  is  not  necessarily  true.  51.  There  is  no  necessity 
for  it.  52.  An  amendment  was  offered.  53.  The  constitution  was 
amended  as  follows.    54  A  resolution  was  offered  to  amend  the  motion  as 


112  ,,  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

follows.  55.  TTiere  is  no  connection  between  the  two.  56.  Are  you  con- 
nected with  this  firm?  57.  Have  you  any  connection  therewith'?  58.  Did 
you  yourself  make  the  observations?  59.  Have  you  observed  and  noted 
the  difference?  60.  How  much  space  will  your  display  occupy?  61.  How 
long  have  you  occupied  these  premises?  62.  What  is  your  occupation? 
63.  How  long  were  you  occupied  in  this  work?  64.  What  is  the  population 
of  your  town?  65.  Is  the  county  a  populous  one?  66.  Long  before  this 
section  was  populated.  67.  James  Wells  has  been  elected  president  of  the 
company.  68.  Mr.  President,  I  arise  to  a  point  of  order.  69.  Who  presided 
at  the  meeting  of  the  stockholders?  70.  Who  is  the  president  of  this 
company?  71.  I  arise,  Mr.  President,  to  propose  a  new  measure.  72.  I  now 
propose  a  reconsideration  of  the  former  question.  73.  What  is  the  nature 
of  your  proposition?  74.  Are  you  prepared  to  lay  the  question  before  the 
court?  75.  I  have  nearly  completed  my  preparation.  76.  Mr.  President, 
I  am  prepared  to  show.  77.  All  preparation  has  been  made  to  receive  the 
delegation.  78.  The  result  is  consequent  upon  the  decision  to  be  made 
by  this  body.  79.  It  is  of  small  consequence.  80.  Grave  consequences 
hang  upon  this  decision.  81.  I  am  prepared  to  show  that  the  conse- 
quences will  be  overwhelming.  82.  We  have  consequently  no  redress. 
83.  Were  you  present  at  the  operation?  84.  Yes,  I  saw  the  operation  per- 
formed. 85.  At  its  conclusion  I  proposed  a  toast  in  appreciation  of 
the  skill  of  the  operator.  86.  What  was  the  position  held  by  the  plaintiff 
at  that  time?  87.  He  held  the  position  of  chief  engineer  to  the  company. 
88.  Its  true  position  can  not  be  definitely  determined  at  this  time.  89.  Did 
you  hear  the  conversation  testified  to  by  the  last  witness?  90.  How  many 
persons  were  involved  in  the  conversation?  91.  Did  you  hold  frequent 
conversations  with  the  plaintiff?  92.  Did  you  not  testify  that  this  con- 
versation occurred  in  your  office  and  in  your  presence  on  the  first  day  of 
May,  1902?    93.  No,  sir,  I  did  not  testify  that  I  heard  the  conversation. 

94.  You  may  describe  the  appearance  of  the  defendant  at  that  interview. 

95.  I  can  not  give  an  accurate  description  of  her,  as  the  conversation  was 
very  brief,  and  I  was  in  a  great  hurry.  96.  How  much  have  j'ou  sub- 
scribed? 97.  I  have  not  subscribed,  and  can  not  make  a  subscription  for 
this  cause.  98.  Did  you  respond  to  the  demand  made  upon  you  for  a  sub- 
scription? 99.  No,  I  made  no  response,  as  I  did  not  consider  the  company 
had  any  claim  on  me  to  demand  a  subscription.  100.  Are  you  the 
respondent  in  this  cause?  101.  Did  you  assist  in  deciding  the  ingredients 
of  which  the  mixture  consisted?  102.  Can  you  afford  to  make  the  con- 
cession they  require?  103.  No,  I  shall  never  concede  it.  104.  What  assist- 
ance did  you  give  in  the  laying  of  the  foundation?  105.  I  rendered  them 
no  assistance.  106.  Why  did  you  not  assist?  107.  Do  you  understand  the 
construction  of  this  machine?  108.  If  you  understand  its  construction, 
why  did  you  not  respond  to  their  request  to  explain  it?  109.  I  am  full}' 
persuaded  that  it  is  not  correct.  110.  The  logic  of  the  facts  is  persuasive. 
111.  How  did  you  receive  this  intelligence?  112.  I  received  the  intelligence 
directly  from  the  secretary  of  the  association.  113.  Her  intellectual 
faculties   are  very  remarkable.      114.  It  was  a  most  intellectual  feast 


DISCONNECTED    PREFIXES  113 

115.  It  was  very  intelligently  presented.  116.  Did  you  closely  attend  to 
the  conversation  bet%veen  them?  117.  Yes,  I  gave  the  closest  attention. 
118.  Why  were  you  such  an  attentive  listener?  119.  Was  the  attendance 
large?  120.  Did  you  sign  this  contract?  121.  Do  you  understand  the 
nature  of  the  contract?  122.  Are  you  fully  persuaded  of  his  contractual 
abilit}'?  123.  I  regarded  the  contract  as  being  illegal.  124.  What  advan- 
tage would  you  derive  from  the  contract?  125.  The  contract  would  be  of 
no  advantage  to  me.  126.  Then  why  did  you  regard  the  contract  favor- 
ably? 127.  It  would  be  very  advantageous  to  my  friend.  128.  How  much, 
according  to  the  contract,  were  you  to  invest?  129.  The  contract  does  not 
specify  that  I  am  to  make  any  investment.  130.  Was  there  not  a  verbal 
contract  specifying  the  amount  of  your  investment?  131.  No  advantage 
would  accrue  to  me  in  a  contract  of  this  nature.  132.  Where  is  the  plant 
situated?  133.  I  do  not  know  its  situation.  134.  Where  did  he  graduate? 
135.  I  was  not  present  at  his  graduation,  and  do  not  indeed  know  that  he 
ever  graduated.  136.  The  town  is  most  advantageously  situated. 
137.  What  caused  the  division?  138.  Where  does  the  dividing  line  begin? 
139.  How  shall  we  divide  it?  140.  You  mxist  not  hesitate.  141.  What  is 
the  cause  of  this  hesitation?  142.  He  is  very  much  improved.  143.  There 
have  been  great  improvements  made  there.  144.  Counsel  objects. 
145.  Why  do  you  object?  146.  There  are  no  objections.  147.  What  were 
his  objections  to  it?  148.  When  was  the  work  commenced?  149.  At  what 
point  shall  we  commence?  150.  It  is  not  sufficient.  151.  Was  the  mate- 
rial sufficient?  152.  Did  you  hear  him  speak?  153.  Did  you  hear  his 
speech?  154.  Who  is  to  speak?  155.  Mr.  Speaker.  156.  Do  not  interrupt 
the  speaker.  157.  Let  us  consider  the  matter.  158.  What  is  the  considera- 
tion? 159.  He  is  an  enthusiast.  160.  He  is  a  very  enthusiastic  speaker. 
161.  On  the  contrary.     162.  When  was  the  execution  issued? 


CHAPTER   XXXII 


DISCONNECTED    PREFIXES 


121.  Com  or  con  Initial. — Either  of  the  prefixes  com  or  cow, 
is  always  followed  by  a  consonant ;  thus  in  contain  the  consonant 
t  follows  the  con.  To  express  the  prefix  com  or  con^  the  con- 
sonant is  written  on  position  for  the  vowel  that  follows  it,  and 
the  remainder  of  the  word,  disconnected,  is  added  close  at  the 
right  of  this  consonant.  Thus  in  writing  contain,  t  on  the  a 
position  is  understood  to  stand  for  conta,  since  the  w  is  written 
disconnectedly  close  at  the  ri^ht,  and  may  be  called  the  indicating 
consonant. 


114  '•  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

122.  The  Consonant,  Simple  and  Modified. —  In  many  words 
the  indicating  consonant,  unmodified  in  any  way,  is  used  to  indi- 
cate the  prefix,  as  explained  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 


1. ..„.':: 


o  ^' 


y^' 


KEY 

1  contain    combine    connive    commit    convene    comrade    compact 

2  compare    congeal    confer    conceit    concave    continent 

When  the  indicating  consonant  coalesces  with  the  following 
consonant,  the  symbol  which  regularly  represents  such  coalescent 
combination  is  used  to  indicate  the  prefix,  just  as  the  simple 
consonant  is. 


KEY 

1  contract     constrain     comprehend     congress    conscript    constant 

2  complain  conglomerate  confluent,  conclude  concrement  conspire 

If  the  consonant  can  be  modified  by  lengthening,  short- 
ening, enlarging,  shading,  etc.,  so  as  to  express  one  or  more  fol- 
lowing consonants,  though  they  are  uncoalescent,  this  is  done;  and 
the  consonant  thus  modified  and  placed  on  position  for  the  vowel 
of  the  second  syllable  of  the  word,  is  used  as  the  prefix  sign. 

3 <:::^_z^ ^z. „...r=l>^ .::r=-?/ .-:r:*'' 


KEY 

1  commensurable    concentrate     combative    condense    contemplate 

2  congratulate       compartment       commercial       concert       convert 

3  confirm    consist    concession 


DISCONNECTED    PREFIXES 


115 


123.  Words  in  tion. — Words  of  four  or  more  syllables,  begin- 
ning with  com  or  con  and  ending  with  tion  or  tious,  should  have 
tlie  prefix  expressed  in  accordance  with  §121,  and  the  ending  by 
the  fioii  tick,  or  implied  by  n. 

1    ^-^- • -■■ ^ -~ ■^■> 


2  — 


X.^.. 


KEY 

1  combination         commendation         condemnation 

2  conscientious  complication  congregation 

3  consolidation     conciliation 


composition 
conformation 


Most  words  of  three  syllables,  however,  beginning  with  com  or 
con  and  ending  with  tion  or  sion,  as  completion,  concession,  coji- 
tention,  should  have  the  prefix  expressed  as  in  §121,  and  the 
suffix,  whether  tion  or  sion,  by  n  or  the  lengthened  s.  Plurals  of 
these  words  should  have  an  added  s. 


KEY 

1  completion        concussion       contortion        conversion        confusion 

2  convention    contraction    conjunction    complexion    contention 

124.  Lengthened  c  for  com  and  con. — In  some  few  words  it 
is  preferable  to  use  the  lengthened  c  instead  of  the  prefix  sign,  as 
in  the  following  and  their  derivatives : 


KEY 

1  common        commonwealtli        conscious        conscience 

2  condition     committee    commission    community 


comply 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

1  commissary        commode       commodious        commodity        commute 

2  companion       compass      compassed      compel      compend      compete 


116  ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 

3  compile     component     compose     composed     composer     compound 

4  compute     comrade    conceal    concede    conceive     concept     concise 

5  concur  condemn  condescend  condign  condiment  condole  conduce 

6  conducive     conduct      conductor      conduit      confederate      confess 

7  confute    confuse    congeal    congenial    congest    conjecture    conjoin 

8  conjugal     conjugate     conjure     connive     connivance     connoisseur 

9  connubial   conquer    conquest  consecrate  consign   consent    consider 

10  considerable  considerate  console  consonant  consul  consult  consume 

11  contagion      contagious      contend      content      contest      contestant 

12  context  contiguous  continent  continental  contingent  contingency 

13  continue      continual      continuance      contour       convent       convex 

14  convey    conveyance    convict    convivial    convoke    convolute 

1  complacent       complainant       complained      complement      complete 

2  completely        complex        complexity        compliance        complicate 

3  compliment     comprehensibility     compress     compressed     comprise 

4  conclave        concrete        congregate        congressman        conspicuous 

5  conspicuously  conspire  constable  constantly  constancy  contraband 

6  contract    contracted    contradict    contradictory    contralto    contrast 

7  contravene     contribute     contrite     contrive     contrivance     control 

8  controller       controversy       controversial       controvert       constraint 

1  comfort        comfortable       command       commander       commandant 

2  commemorate        commemorative        commence        commencement 

3  commend     commendable     commensurate       comment       commerce 

4  commingle       compared      comparable       comparative       comparison 

5  compartment     compatible     competitive      competitor      competent 

6  comport    compromise    compulsory    concentric    conciliate    concord 

7  concourse    concurred    condolence    conferred    conference    conform 

8  congeries     congratulate     consanguineous      consecutive      conserve 

9  conservator    consignee    consignor    consignment    consist    consistent 

10  consistently        consistency        consolidate        consort        conspirator 

11  conspiracy     constituent      constituency      constitute      consummate 

12  contaminate  contemporaneous  contemporary  contempt  contemptible 

13  contemptuous    conterminable     contort     convalesce    convalescence 

14  convalescent     convenient     conveniently     convenience      converge 

15  converse    convert    convince    convulse 

1  commemoration  commutation    compensation    competition    compo- 

2  sition     comprehension    computation    concatenation    concentration 

3  condemnation     condescension    condonation    confederation    confor- 

4  mation     confutation     congelation     conglomeration    congratulation 

5  conjugation     consecration     conservation      conservative      eonserv- 

6  atism  conservatoiy    consideration    consolation    consolidation    con- 

7  stellation     consternation     consultation      consummation     contami- 

8  nation      contemplation      contradiction     contradistinction     contra- 

9  vention         contribution         convocation         convolution 


CONNECTED   PREFIXES  117 

1  {Use  lengthened  s  for  the  suffix.)  compassion  combustion  commission 

2  compression       compulsion       conception       conclusion       concretion 

3  concussion       conduction       confection      confectionery      confession 

4  congestion       contrition        contusion        convulsion        congressional 
(Write  also  the  plurals  of  such  of  the  foregoing  words  as  have  plurals.) 

1  {Use  the  tion  tick.)  compunction  concoction  connection  conscription 

2  consumption    conviction    construction    constriction  constructionist 

1  {Use  lengthened  c  for  the  prefix.)    common     commons     commoner 

2  commonalty   commonly    commonness     commonplace     commonweal 

3  commonwealth    conscience     conscientious     conscious     consciously 

4  consciousness    condition    committee    community 


CHAPTER  XXXIII 

CONNECTED   PREFIXES 


125.  Compound  com  and  con  Prefixes. — When  com  ov  con  fol- 
lows another  prefix,  making  a  compound  prefix,  as  in  accommodate., 
uncoiijinedy  the  com  or  con  is  represented  by  the  modification  of 
the  preceding  initial  letter  to  imply  the  m  or  7i  in  the  com  or 
con.  This  use  of  the  first  letter  of  the  first  syllable  of  the 
prefix  and  the  last  letter  of  the  final  syllable  of  the  prefix  com- 
bined as  the  sign  of  the  two  syllables,  is  analogous  to  the  method 
of  representing  the  final  syllables  cation,  dation  by  final  n. 

Following  are  the  compound  prefixes  formed  with  com  and 
co)i:  accom,  accoun,  concom,  circum,  decom,  discon,  discoun,  econ, 
encom,  eticoun,  excom,  hypocon,  incom.,  incon,  intercom,  irrecon, 
miscon,  noncon,  precon,  recom,  recon,  recoun,  rencon,  rencoun, 
suhcom,  subcon,  tra7iscon,  uncom,  uncon,  unaccom,  unaccouiiy 
unrecom,  unrecon. 

1 _____ __....-::^._ ^ ^ 


3 *^^ ..^ ...^^.... _ ^ 


^ 


KEY 

1  accommodate  accountable    concomitant    decompose   discomposed 

2  disconsolate    discountenance    economical    encompass    encounter 

3  encumbers       excommunicate        hypochondriacal       incommoded 


118               '  ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 

4 _A. 


5- 


4  incsonclusive      intercommunication     irreconcilable      misconstrue 

5  nonconformable        preconform        subcompressed  reconciled 

6  unaccommodated    unaccountable    uncompromising    unreconciled 

7  unrecompensed     circxunstance     circumference     transcontinental 

126.  The  Prefix  dis. — The  prefix  dis  is  represented  by  the 
ds  loop  on  the  i  position.  When  the  loop  is  followed  by  a  con- 
sonant, it  implies  an  accented  vowel  following  the  consonant,  as  a 
in  dismay^  o  in  dispose^  e  in  dismember.  When  the  prefix  is  fol- 
lowed by  t,  making  dist,  however,  it  is  expressed,  not  by  the  loop, 
but  by  the  letter  d  followed  by  ^,  which  after  d  becomes  5^  (§^3). 
The  combination  disl  is  written  by  the  ds  loop  angularly  joined  to 
imply  the  I. 

This  use  of  the  ds  loop  on  the  i  position  for  the  prefix  enables 
us  to  employ  it  on  other  positions  to  imply  other  vowels,  as  in  dush^ 
does  not,  despot. 


-«?>-.. 1— 


KEY 

1  dismal    dismiss    dismay    disprove    disposes    displace     discipline 

2  discover       disfavor       disease       disseminate        disaster       disarm 

3  disannul     disadvantage     disesteem     disallow     disunite     distant 

4  distrust      distinct      dishearten      disavow      dishonest,      does  not, 
6  descant      despise      despot       dusk      dislike       dislodge       dislirob 


CONNECTED    PREFIXES  119 


6  disloyal      disengage      dislocate      disclose      disclaim       disregard 

7  disrespect    disrupt     distinction 

127.  The  Prefix  re.— When  this  prefix  must  be  distinguished 
as  such,  it  is  represented  by  r  written  on  the  e  position,  and 
attached  to  the  irregular  side  of  the  following  letter  in  a  manner 
similar  to  ds^  from  which  it  must  be  clearly  distinguished  by  its 
circular  form.  It  may  be  diminished  to  imply  a  following  ?,  and 
enlarged  for  a  following  t^  d.  The  prefix  re  always  implies  an 
accented  vowel  in  a  following  syllable,  as  in  re-made,  re-miss,  re- 
7101071,  re-mark,  re-ceipt,  which  are  written  remd,  rems,  renn, 
remrk,  rest. 


19- 


3 .  -cr:^ ^. Z^. <l>2r. e:^:::..™ f .. 

4 <\ <?OL .<0. jf?. </2. „......../C.._.c 


KEY 

1  reams     remiss     recent      resent      rent     renown      rest      restate 
3  receipt      reason      resign      resume     reaches     rechoose     redistrict 

3  redistribute     regal     regale    reapers    repress     retail     remarkable 

4  reestablish      repaired      report      reaped      repute      relay      release 

5  relief     relieve      relent     reels     retake     retain     reflect     reform 

6  retouch     retrieve     reward     record     reliable     relinquish     retort 

7  retreat      retract     retrench    restated    restore      rehearse     rehash 


120  '  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

„ (Strrr %^ 


t" 


8  rehabilitate    restraint    restaurant 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

A 1  accommodation    accountant    circumvent    decompound    economize 

2  discontinue    discomfiture    excommunication    recompense    recondite 

3  incomprehensible     misconceive     transcontinental    unaccomplished 

4  preconcerted  uncontested  subconscious  nonconductor  uncomfortable 

Bl  dismay    dismal     dismiss     dismantle     dismember    dismast    disarm 

2  diseased     disuse     disaster     disaffirm     disallow     disable     disabled 

3  disband    disembark  disembowel    discard    discuss    discreet  discover 

4  disdain    discern     discharge     disciple     discipline    discolor    discord 

5  discount    discourage  discourse    discredit     discriminate    disengage 

6  disencumber    disfigure     disfranchise    disguise    disgust    dishearten 

7  dishonest     dishonor     disincline     disinherit     disinterested     disjoin 

8  dislike    dislocate     dislodge     disloyal     dismount    disobey    disorder 

9  disorganize      disown      disparity      dispassion      dispatch      dispense 

10  disperse    display    displease    dispose    dispossess    disproof    disprove 

11  disproportion    disquiet    dissemble    disseminate    dissension    dissent 

12  dissimilar     dissimulate      dissipate     dissolute     dissolve     dissonant 

13  dissuade     dissyllable     distance     distaff     distant     distend     distich 

14  distal    distinct    distinguish     distort     distract     distress     distribute 

15  district    disturb    disunion 

C 1  reams    remiss      reason      resign       resume       recent     resent      rest 

2  reset     receipt     reclaim     recline     recluse     recall     record    re-cord 

3  wrecker    wreakers     recur      recourse      recreate     re-create    redden 

4  redeem       redness      redolent     redouble       redound       reefs    refuse 

5  re-fuse    region     rejoin    reels     release     relay    relate     relays    rend 

6  renown    wren    renew    reaper    repair   reap     repay    reaped     repaid 

7  repeat       reaps     repose       represent     re-present     reapers       repress 

8  revel       revile       revelled        reviled       retain       retains       retained 

9  retaining     retainer     retrieve       retriever     retail       retails    retailer 
10  retailing    review     rearrange 


CHAPTER   XXXIV 


PREFIX    SIGNS   WRITTEN    ACROSS 


128.  The  following  prefixes  are  represented  by  signs  which 
are  written  positionally;  the  letter  following  the  prefix  is  written 
across  the  sign. 


PREFIX    SIGXS  WRITTEN   ACROSS  121 


Sign  Pbefiz 

=: self, 


*— — ^ — self -con, 

- ^- ana,  anal,  anath,  anat, 

— ^ ena, 

— J       ina,  inac,  inad,  inap, 

— X. una,  unac,  unad,  unaf,  unal,  una,  uni, 

' — /^  — ■>  annex, 

i~ — r. —  enact, 

_ J inac, 

, — X unac, 

• annun,  anom,  announ, 

^. enam, 

t inan,  inim,  innum,  innun, 

_ „.:!^ unam,  unan,  unini,  unin,  unem,  unen, 

\.^-rr*^. .=,.»!€. -rrz??.. >y-?. -_v^__-^._ 

2__^ X^ ^ i,_» -,._/:_ 

3 J^ ^ y ,W», ^ .3,™^ .*,l_v 

KEY 

1  selfishly       self-love       self-conscious      unaware      enabled     inapt 

2  annexation    enactment     inaccurate    unacceptable    annunciation 
8  enamored      inanimate      unanswerable     uninformed     inundation 


122  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  self-defense       self-denial       self-esteem       self-evident       self-existent 

2  self-interest      self-knowledge      self-love       self-made      self-possessed 

3  self-same    self-seeking    self-willed    selfish    selfishness    self-conscious 

4  self-control      anabaptist      analogy     anathema      anatomy      enables 

5  enabling  enabled   inadmissible  inadequate  inadvertent  inapplicable 

6  inappreciable  unavoidable  unadvisable  unawares  unable  unabridged 

7  annexation      annexed      annexes      annexing      enacted      enactment 

8  enacting     enacts     inaccessible     inaccurate     inaction    unacceptable 

9  unaccountable    annunciate    annunciation    annunciated  annunciates 

10  anomaly    announcement    enameled    enamored    inanimate    inanition 

11  inimical  inundate         unanimous        unanswerable        uninformed 

12  uninhabitable  unintelligible  uninteresting  unimportant  unimproved 

13  unimpeachable  unemployed  unendorsed  unincumbered    uninfluenced 

The  student  should  take  a  dictionary  and  write  all  the  words 
to  which  the  foregoing  prefixes  apply. 

129.  The  Prefixes  satis,  dis-satis,  and  tm-satis. — These  prefixes 
are  represented  as  follows:  The  word  satisfy,  with  its  various 
terminals,  is  represented  by  omitting  satis,  and  writing /with  the 
terminal  across,  or  under,  a  preceding  word  to  imply  the  prefix 
satis.  For  dis-satis  attach  ds  loop  to/,  and  for  iin-satis  attach 
minute  u  to  /,  and  write  across,  or  under,  the  preceding  word, 
thus  implying  satis  not  only  in  satisfy,  but  in  dissatisfy  and 
un-satisfy. 


KEY 

1  well  satisfied,  not  satisfactory,  very  satisfactory,  very  well  satisfied , 
3  very  satisfactorily  done,     not  satisfied,     very  much  dissatisfied, 

3  greatly  dissatisfied,  he  is  satisfied,  he  is  dissatisfied,  he  is  unsatisfied, 

4  very  unsatisfactory,     very  unsatisfactorily  done 

WRITIXG  EXERCISE 

1  I  am  well  satisfied,   not  very  satisfactory,  give  satisfaction,  gave 

2  satisfaction,    gave  good  satisfaction,  gave  great  satisfaction,    were 

3  all  satisfied,  is  satisfied,  is  not  satisfied,  is  not  satisfactory,  is  very 


PHRASE   "WRITING:    FIRST   METHOD  l23 

4  satisfactory,    is  very  satisfactorily  done,    a  very  satisfactory  plan, 

5  perfect  satisfaction  {per-fshn),      perfectly  satisfactory      {per-fry), 

6  not  satisfied,      was  satisfied,      was  dissatisfied,      was  unsatisfied, 

7  was  greatly  dissatisfied,      were  satisfied,      were  dissatisfied,      were 

8  unsatisfied,       were    unsatisfactory,       were     very     unsatisfactory, 

9  were  well  satisfied,       with  satisfaction,       with  great  satisfaction, 

10  with  unsatisfaction,      with  dissatisfaction,     finished  satisfactorily, 

11  quite  satisfactory,      quite  unsatisfactory,      quite  well  satisfied,      not 

12  at  all  satisfactory,  no  satisfaction,  no  dissatisfaction,  will  be  satisfied, 

13  will  be  dissatisfied,     will  be  unsatisfactory,     will  not  be  satisfactory, 

14  will  not  be  unsatisfactory,      how  satisfactory,       how  unsatisfactory, 

15  made  satisfactorily,      caused  dissatisfaction,       caused  much  dissat- 

16  isfaction,  caused  great  dissatisfaction,  an  unsatisfactory  result,  full 

17  of   satisfaction,    fully    satisfied,    fully    satisfactory,  could     satisfy, 

18  will  satisfy,  want  satisfaction,  will  be  satisfied,  will  be  satisfactory 


CHAPTER   XXXV 

PHRASE    WRITING:    FIRST   METHOD 

.  130.  As  the  idea  of  phrase  writing  has  been  grasped  and  con- 
siderable practice  therein  already  attained,  there  remains  but  to 
present  the  subject  more  fnlly.  The  number  of  movements  made 
in  lifting  the  pen  from  word  to  word  which  are  saved  in  phrase 
writing,  is  a  practical  argument  in  favor  thereof;  and  well  con- 
structed phrases  are  perfectly  legible. 

131.  Position  Words. — There  is  a  rather  large  class  of  very 
simple  phrases,  consisting  of  two  words  each,  the  second  being 
a  or  an,  they,  or  day;  the,  he,  or  me;  I  or  my;  to,  do,  or  of;  you 
or  your;  for  example,  the  phrases  to  a  or  to  an,  to-day,  to  the,  to 
my,  to  do,  to  you.  In  all  phrases  of  this  class  write  the  first 
word  of  the  phrase  on  the  position  which  implies  the  second 
word.     The  position  phrase  words  are  as  follows: 

1  a,  an,  day,  they,  their,  theirs 

2  the,  he,  be,  me,  there 
^                           3  1,  my,  mine 

4  do,  to,  though,  these 

5  you,  your,  yours 

The  phrases  to  a  or  to  an,  to-day,  are  represented  by  t  on 
position  1 ;  /  2,  represents  to  the,  to  me,  or  to  be;  t  3,  represents  to 
my;  t  4,  represents  to  do;  and  t  o,  is  to  ycu  or  you?'. 


124 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


132.  Phrase  "Words  and  Signs. — The  words  whicli  are  written 
positionally  to  imply  the  position  words  given  above  are  presented 
in  the  following  columns.  Most  of  these  words  are  written  in 
regular  form,  that  is,  by  the  letter  or  letters  which  represent  them 
positionally.  The  word  hut  is  represented  by  shortened  shaded  by 
to  differentiate  it  from  the  word  but  when  unphrased.  The  only 
words  which  are  arbitrarily  represented  are  all,  as,  before,  have, 
if,  of,  iuill.  .  These  are  arbitrarily  written  because  their  natural 
signs  are  used  for  other  words ;  as,  v  is  used  for  have  because  ha 
is  used  for  has;  f  is  used  for  if  because  i  is  used  for  is;  right 

0  is  used  for  of  because  left  o  is  used  for  on.  The  words  all  and 
wUl  are  differentiated  by  the  slant  and  direction  of  the  I,  which 
represents  them  both ;  the  left  I  is  used  for  ivill,  and  the  right 

1  for  all. 


PHBASE  WORDS  AND   SIGNS   OF  THE  FIRST  CLASS 
Signs     Phrase  Words       Signs    Phrase  Words        Signs       Phrase  Wobds 


c 


a 

after 

against 

all 

and 

are 

as 

ask 

at 

before 

but 

by 

can 

did 

do 

done 

don't 

drop 

for 

from 

gave 


/ 
/ 


get,  got 

give 

gone 

great 

had 

has 

have 

how 

if 

in 

is 

just 

know 

mail 

never 

nor 

not 

of 

on 

or 

over 


9 


paid 

shall 

ship 

should 

some 

tell 

that 

though 

through 

to 

upon 

Avere 

what 

when 

whenever 

where 

while 

why 

will 

with 


This  method  constitutes  the  shortest  phrase  writing  known 
to  shorthand,  and  the  phrases  represented  are"  in  such  common 
use  as  to  be  of  great  value  to  the  student.  A  phrase  of  this  class 
often  makes  the  beginning  of  another  phrase,  as,  in  a  few  daysy 


PHRASE    WRITING:    FIRST    METHOD  125 

a!t  the  time,  all  you  know,  of  the  day,  and  when  so  related  the  fol- 
lowing word  is  written  attached. 

This  cUiss  of  phrases  has  been  given  to  some  extent  already; 
therefore  in  the  following  illustrations  only  the  arbitrary  signs 
are  sln)wn. 


1  are  you,     all  the,     will  you,     as  a,      as  I  may,    before  the,     but  I, 

2  have  a,     have  you,     if  the,    in  a,    of  the,    on  the,    or  a,    and  the, 

3  to  be  thought,  to  be  known,  to  be  found,  to  be  had,  to  be  paid,  to  be  said 

The  student  should  practice  the  phrase  words  and  the  phrases 
arising  from  placing  them  on  the  different  positions,  until  he  is 
entirely  familiar  with  them  all. 

■WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  a  day ;  against  a,  — the,  — me,  — you ;  all  a,  — day,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my, 

2  — you,  — true;  and  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  — you;  area,  — the, 

3  — to,  — of,  — true ;  as  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  — to,  — you ;  at  a, 

4  — an,  — the,  — my,  — you ;  before  a,  — an,  — day,  — the,  — me,  — he,  — I, 

5  — my,  — you;  but  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  — you;  by  a,  — an, 

6  — day,  — the,  — you;  can  a,  — the,  — he,  —I,  — you;  did  a,  — an,  — the, 

7  — he,  — I,  — to,  — you ;  do  a,  — an,  — the,  — me,  — I,  — my,  — to,  — you ; 

8  done  a,  — an,  — the, — me,   — to,  — you;  don't  the,  — be, — do, — you; 

9  drop  a,  —an,  — the,  — me,  — you ;  for  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my, 

10  — you;   get  a,  — an,    — the,  — me,  — my,  — you;    great  day;    give  a, 

11  — an,  — the,  — me,  — my,  — to,  — of,  — you;  liad  a,  — an,  — the,  — he, 

12  — I,  — my,  — to;  has  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — my,  — to;  have  a,  — an, - 

13  — the,  — I,  — my,  — to,  — you;  how  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — I,   — my, 

14  — to,  — do,  — you,  — true;   if  a,  — an,  — they,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my, 

15  — you,  — true;  in  a,  — an,  — the,  — my,  — you;  is  a,  — an,  — the,  — he, 

16  — I,   — my,    — to,  — of,    — you,   — true;    just  a,    — an,    — the,    — my, 

17  — I,  — to; know  a, — he , — the,  — me,  — I, — my,  — too,  — of,  — you, — your; 

18  not  a,  — ^an,  — they,  — ^the,  — I,  — my,  — do,  — to ;  nor  a,  — an,    —the, 

19  — you;  of  a,   — an,   — the,   — me,    — my,    — your;    or  a,   — an,   — the, 

20  — you ;  over  a,  — an,  — the,  — me,  — my,  — to,  — you ;  on  a,  — the,  — me, 

21  — you;   paid  a,  — an,  — the,  — me,  — my,  — to,  — you;  that  a,  — an, 

22  — day,    — the,    — he,   — I,    — my,   — to,     — you,     — your;    some  day; 


126 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


23  though  a,  — an,  — he,  — I,    — you,    — true;    through  a,    — an,    — the, 

24  — me,  — my,  — to,  — you;  tell  a,  —an,  — the,  — me,     -my,  — to,  — you; 

25  to  a,  — an,  — day,    — the,    — me,    — my,    — do,    — you;   were  a,    — an, 

26  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  — to,  — of,  — :jtrue,  — you;  what  a,  —an,  — day, 

27  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  — to,   — of,   — you ;  when  a,  — an,  — the,  — he, 

28  — I,  — my,   — you;  whenever  a,   — an,   — the,   — he,  — I,   — my, — you; 

29  where  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  —to,  — do,   — you;  wliy  a,  — an, 

30  — the,  — he,  — I,  — my,  — do,  — you;  will  a,  — an,  — the,  — he,  — my, 

31  — do,  — you;  with  a,  — an,  — the,  — me,  — you, 


CHAPTER   XXXVI 

PHRASE    writing:    SECOND    METHOD 

133.  There  are  many  phrases  of  three  word?  each,  in  which 
the  first  and  last  -words  are  the  same,  joined,  generally,  by  a  con- 
junction or  a  preposition.  In  writing  these  phrases  the  first  word 
is  written  positionally,  the  connecting  word  is  omitted,  and  the 
last  word  either  joined  to  the  first,  or  written  in  close  proximity 
to  it. 

The  connecting  words  to  and  and  are  generally  indicated  by 
joining  the  first  and  last  word,  while  Ijj  and  after  are  implied  by 
writing  the  last  word  close  after  or  under  the  first. 


Signs 


../:-='.. 


PHRASES   AND  SIGNS  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS 


Phrases 
.again  and  again 

.  age  after  age 


all  in  all 


Signs 


....N<>^.. 


,..-:>?>., 


Phrases 
.  broader  and  broader 

by  and  by 


by  the  by 


^- arm  m  arm  day  after  day 

■...■■^■. atom  by  atom  '!!^. day  by  day 

■.^^>*jj- better  and  better  day  to  day 

■•"^'^- brighter  and  brighter     S^^  easier  and  easier 


PHRASE    writing:    THIRD    METHOD  127 

Signs  Phkases  Signs  Phrases 

ever  and  ever  ..„._^  .^^^^^ —  louder  and  louder 


,.^._.. 


... farther  and  farther     — y9  /O        lower  and  loveer 

faster  and  faster  ^^____^^ more  and  more 


^/^ lighter  and  lighter  -<r'!C!rr^^::^Z_ ^  week  to  week 

_^^.. — little  by  little  _        ^S« - year  to  year 


CHAPTER   XXXVII 

PHRASE    WRITIXG:    THIRD    METHOD 

134.  This  method  consists  in  -writing  together  two  or  more 
common  words  as  they  occur  in  frequent  phrases. 

All  short  words  of  frequent  occurrence  that  are  represented  by 
simple  outlines  which  can  easily  be  joined  to  other  words  and  yet 


128  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

preserve  their  established  form,  may  be  written  attached  to  a  pre- 
ceding word  when  occurring  in  natnral  phrases. 

In  phrases  of  this  class  the  first  word  of  a  phrase  is  always 
written  positionally,  and  the  remaining  words  joined  to  it.  There 
is  no  limit  to  the  number  of  words  that  may  be  joined  except  the 
natural  structure  of  the  phrase;  but  in  general  it  is  better  not 
to  attempt  to  join  many  words  in  one  phrase  outline.  Words  tbat 
are  separated  by  pauses,  or  that  do  not  form  natural  phrases  in 
speech,  should  not  be  joined  in  written  phrases.  Words  should 
be  represented  in  phrase  writing  by  the  same  outlines  that  repre- 
sent them  when  disconnected.  If  a  word  occurs  that  does  not 
join  easily  with  the  preceding  word,  it  is  better  to  lift  the  pen 
and  write  it  positionally. 

When  th  follows  an  upward  line  it  is  represented  by  d,  as 
in  the  words  the^  they,  though,  that,  than,  then,  them  following 
will.  Otherwise  the  same  letters  and  combinations  are  used  to 
represent  words  in  phrasing  that  are  used  to  write  them  position- 
ally. 

135.  Compound  phrases  are  often  comtructed,  arising  from 
the  combination  of  a  phrase  of  the  first  or  second  method  with  a 
phrase  word  or  words  of  the  third  method;  as  in  the  following: 


^^ 


6- 

KEY 

1  in  a  few  days,    in  the  meantime,    in  the  beginning,    in  the  morning, 

2  but  I  am,    but  I  must  say,    but  I  have,  not  the  least,   were  you  there, 

3  were  you  not,     were  you  sure,     were  you  ready,      all  you  have, 

4  all  you  may,    all  the  more,   all  the  better,  all  the  time,   all  the  while, 

5  will  you  go,     will  you  be  there,     will  you  see  to  it,      will  you  not, 

6  farther  and  farther  away,       farther  and  farther  off,      farther  and 
farther  from 


PHRASE    WRITING:    THIRD    METHOD  129 


136.  Correspondence  Phrases. 
1  Dear  Sir 


2  My  Dear  Sir 

3  Yours  of  the  8th  inst. 


5  Your  favor  of  the  9th  inst . 


6  Replying  to  yours  of  the  4th  inst ^ 

7  Replying  to  your  favor  of  the  4th        ^ 

inst t-r^ 

8  In  reply  to  yours  of  the  5th  inst 

9  Is  at  hand -J^ 


P 


noted -.y^..; 


10  Is  at  hand  and  contents 

11  We  have  your  favor  of  the  10th 

inst «r:rdL,.../i2 


Z^ 


12  Your  postal  card  of  the  24th  inst. 

13  Your  letter  of  the  2d  inst 

14  Gentlemen :  Yours  of  the  23d  inst.       ^rf2> 

duly  received .„-rr:tP„.2, .3 . 

1.5  Gentlemen :    You  may  ship  us  the 

y- — N^-«i=> 

count  freight ^. — -<<'^^^. 

17  Dear  Sirs:    Please  quote  us  your  ^-''~~> 

lowest  prices  for ...  — ^  <>^    ^ 

18  Dear  Sir:    Please  express  to .>rTrrf?..,..r^*r-^N,..^__^^__^ 

19  Dear  Sir:    We  have  received  your  ^ 

order  for :;r—-P...:rrr:r^.Z.'. .r:^*^ 


following .■~-^.. 

16  Gentlemen:    We  charge  your  ac 


4  Yours  of  the  28th  ult •^— 


130 


ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 


20  Grentlemen :    We  have  the  follow- 
ing cars  on  tfack 


21  Herewith  enclosed  find 

22  Thanking  you  for 

23  From  you  soon 


24  We  remain 

25  Please  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 

this 


26  And  advise  me 

27  Payment  will  be  made. 

28  Very  truly  yours 

29  Very  respectfully. . 

80  Yours  very  truly 

31  Yours  truly 

32  Yours  sincerely 

33  Yours  fraternally 


34  If  this  will  be  satisfactory . 

35  Upon  receipt  of  invoice 

36  We  send  you  a  sample  of  . . 

37  We  will  sell  you 

88  As  you  did  not  answer  our. 


^2. 


...^., 


:~*s 


PHRASE    WRITING:    THIRD    METHOD 


131 


39  If  cash  is  remitted 

40  We  sliall  be  pleased  to  ship  you 

41  Witli  this  full  understanding  . . 

42  Awaiting  your  valued  favors. . . 

43  I  am  yours  respectfully , 


y 


/■ 


<>t-^^__^^. 


44  Please  oblige  us  by  honoring  the 

draft 

45  We    have    taken    the    liberty  to 

draw  on  you  at  sight 

46  For  which  we  enclose  our  receipt. 

47  Your  very  esteemed  favor  of  the 

2d  inst 

48  Which  you  will  place  to  my  credit 

and  oblige 

49  Enclosed  please  find  draft 


50  Which  I  find  to  be  correct 


51  Awaiting  your  further  orders  we 

remain 

52  Will  greatly  oblige  us 


53  If  you  find  the  statement  correct. 

54  Inclosed   find  statement  of  your 

account  with  us  to  date ) 

55  And  invoice  them,  on  your  usual 

terms ^  /  .^ xl  <t^ 

56  You  will  please  fill  the  enclosed 
list  of  merchandise .— -<s-^  V 


"Vi" 


57  We  beg  to  state 

58  We  have  shipped  to  your  address. '  „..,<r:^..^ 


S^- 


132 


ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 


59  Tlie  above  order  is  given  on  con- 
dition   


60  By  which  it  is  understood 

61  Please    acknowledge    receipt   of 

order  and  oblige 


4V 


62  Your  orders  are  solicited .^....^.^ 

63  And  shall  have  our  best  attention.     .  ^  . .^fTTZl... .^...  V^. 


64  You  may  ship  us  the  following. . . 

65  We  shall  need 

66  We  quote  you  f.  o.  b.  here 

67  We  hope  to  receive  your  order. . . 

68  Providing  the  quality  is  satisfac- 

tory   


^^^ 

-t- 


Z- 


69  As  soon  as  we  receive J. 

70  We  quote  you  prices  as  follows. .     .-«-^    ^^^7==> 

71  Please  quote  us  your  lowest  price    ..<<?/ 

72  An  immediate  reply  will  oblige ./....J...;>-^___^ 

73  Please  wire  us  at  our  expense. . . . 

74  Would  state  that  all  of  our  cars. 

75  On  our  cars 


76  In  response  to  your  order 


77  We  have    given    you   our   usual 
credit  of 


PHRASE   WRITING:   THIRD   METHOD  133 

78  Hoping    that    our    selection    of  • 

goods __«-nr>....rr-^.....'-,-,^... 

79  Will  give  you  satisfaction 

80  In  regard  to  your  order  of 


SUPPLEMENTARY  READING   EXERCISES 


iw 


Business  Correspondence— Advertisinq 
(Key  on  page  200) 

,^....tfr-?c 


137 


138 


Business  Correspondence— Coal 
(Key  on  page  200) 


/......>rrrJ?..J!.. ..^rrrrrrr^^^.... 


^i^:::.^  /^ 


*s-<L 


z.. 


7 


..Z..Z..^.r.r:^„. 


v^/.^ 


vz.. 


^y^ 


...>r.._ 


CV*- 


" Z"-^-^ /-^/^ 


•-•r- 


Business  Correspondence — Coal 
(Key  on  page  201) 


139 


140 


■^ ^ X^-^7 


/ 


2. 


s. ^.....^ 

...^.^^....inp...;?^ .e«r-..-...^. 


c 


Business  Correspondence — "Wire  Nails 
(Key  on  page  201) 

:;?...e:^^...r^ 

' '.■ ^^rrf...£ll...: .^y/.e^%. 

■r-1^  <6  ^^ ^ 


C^ 


va 


tJi- 


^-— «  .^r:b^<::«„^:^^^  ^,,,,^^^^.^^  ^1>X:^  ^. 


(^ 


jjf^r^ 


v^ ^- 


'  ^...^ <:^.:....Z'.rrr:rrrj<L,^^ 

'i^--^^^^^  -- - - 


/ 


/^ 


,..^........n.^..  ...^....^... 


^, 


^ jC........^....^.3.a......p.. ,.— -r^. 


..^« 


..._^....'=^..^...r:.^_« 


^..„^^.;^^..JZ....a::r::....C<e-?_.Js«.- 


Business  Correspondence— Telegraphic 
(Key  on  page  202) 

A...'rr:f»....../^..-r<...^ '^.. ' 


141 


^^ 


^^  ^  ^ 


£^>y/>^^^.^ 


142 


Business  Correspondekce — Telegraphic 
(Key  on  page  303) 


.j-/:^3(jM. :^ 


..^,._C. jA ^^./^:>^^M. 


•V- 


/. 


Business  Correspondence— Boots  and  Shoes 
(Key  on  page  203) 


143 


^ 


^ r^r^^---^- 


C^ 


■■■■/■■■■■— -Z/'" ■;^;;::^-^^^^^--^- 


^        ^ 


7 


J. 


-^ J 


y if^ 


^ 


r^ 


.......^^,„,^ <frra z^.. .v:... 


,^^ 


-*.....^-^..../: .i^?-:" 2; ^-rz^  /  . 1^  /^ 


>^ 


./       fSa^. '...A.../^...<-^. :... 

(  cr 


{ 


..Cbrrr^.... 


^-/>^"'— ^^^_^...^ ^ 

>  vr-  '** ■ 

--'<-^=.^---^^ , V 

,.2^'^^. 


y--" 


.,;^. 


: ^ ^ : ^-^ 


y: 


r^\y 


..v...:=^.... 


^^ 


^ — ^  -^ 


^^ 


r-i-=-V" 


144  Business  Correspondence— Boots  and  Shoes 

(Key  on  page  204) 


<^Z-. 


Business  Correspondence — Sheet  Steel 
(Key  on  page  205) 


145 


/ ^/...:^^ 

....^^-^.^ --^ 


■/■ 


■■■/■■■■■ 

Zr 


/ 


JL- 


^ r 


C L....^....o ..„ „ 


.-^Cz:^^ 


..^       ^^/sdrCsi/cs-<^r^.C f 


.C^ir-r.\.....t:3»l^ 


..IZJX^^ 


146  Business  Correspondence — Iron  and  Steel 

(Key  on  page  205) 


j:>o. 


6. ^.^ Za^ 


Business  Coerespondence— Ikon  and  Steel 
(Key  on  page  206) 


147 


^y 


-■^-■^ ^■•^■ 


^ 


'rr? :\. 


Z-^ 


C"^  r 


C 


I ^ 


-48 


/.<.. 


Business  Correspondence— Oil. 
(Key  on  page  206) 


/y=^r,s-^, 


/ 


' s 


>_;;></' 


f 


^•■••-^ s-^....^..^ 


/e^e.. 


^-^ 


'^.. 


j^ 


3/ 


^ ^•■•^• 


f^v ^.^.^;a ^rrrfrrr:^,...^^::).. 

" ^'""^ 

..*:€ .:rrT^:....<sm?>:.,/.../^,*.-™™....,^....^rr 


./.Zcy'...^ z. 


...::«<^.......„ 


.^...^.. 


/ 


-*,=. 


..^jjT-r... 


/ 


-7 


7 


c 


Business  Correspondence— Oil 

(Key  on  page  207) 


149 


/ 


^ 


^^' 


J  c) r.... 


..:^. 


■r- 


_.Z....^....^.. 
,.^ ^ 


^....^...i:rz_^..^..?.:r.^__^.. 


_^. 


Vl 


' ^ ^-^ ^■ 

(3rJS/,..?r.f... rrrr::^:!^...'^.... '^ 


r 


--^ 


..^... 


/ 


r? 


■-^rlZ ^^Z3  ^  A3,6:j^ 

(;.2.zJ—:... 


A^. 


S 


7, 


yjf 


"^^5-300 


,..^, 1 


7^ 


I' 


^(; 


^ 


>-^W^ 


.^.. 


-^ 


•^7 f" 


^rr^ 


■^....., 6a <rr:^ z;^ 

^f Cy ^ z^ 


r 


% 


/ 


150  Business  Correspondence — Wholesale  Grocery 

(Key  on  page  208) 

./..=..>»-^...~:r:r!L.._..,,,^ / ^ ^^ 9: .": ^....S>, ^ ,^^.. 


.1.,. 


....^^^........^ 


;£•* '—-^ / 


f 


CT 


- ^/^/i^ 


■— 7" 


■■>7r>'- 


/ 


/ 


....^..„^ 


..^^^.^ 


/ 


/f. 


A. 


'rrr=..,../'««,.,,.,r2-,e 


..::^„. 


^Z 


'--i-z;-^ 


r~ 


-.a^.. 


^ 


y -^^ 

,./^-..,.2...<7.^ S^ .....C^.Z'^?  -     -       ^ 


,...^.. 


V. 


2/r-?? 


.^....,, 


^ 


-a^- 


^^, 


i ^-^ 


,/ Cs.. 


,.-*^^., 


Business  Correspondence— Commission 
(Key  on  page  208) 


161 


s:c/.?.. 


,J.„««r4/^.^.....^f^;r...£Jf?;-:f.....<^ 


152 


Business  Correspoxdence — Commission 
(Key  on  page  209) 


./.....>-?._..,<r>.'.<^.. 


Business  Correspondence— Railroad 
(Key  on  page  209) 


153 


/-c 


/ 


"^^..^ it-r-.-^r-';,^ 


.,,^x:-»..^...a_^.^...^,.^ ^ ^^^ C^C L,.. 


;^ 


^f^ : 

It~;s-/s- ^^.....^ ^ 

<»^^._;_^..<a'-y^  .^.^~2^..^H^ 

4«?>-^.  v...S^...<r:^..^— ^._;_^^ ,^....^g^....TTr..<t...'>' 


.o €*-».• 


^^_...._ ^ 


II 


■J>.-;-: l.r^^^,...^:-^, .^^. 


7^^' 


rti-"--^ 


^-.<0-V^.. 


••■"V-'" 


^ 


o...„--«55^...vr...>rr,— rr-:.yr \ <7/ «... 


154 


Business  Correspondence — Railroad 
(Key  on  page  210) 


'^v-QuO 


^.„..rr<r«=?    /:r7../::t:!r]^?^  lifr^fif^A/ZirrA. 


^fY—^(^ 


x^ 


^  —^  ^,.^.^..... ....^ 


/ 


~;»^— *sr4^*'*sr" 


•■>^'>^" 


-9^ 


^/..^^rrr:../^^....^ 


,^^.^y/   .//^-^^^^-^jg^^ 


/. 


^Jcr^L^^- 


Y- 


■y^;—'- 


/.,,^4. 


Business  Correspondence— Miscellaneous  155 

^y .orr:r:!^,.s,...^-.«r,«.j__ 


f 


-■^<S" 


y7f 


-^■■^ 


<y^ 


f 


^ ...^.... 


••/■; 

/ -jz 


>  /- 


c 


/ 


/2 


.^.., 


^f^ 


^y 


......:::>... 


<>c 


7 


^-X" 


■■•••■>*•■■ 


15Q 


Business  Correspondence— Miscellaneous 


—T^-y VI 


■■^•■-'" 


7 ^ 7^ 

^-r. ^ rarrrrr.„,:. 


>^ 


r"- 


'/^ 


^ 


rv-' 


-^ ^ -^ : 


/'/^ 


.j..j^.^. 


r- 


A 


z. 


T 


/ '■■■' 


T 


/ 


7 


A. 


-;^--« 


/ 


•"^•"•;j 


7 


-;?->>■•• 


.y..,.^..v..^,.^^ ^..;. 


P  ""  >^..?....<I.._„. 


^ 


r -^^ 


•^■-^-•i ^ ::^-^ ^/-^ 

^.xa>  -^  /l^ ^::Z..^...J.. 


Business  Correspondenx'e— Miscellaneous 


157 


.<^.A. 


■^ 7 -^^-^ — 

^■^■■■■■^^ (.^  (  (* 

••^■■■^-<3 —J^... 


...V. 


..^.., 


158  Business  Correspondence — Miscellaneous 


-r- 


^    ^    .  _. 


">> 


..^....^., 


■-■^■- 


..,^...^, 


r--~ ; 

« — -^ 


f 


^^L^ ;^-v: II'^^^I^ z../v:.^. 

^ ^'^■■■■^■-^ 


r 


Business  Correspondence— Miscellaneous 


159 


M^.Jf^A...3  ^^^^  ^^. 


cr 


.6C 


Business  Correspondence— Legal 


A..<»»-:^._.1_.„ .tvr^.M::^. 


^ 

^.:\^.. 


7 


^^        ^2... 


„ 2.4^ii:» 

>r.a.^ e^r 

2.^-t>  .^ 


•/c 


<■■■■ 


z«*.2..<jiT? /7/^    /tccfs^ 


,.._^.,^.^,., 


—  ■^      "-T>^r  ^ -^^ 

<rk;^:rrif... 


■r-f- 


J... 


^^<^ 


^■•■"^"=^ _^ 


_^ 


T" 


/^2-/» 


7 


-    <^    . 


-i»«*^" 
/^.— 


r 


51^ 


-V 


CouET  Reporting 
(Key  on  page  211) 


161 


-y^ 


2/^„ 


^i^*?r<fc<ar-3^    <!^«r-*-*r«&<SS;;i!J^^ 


-^_._trz: u^....\. 


y 


, ...„a...,...^.>!!r::^....^... 


^^ 


._..o.y^:::!^^i!^..^...:j^^ 


Cf 


/^  ^ 


^A^l... 


S^.. 


— ^^yfe- 


..^ie-zzr-.:!^^ 


___^ 


L62 


Court  Reporting 


A- 


7. 


../:.., 


/■ 


..^^... 


^ -"^z 


•-^^- - 


/T. 


^V, 


/ 


-^        V      J  Cat      "^T?   1.....    .f*        /^  ^T^ 


........ ^.. 


^ 


Zl..^-z 


z 


-^_. 


"Z" 


.k....,^..^ 


■7' 


z^ 


.^. 


-i^-/'- 


■-C'- 


Court  REroRTiNa 

?r:..< 


z 


163 


jr:^  f<^2 


<^^^ 


z 

-^ 7 ^ 


o. 


..^.. 


XJl. ^ -^ 


^c 


^'^- 


..c:^.... 


'J- 


../-... 


/ 


^...=:......^....4,^_...._ 


>^..,._4-c_.. 


,.^_^._>f.... 


i... 


— .../,...^.,^..£. 


/^^ 


Z 


.r..„^.-..-^....^....^. 


^ 


...^<-.. 


^•c^ 


164 


Court  Reporting 


L ... 


„^. 


^ 


...^ r...J:. 


-c^ » ^- 


T 


J^^.. 


cy 


-^.-.^.... -i. 


-•■Nf 


— _A/_ 


i*rrL^.rr. 


••/■••^ 


•c^^-t^-V™; 


V* 


/^ 


.A...:rz.^.:....^. 


"7>» 


>.>^^_....«....?rr-:r:.^^.....v^....^. 


^r—^i^^^. 


M^^ 


...■■■r!!?. ":....<itrot.. 


.^....^ 


■■■^'•^ 


^-r 


.L_.. 


4^ 


Court  REPORxma 
(Key  on  page  213) 

1 _^...-^. 


165 


.Z'T^....... 


...-.r^.. 


f 


lo 


J 


">7" 


■k.^....^ -^1 


..2 :rr"^. 


f__ _ .1^,^^ .N?...^,.., 

L 


(7> 


'^>*m^- 


166 


Court  REPOBTLifu 


A.^..A... 


_}sa....'...n-r:::l..../rt^.y/ 


..ny../ ff ^_ •.:.o<:r!^.: 


T 


-^•••^^^^^^^i^^^^^i^--'^" "^ 


■<r 


Z.Z:, ^...._ S^ ..._ 2.51. 


X 


_It 


-^ ^■■ 


•y-^^-'^-'^-/--*^ ^., 


>....Z.-T.....> 


/o 


.V... 


.... — ^.. 


..<^.A.. 


^ 


.2^.. 


J^'^^/.^? 


22 


...^. 


r 


*s 


r/ 


A/..ff. 


»*•■■ 


/^2 ^'^ 


i. 


,.^^....-:r=-„.,t^- 


J 


...C^.., 


y. 


C. 


Court  Reporting 


167 


-t^ 


.A.^^y Z.<?**' 


l...->:....;^^jF:t?^..- :r-::„!<-.... 


L 


y 


-V 


iFi 


i...„ 


7 


/ 


:.^..^....^.^.rr:.«^ ^..:^.._..^...k..Z?r:_ 


.■■^■«! 


S O. 


<-^^ 


::h.....^......     a...... — 


..^..^,„.^ 


J^ r-r--^-—/---::^ — 


,.^...,^^....y, 


,....^... 


..^.. ^.. 


^. 


^^ f"^^-- 

■>^ c>" 


"^ i: 


4 


^y 


.._.....,:^..^...^.^..,....X,. 


/f^. 


...^.. 


168 


Court  REPORTiNa 


- •«w; 


:^ 


.L. 


,.-^, 


Court  Reportino 


169 


■O" 


.z... 


^ 


C 


..1 L 


....^^^^ cf 

.y -?2. ^^.. 


..^.. 


••«^ .x^.-v. ^ .,,,^^....^.-.y.......^ .y...^^....\ 


/ 


^^  ^r  V 


^ 


....c. 


y^ 


o> 


■/■^ ^ 


....^ <o.....<l^... / 

/  ^ 


■^■■■y-'-^- ^ -Oi- 


-f / 


J 


....^.. 


z 


:^....y....za. /., 


.X. 


^ 


/. 


^••■-r-^-^--^ ^ ^ ^. 


170 


^r^.^...^ (1 


Court  Reporting 


:.. 7J2^r^ 


..^.. 


7 -^ry- 


.    J. 


-*^ 


=. I 


/ 


i 


J^ 


:/ 


y 


L 


.....^ 


<D    ^ 


..t 


..ifrZ-otrv.. 


N^ -^^^-r- ^ 


.c/.. ^....4« 


.^.^.. 


Court  Reporting 


171 


-r 


-.,-.,^ /^aj^i  jya  f. 


'^      ' ^...^^^.^<^  -r^ ^;,-..^: ^^- 


o> 


•/^■^/■^ 


; ^ ^•^^•• 


,^^^. 


.^.. 


^>: 


v 


^ 


172 


Court  Repoetinq 


r- 


'~^y ^7 


..c. 


f- 


■■■r~ 


..^,. 


..^...^.. 


..^^....... 


^  ^  tf/v  ^^^ 


..<?:a>'.. 


:3:7" o>' 


,<=^. , r:::::^.. 


..y..^...^... 


/r.....^ 


/ 


-....^  .....4 


..:*fc.. 


- «*«.,.f^H!:s...».h4 1 y .^/... 

..^...r .........j..,,^:..,^.. 


.<??:? 


■£■ 


<>  A 


-^...^^ -:-:^-:^ 


-r-^sf^-^^-'^- 


/ 


Court  REPORTiNa 


173 


.^ 


rv 


/ 


yr- 


^.p. 


••o ^•■ 


-•^>Si 


L 


...^. 


(^ 


7^ 


•'^•• 


.2^_. 


r 


C. 


......^.. 


C 


^ 


■■■■/■■ 


c^-^ 


..^^...,^A^^. ......_^. 


--c^- 


yjfr^L. 


^^ 


/~~^ ^ •^- 


174 


Court  Repoktinq 


..^.. 


„^,„ 


•>>V- 


^. 


Y- — 

...iC 


/ 


^     J 


r • 


■r- 


/ 


y  J 


A 


of 


W ' ^•■ 


y r 

■^ w...^..^ 


.jp^... , 


:r 


/-. 


"V 


r 


/ 


-p- 


c 


.---% 


Court  Reportixo 


175 


::r:;^...J..A.../:.it!.e... 


-„.^ 


^ -- 


t ^.. 


r 


1... 


,.<tr^. ■zC^..J.....^.. 


...-X«L.<?.:„^.....3C2?..frr:: 


.^^^^.^..^.,.....^....^,^^.. 


^ 


■£>— N-^^ 


■-/^- ^<--J>< '»^--- 


(\ y '•=^' 

-t:==CC==^--..^. -..__ 


-v.— 

.  .'■■f.'...lUl.l..^/. . 


-7> )t....^.^ 


(\. 


•2.       ;?    o 


.^..      ...... v^ 


^ ^-z-" 


^^ 


f 


,jf. _...(« 


176 


Court  Reportino 


■r- 


•■/• 


y£.Am^. 


c^. 


.>^...^...,rr:rr^..^  ..^^..^ 


.-i....S-^:^_Z.^_ 


L 


uo.^ 


._z.....z:.-x 


-^•-•"••••'■•r^ 


10- 


r- 


/ 


•t ^ 


/ ^ 


..._y. 


7  ^ 


..5?^...^_..-.....-/./:3r=r...:v...rrr:...=.. 


— ^^^-^ ^...=.....^ ,...^.....:=^^...^^ 

...r:f=...:^^..-..rarr^....^ i!?^...-:^ 


7" 


..™^ 

^ 


.„-..'2.... 


i 


"^■■"^737"" 


Court  REPORTiNa 


177 


V 


.jirSk. 


J 


■■■/-(%■■ 


....y....<^:JL 


o^. 


,...„.., ^n,     *^ 


.L 


^a^ 


~mr 


"" — >=r-- ^.-™ 

/, ,  :*— f*iy  ,?<> .^ , 


..^.. 


■•■«»•"■ 


•?»■•■ 


/ 


^....^ ^_...., 


..._.^,.. 


r-"Vi" 


.^...^... 


y 


o ^ ^^-^ — ™ 


'^^ 


-^—^<^.  7  ->^- 


.^^ 


><K;y^--r 


y- 


4j:--4^ 


178 


"•"7^" 


Court  Reporting 


Z=_ 


-<ca. 


£^......... 


~y„..^„ 


J 


._>■ 


.^...^^^,^^„K.^ 


TTC^r ■■■. I.. 


/ 


/-^ 


,..^.. 


*"" '""'^ .....^^....y. 


/^ 


■ "V-T : \ -r- 


Court  Reporting 


179 


r^^ifw  ^ 


ji- 


...2. 


^ 


-. •=>•• 


....d. , 


/ 


/ 


/ 


^->^ 


..„™ L ^...x 


r& 


.,...^.. 


,..^, 


L 


..,^, 


V  <---2^' 


,_J^„_„^^^,^^,,^.  /  ^  _   o 


■= /^  ^ 


-.-'^-^ - 


,..<???rz?»..'.....c3... 


■=X' 


-<:*^ 


./. 


■^ ^ /^ 


..Z..:>:.. 


s 


Z-    'P 


_.^ 


/:?' 


,.^. 


180 


Court  Reporting 


jn. 


..v^... 


- I      "^  iir   r 


rO 


t; 


■'"-■'<■■■ 


7"^- 


r> 


c 


"7^" 


'-^y- 


..-. — C?!I....f__../ri^ .«r. — ifC. 


-J- 


"•■/"■ 


r 


J 


/  . 


.cr_2^.a 


rv^ 


.-^ 


-"^-v--^^- 
~-^'~/:'- 


--H 


■-/— 


•---■^^- ''±:^ 


'^ 


y 


7 


Court  Reporting 

..^-Cr „.... 


181 


^ 


■•> *•■ 


.v^...rz.J 


"T"^ 


'^■v-^^^- 


..tf^ra... 


■•>j>^'" 


^ 


cv 


..cr. 


-'■-'-■■~;;).rz>- 


O^ 


.._..^..., 


•■./-^ •^^^^j;^^- 


■yr-^^-^-'f- ^.;.y^-^ 


k 


../::?:::r-. 


/ 


r 


;^.-7™ 


••^/-- ^ ^■-•' -r^-'e 


v« — ^^ 


/ 


r : ;r' 


v-?^ 


;^ 


c;--^ 


182 


Court  Reporting 


:...^_.....C1^ 


6- 


^r-""- 


_,  ...^...^....^^_-JZ..„...^.„^ 


..<^>.. 


^  . 


^ 


y.yrj 


/^ 


'->'- 


•^:3:^- 


J. 


..<rz7>.. 


^-^  — 


_C^. 


'r    r 


s^......^.. 


r 


e- 


r 


^' 


Court  Reporting 

..f> :^. ^ ^ ':2:..^.....^..^. 

\<.....ir:rr%...f......irrrrrr>rr^.....r... 


183 


../n.. 


:^" 


S......c^..... 


"C 


/ 


■■r-^--r 


f 


■J^-^  ^ 


%- 


^=2; ' 


^ 


H 


■■'"■■■■■T* .^,;^^^^^.....^.~.....J^^^^.. 


■■/^^■■' 


..C.J. 


■■t^-z^-; 


:.L^....^^ 


■eT>  vy^ yz/'-''' 


■""^^ Y * V^x  y^     '^-^   \. ..^,^.....^.~ 


i^- 


'^'T^' 


X  — /^-^ 


J^ 


-/ 


184 


Court  REPORTiNa 


™_^„_-^_ 


..jd:=:^.:>^..-~f^.... 


Sri^..^.af.. S.       j^y....^. 


^s. 


-<^ 


r 


<>'  V 


.^.„c-..C ^... 


V  -^ 


„^_ 


c:^ 


» 

:7' 


— -^  y  <^^^ 


.».y/r.......m.j..O» 


..c:-^... 


._^.. 


^. 


~ ::5> ,^ !^....zv.^.^. 


-a «» 


...^.. 


.^_„^....Z.. 


.,4_ 


Court  Reporting 


185 


--f- 


X 


-Vs- 


•>'>^" 


.^ z<^. 


>^'>'2-^" 


^y ^^ 


■■/^^p^" 


y 


^^^' "'^y^' 


J 


/<? 


•-r- 


-s-^--^- 


C^. 


"'^ry^' 


"-'7^1' 


c 


....^.. 


J J. ^..A.. 


/ 


/ 


z: ^■■•■^=^ 


Z... 


...Lrrrr.. >^ <rd'... 


— ^....^ 


■>^- 


^..^ , .=rrTr-r^_....^-v ^^-rr 


..^^..j^. 


186 


Court  Reporting 


/ 


^ 


"Z' 


- ^>sr-^ 


Y 


..z.. 


^.  C.^ 


& 


I' "- 


4j 


-^ 


A........ 


-p 


■^■■::^ /^ 


--7-7 


7 " 


=?^ 


'^>'      ^r? 


~ ^ <>^       


r^ 


y  ^"yn ^■■■■■/■■■^^=^--^~--:j:j.,.>^    --^ 


COUBT  RErORTlNQ 


187 


_...^... 


r 


// 


77 


■■~"" >^ 

..<i;..d.. ..„..v?:.^.. 


V  ' / 


y^ 


(f- 


c . 


r 


...<r:^.. 


/ 


Z 


,.^_... 


r- 


1 2:<<^.. 


<?— 


/ 


-C^..- 


_^_. 


<?-^ 


188  CouKT  Eeportinq 

T"'^""^""^'"" "^ 

,  __.£...Zi'_ „  ^r^ 


■^'^-^r:y-- 


.^^... 


='t^/-^- 


/<- 


•••«»i'"'""— '^■- 


_^ 


.^  y 


^  y. 


•/" 

-7' ■-" 

L-^ 


/<■ 


r" 


,.^,.£r...^.=r.rr^...X.--^:::::^-- 


r — 


r 


L. 


"i 

...^.^ 


..^.....^^^....^ ......:\..^..^:::X.:,~^.....P^.,.^......- 

.^.....C•....:^ ^^rrr^rm^'^ 


Court  Repoetinq 


189 


>^--"/-^-^ 


z       = 


^^ 


c^ 


: ^ 


/ 


-^ 


•A^ ,.^-?-<::l 


-^-^ ■^- 7 -"•■•••= --" 

^ ififi  _^..(^p 


>» 


z 


"Z""" 


'W 


- Y^-:;:^-/^:.^-:;^- > 

1 jn?... 


^  ^N,^- 


±: 


190 


Legal  Forms 


.._C> 


> 


5. 


.^..... 


Affidavit  for  Attachment 


>-*/ 


Affidavit  for  Garnishee  Process 


./:...\ .\ 


/ 


.  /^^ 


Lbgal  Forms 

<„.......*-....rr:::l..^s (f:^...^. y... 


191 


..t^.. ..., 


../f%z^....:::-,>.-±..Z<^ ?.. 


^- 


_^ 


•7"^ •■ 


r 


..^. 


,V...^..^^....^....^....... 

-  .^..  /..^...™„. 


7" 


■^ ^^ ^ A 


^ ^■• 


n/ 


-Z^.<?./...^ 


Power  of  Attorney  to  Collect  a  Debt 


.an...„.<:*. 


7 


...J... 


/ 


^^ 


f 


^<^- 


7~ 


X." 


192 


Legal  Forms 


.^._.ff=^,,=.....^ 


■^v ^.- 


ir 


,f^- 


^—^7" 


f^.„...^...„£^., 


-6 


•^ ^ -e-^ 


.^.. 


9-^ 


•■>■•/-" 


rv 


^ 


,/.....^.. 


' -^^^^^-'-.-f 


:.^....^:.,..-^......^..., 


Declaration  of  a  Promissory  Note 


.^..,^... 


-<^^ 


.zza..z,... 


— ../.....^ 


^_2 ......lr>::r.....^h::::^..../ 


.^>— 


IMQA.L  FORMS 


193 


_^.__^. 


_^_„^. 


-=^-^-^-- 


_._.^.,...^=^_ 


7 


■^■•^■^••z- 


,....^....^..... 


7 


*>~.^ 


■•■^ >- 


<...^_..r:-?^.. 


jr^^:srzi..r3-... 


-r 


.•.__<sz_ 


x 


■i*' — •- 


7 


■■— f  - 


/ 


"t: 


_^_^ 


'^„._..  .=>.  .^. 


"zr 


^ 


^^ 


'^Z-x 


..- -z:. 


..^.,4.. 


"7" 


^™-rarr:3>_...c>. :-^. 


194 


Legal  Forms— Short  Form  of  Lease 


/^r-:-  , ^ /9'a'>^ .<->.. 


/ 


^ 


n 


-TO '      <Z 


<? 


..y... 


'•7>^" 


Z.r 5E=^ ^.. 


r? 


-<^- 


/-7 


.y::r 


<L 


'■/"-'"•- 
^ 


.r^.: ™«.,/^««^..^ x; 


/^j^^ r... 


/<? 


.^....^. 


^■.., 


-y 


o-r^ 


n 


L 


yO    — 


/^ 


X. 


/ 


....^.. 


o 


t— 


■' ^" A r 


;N;- 


:.zz.. 


^7-^ 


7 


iS.,.,Srrrr:......CrT......^..^..rf=r=r:....,<::?. 


Legal  Forms 


.2.. 


^ 

.•..^....^.. 


195 


Form  of  Simple  Bond,  with  Condition 


7 


^.....<?-rr:<....^.,.,„-,— r^_ 


.../•. 


a^ 


C^- 


■r ^r 


-r- 


,.,_^.. 


^. 


f 


^ ■_<::>  ^_^  / 


^ , r^^ ^X^ ^- 

^_^..^....^ : ,. 

'>^-i?' ^.■.■:::::^-^^- /::^...<r2'....rr-c».nr::^ 

'X.^ ■■^- /^^..;^....^..rr^ ^ 


.J2L „.„ „..„.... 


/ 


- ^ "7  ' ^^ ^ 


196 


Lhgal  Forms— a  Bill  of  Sale  of  Goods 


7 


••>/••<= 


...ir_„ 


...6^....... 


r 


—•r- 
^ 


/^ 


■r-- 


"■^^^  "■- ^"T^*^^   -^ 


.-^^a— ;. ^  j^ — ■■-y<-J\t,^-yr-„<;g:g. ^J!l^.....??'!?so... 

...T^.....s<t-C2....<>S>,..../:..- 


■.■-■|g ■«■■ 


^„ 


-r- 


<::-^ 


..^...^ 


JW^. 


^J^ 


_>L-5=*._..V^_^^_-Z. 


..^,. 


■■<-'■■ 


-r- 


; f.- 

r:<r....< 


•■-/- 


-\-~~^ K^-:;;^ 


.JL 


..^....^:...^...... 


•tf-'-csp^- 


.  .^^    ^^V. 


T 


--7 


..-^.-?L^3 


c^ 


±rir'...,.fr......'!:ri^....:rr:^..^ - 


-A: 


Leqal  Forms— Caption  to  Deposition 


197 


^^ 


-*£</ 


7 


/'S^ 


/ 


^ 


■r&- 


\J 


.Z./dz.:rn. 


..L. 


^.. 


^-^ 


Z"'^ — ^'^ 


..^.. 


■■•^!^-^-— ^■■/••-^••■••-^ 


— ..J.M(f-jj,/- — lljr..../r._„'Sr 


■.<r:.. 


Form  of  deposition 


-«*<< 


J 


..J:^„aJM(... 


- "^-^--^--jr — rz.: ..:s''-r-. — 


H «=- 


...«...„.. 


198 


f-z / »/■■ 


LEGAii  Forms 


..^-......f. /.. 


■if- 


^ 


y- 


^7— 


O 


.y..^^.../r....\< 

7^  s 


.^... 


7" 


■■/■■■■/IF" 


■^- 


' ar— a 

,./....^ 


..— , ^, 


Vi 

.^...., 


■^-^= -V^-^-^- 


r 


J.... 


^ 


...r.- 


o 


J -■•••••• 


..Cf^.....j. iitr>... 


'ly.. z. 


•/■••■y- 


-r- 


-r- 


•<^ -t-r'ii'''^ 


,^/9»^ 


Form  op  Stipulation 

^-.. 


'y)0''X>" 


/ 


. s 


J 


Legal  Forms 


199 


,..:^... 


..f<....j... 


/ 


J- ^v±^ ^•• 


..^... 


-^ ^^■■<^- 


^ 


•^  —: -^.... 


y ^ ^ 


/■ 


..?a..<J. /f^2^ 


Petition  in  Replevin 


..^..... 


/ 


/ 


] 


...>^..: 


/" 


-r-^-^. 


,^.^, 


,.^^. 


/r^Cj  ^ 


■^ ^^^^■^.., 


r-^ 


</ 


' Zj^ "^V^" 


KEYS  FOR   READING   EXERCISES 

Page  137. — Advertising 

1.  Dear  Sir: — I  thank  you  for  referring  the  Pacific  Electric  Co.  of  La 
Crosse  to  'Western  Penman"  as  an  advertising  medium.  I  have 
received  an  inquiry  from  that  company  and  hope  they  will  decide  to 
advertise  with  me.     Yours  truly. 

2.  Dear  Sir: — We  sent  you  copy  for  three  months'  advertising  some 
time  ago;  up  to  date  we  have  received  no  acknowledgment,  nor  have 
we  received  a  copy  of  your  paper.  Please  instruct  us  if  you  did  not 
receive  copy.     Yours  respectfully. 

3.  Gentlemen: — We  are  in  receipt  of  j'our  favor  of  the  6th,  asking  us 
to  send  a  wall  chart,  as  mentioned  in  our  New  York  letter,  to  each  of 
your  schools.  We  have  entered  the  order  and  the  charts  will  be  sent  as 
soon  as  we  receive  them,  which  we  expect  will   be  before  many  days. 

We  remain,  yours  very  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir:  — Enclosed  please  find  corrected  bill  to  conform  with 
your  understanding  as  to  rates.  The  solicitor  who  made  the  rate  to  you 
is  no  longer  with  us,  and  he  gave  us  no  information  as  to  the  rate  he 
quoted  you.  Trusting  that  corrected  bill  will  be  satisfactory  and  that 
we  may  be  favored  with  further  business  from  you,  we  remain. 

Yours  very  truly. 

5.  Dear  Sir : — Replying  to  your  favor  of  the  22d,  we  are  pleased  to  quote 
you  the  following  rates  for  200  inches  of  advertising:  "Daily  Herald,  20c 
per  inch;  "Weekly  Herald,"  25c  per  inch;  and  the  same  advertisement 
in  both  "Daily"  and  "Weekly,"  35c  per  inch,  each  insertion.  We  shall 
be  pleased  to  receive  your  order.     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir: — Enclosed  please  find  card  of  our  advertising  rates,  also 
under  separate  cover  sample  of  our  publication.  These  rates  are  net;  the 
only  concession  that  we  could  make  is,  in  case  you  should  desire  a  yearly 
card,  we  would  allow  you  a  little  extra  time  to  take  out  the  number  of 
insertions  in  case  any  part  of  the  year  should  be  undesirable  for  your 
advertising.  As  you  will  notice,  the  rates  are  made  according  to  the 
number  of  insertions  and  not  according  to  the  space.     Yours  truly. 

Pages  138,  139.— Coal 

1.  Dear  Sir: — In  accordance  with  conversation  via  telephone,  your 
order  is  entered  for  one  car  Piedmont,  to  be  consigned  to  you  on  L.  S.  & 
M.  S.  Ry.,  at  $3.15  per  net  ton,  mine  weights.  You  to  pay  the  Lake  Shore 
switching  charge.     Yours  very  truly. 

2.  Dear  Sir: — We  are  advised  by  Mr.  Wagner  that  on  last  Saturday  he 
made  you  a  price  of  §2.25,  delivered  at  your  yard  on  the  Lake  Shore,  for 
our  egg  coal.  We  wish  to  confirm  this  proposition  and  shall  be  glad  to 
have  you  furnish  us  with  your  orders,  which  will  receive  my  prompt 
attention.     Yours  truly. 

200 


KEYS    FOR   READING   EXERCISES  201 

3.  Dear  Sir:— Herewith  we  send  you  corrected  bill  for  Wabash  car 
No.  3567.  You  will  please  note  attached  letter  from  our  superintend- 
ent at  the  mines,  wliich  we  trust  will  explain  the  error.  We  have  taken 
the  matter  up  in  such  shape  that  we  think  nothing  of  the  kind  will  occur 
on  future  shipments.     Kindly  excuse  the  mistake,  and  oblige. 

Yours  very  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir : — Replying  to  yours  of  the  26th  inst.,  and  returning  papers 
regarding  switching  on  several  cars  of  coal  delivered  to  you  in  Decem- 
ber, we  beg  leave  to  say  that  on  September  27  we  issued  a  new  switch- 
ing tariff,  making  our  rate  S3  per  car  for  delivery  to  your  yard,  and  bills 
referred  to  are  therefore  correct.     Yours  truly. 

5.  Dear  Sir: — Owing  to  the  withdrawal  of  all  switching  arrangements 
by  the  various  Eastern  coal-carrying  roads  entering  Chicago,  we  are 
compelled  to  discontinue  the  absorption  of  switching  charges  on  ship- 
ments of  Hocking  coal,  which  may  be  reconsigned  to  you  from  our  supply 
on  and  after  April  15. 

Please  be  governed  accordingly,  and  oblige,     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir: — We  herewith  enclose  you  communication  from  the 
Michigan  Central  Road,  under  date  of  to-day,  sliowing  that  car  4304, 
C.  P.  &  S.  L.,  was  received  by  them  March  6,  at  Buffalo,  and  did  not 
arrive  at  Kensington  until  this  morning.  You  will  also  note  that  they 
have  given  instructions  to  have  the  car  rushed  forward.  We  regret 
exceedingly  the  delay,  and  hope  it  may  not  occur  again.     Yours  truly. 

7.  Dear  Sir: — We  wrote  you  some  days  since  asking  if  you  cared  to 
consider  a  proposition  to  take  from  three  to  five  thousand  tons  of  gas 
coke  the  coming  season,  to  which  we  have  received  no  reply.  We  con- 
sider this  an  exceptional  chance  to  secure  this  amount  of  coke.  If  you 
are  in  the  market  and  care  to  make  an  offer  on  it,  we  trust  you  will 
do  so  by  return  mail,  since  our  option  expires  within  a  few  days. 

Hoping  for  a  favorable  reply,     Very  respectfully  yours. 

8.  Dear  Sir : — Referring  to  yours  of  recent  date  in  reference  to  weight 
on  five  cars  of  coal,  we  beg  leave  to  say  that  the  matter  has  been  referred 
to  the  mines,  and  they  absolutely  decline  to  make  any  allowance  whatever, 
stating  that  all  coal  is  shipped  at  railroad  weights,  and  that  they  will  not 
deviate  from  the  usual  custom. 

If  our  invoice  is  not  in  accordance  with  railroad  weights,  we  will  take 
the  matter  up  for  fui'ther  consideration,  but  if  the  same  is  rendered  on  the 
basis  of  railroad  weights,  we  can  make  no  allowance  whatever. 

Hoping  this  will  be  satisfactory,  we  are.     Yours  truly. 

9.  Dear  Sir: — Enclosed  please  find  freight  bill  for  car  No.  7889,  which 
we  find  is  a  duplicate  bill.  We  are  in  receipt  of  affidavit  from  you  claim- 
ing shortage  on  this  car  of  4865  lbs.  We  are  allowed  this  shortage  for 
freight  by  the  R.R.  Co.,  if  our  claim  is  accompanied  by  a  sworn  affidavit 
and  freight  bill.  This  is  a  duplicate  bill  and  they  refuse  to  honor  any  but 
the  original,  therefore  we  return  same  to  you  and  ask  that  you  will  send 
us  original,  on  receipt  of  which  we  will  credit  your  account. 

Yours  truly. 

Page  140.— Wire  Nails 

1.  Gentlemen: — Replying  to  your  card  of  the  27th  inst.,  the  2|-in, 
nails  were  sent  you  instead  of  the  If -in.,  as  invoiced.  Inclosed  you  wiJ 
please  find  corrected  bill,  and  we  ask  that  you  excuse  the  error. 

Yours  very  truly. 


202  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

2.  Gentlemen : — Replying  to  your  card  of  the  13th  inst. ,  we  wish  to 
say  that  our  mill  being  closed  for  repairs,  it  will  be  impossible  to  make 
immediate  shipment  of  orders  named.  If  you  are  compelled  to  cancel 
same,  please  advise  us. 

Regretting  the  delay,  we  remain,  Yours  truly. 

3.  Gentlemen: — Replying  to  yours  of  the  9th  inst.,  will  say,  we  have 
started  tracer  after  the  Minneapolis  Sash  &  Door  Company's  order  of 
March  23.  Regarding  enclosures,  which  we  return  herewith,  we  will 
hurry  out  these  nails  as  fast  as  possible.     Yours  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  the  inclosed  specifications,  it  will  be  impos- 
sible for  us  to  accept  this  offer,  as  we  are  now  entirely  too  far  behind  on 
our  contracts,  and  do  not  think  it  good  policy  to  take  orders  and  delay  so 
long  in  shipping  them  as  will  give  us  a  bad  reputation. 

Regretting  that  we  can  not  see  our  way  clear  to  accept  your  offer,  we 
remain.     Yours  truly. 

5.  Dear  Sir : — Confirming  our  message  of  yesterday,  we  will  ship  you 
the  |-in.  No.  17  wire  nails  ordered  to-day,  and  trust  the  same  may 
meet  the  requirements  of  your  present  needs.  We  regret  very  much 
having  been  compelled  to  delay  shipment  so  long,  but  as  our  factory  was 
closed  for  repairs,  an  earlier  shipment  would  have  been  impossible.  We 
beg  to  assure  you  that  your  future  orders  can  be  given  more  prompt 
attention,  and  hope  you  will  excuse  the  delay  this  time. 

Yours  very  truly. 

6.  Gentlemen: — Replying  to  yours  of  the  19th  inst.,  we  are  pleased  to 
offer  you  penny  wire  nails  in  car  lots  at  §4.20  rate,  and  in  less  than  car 
lots  at  §4.30.  List  goods  we  offer  you  at  a  discount  of  60  and  10  per  cent 
off  inclosed  list,  f.o.b.  Buffalo.  Terms  60  days,  or  2  per  cent  cash  ten  days. 

Yours  truly. 

Pages  141,  142.— Telegraphic  ' 

1.  Dear  Sir: — On  the  night  of  the  24th,  please  arrange  to  keep  the 
Louisville  Bulletin's  day  leased  wire  in  service  with  all  connections  the 
same  as  in  daytime.  Report  at  what  hour  they  discontinue  using  the 
circuit.  Also  say  if  any  operators  were  furnished  the  Bulletin  to  man 
this  circuit.     Yours  truly. 

2.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  correspondence  had  relative  to  rates  named 
the  Democratic  and  Republican  clubs  at  Florence,  Tenn.,  I  am  now 
advised  that  when  we  offered  both  of  these  clubs  schedule  rates  we  were 
informed  that  they  had  accepted  service  from  your  company  on  more 
advantageous  terms.     Will  you  please  advise?    Yours  truly. 

3.  Dear  Sir: — Morgan  &  Co.  ask  if  we  can  give  them  a  wire  either 
from  Pittsburg  or  Norfolk  to  Atlanta.  They  also  wish  to  reach  Richn»ond 
and  Charlotte.  If  there  is  no  wire  available  for  lease  between  those 
points,  will  you  please  say  if  you  will  construct  one,  and  if  so,  advise  on 
what  terms.     Morgan  &  Co.  desire  an  early  reply.     Yours  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir: — Please  sever  the  connection  between  the  shore  wires 
leased  to  McDuffie  &  Co.,  from  their  office  in  the  Ryder  building,  to 
the  office  of  Merrill  &  Co.  in  the  Jamieson  building  and  from  their 
office  to  the  office  of  Lewis  &  Co.  in  the  Burnett  house,  and  arrange  so 
that  they  can  work  these  wires  separately,  commencing  to-morrow  morn- 
ing.    Advise  when  done.     Yours  truly. 


KEYS    FOR    READING    EXERCISES  203 

5.  Dear  Sir : — Referring  to  the  wire  to  be  constructed  for  Monroe 
&  Co.,  between  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  and  Sacramento,  Cal. ,  I  have  to 
advise  that  Slier  man  &  Co.  are  to  be  their  correspondents  at  the  latter 
place.  They  are  not  yet  prepared  to  give  us  the  names  of  their  corre- 
spondents at  other  points.  As  soon  as  we  hear  further  from  them  I  will 
communicate  with  you.     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir: — Enclosed  please  find  renewal  clauses  in  duph'cate  with 
the  S.  M.  Wells  Commission  Company,  of  Nashville,  Tenn.,  renewing  their 
contracts  for  the  use  of  wires,  Nashville,  Tenn.,  to  Bowling  Green,  Ky., 
and  in  Nashville  from  their  office  in  the  Imperial  building  to  an  office  in 
the  Blandin  building  for  one  year,  from  October  29,  190U,  and  October  17, 
1900,  respectively.  The  office  in  the  Blandin  building,  on  the  latter  wire, 
is  now  operated  by  the  Jackson  Co.,  instead  of  A.  W.  Larson. 

Will  you  please  have  one  copy  duly  executed  on  the  part  of  this  com- 
pany, returned  for  delivery.     Yours  truly, 

7.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  your  communication  of  the  29th  inst.,  in 
regard  to  rates  said  to  have  been  offered  by  our  people  to  certain  societies 
and  clubs  at  Tuscumbia,  our  manager  wires  Superintendent  Wilson  that 
no  such  rates  have  been  made ;  that  we  have  contracted  with  the  Turn- 
verein  for  §80;  that  the  Akrons  take  messenger  service  for  §15;  and  that 
the  Democratic  Club  arranged  a  week  ago  with  our  company  at  $25,  the 
club  to  furnish  and  pay  its  own  operator,  and  do  not  make  any  allowance 
to  them  on  account  of  their  furnishing  him.     Yours  truly. 

8.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  your  memorandum  of  the  26th  ultimo, 
requesting  that  we  give  you  the  services  of  certain  operators  on  Novem- 
ber 13  and  14,  I  beg  to  advise  that  owing  to  the  large  number  of  oper- 
ators required  by  us,  particularly  on  the  night  of  the  14tli,  it  may  be 
somewhat  difficult  for  us  to  let  you  have  operators  Bauman  at  Logansport 
and  Maddox  at  Marion.  In  this  connection  I  would  call  your  attention  to 
the  fact  that  there  is  no  extra  wire  reaching  the  points  named  provided 
for  your  service  on  tlie  dates  in  question.  Please  see  my  letter  to  you  on 
October  20.  Kindly  answer,  advising  if  you  still  desire  the  services  of 
the  two  operators  referred  to,  and  if  so  I  will  look  into  the  matter  further 
and  see  what  arrangements  can  be  made.     Yours  truly. 

9.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  your  endorsement  of  the  7th  inst.,  please 
find  herewith  assignment  clause  in  duplicate,  transferring  from  the  Lloyd 
Commission  Company  to  Hanford  &  Co.,  the  lease  held  by  the  former  for 
the  use  of  the  wire. 

Pages  143,  144.— Boots  and  Shoes 

1.  Gentlemen: — Your  favor  of  June  the  4tli  is  received.  You  ask  us 
to  make  immediate  shipment  of  the  miners'  shoes.  We  find  that  we  have 
always  made  these  goods  specially  for  you  and  we  should  have  to  do  the 
same  again.  It  would  take  at  least  three  or  four  weeks  to  put  them 
through  the  works.  We  thought  it  best  to  write  you  before  putting  in 
the  order.     Yours  truly. 

2.  Dear  Sir : — In  reply  to  your  letter  of  Nov.  6  relative  to  a  proposed 
settlement  of  judgment  by  W.  H.  Smith,  we  beg  leave  to  reply  that  we  do 
not  care  to  consider  it  in  any  way.  We  will  not  recede  from  our  proposi- 
tion, namely,  that  we  want  §250  in  cash  clear,  the  debtor  to  pay  your  fees 
and  expenses.  If  this  proposition  is  not  accepted  in  ten  days,  you  may 
tell  him  the  matter  is  dropped.     Yours  truly. 


204  ECLECTIC   SHORTHAND 

3.  Dear  Sir : — We  received  a  letter  from  you  dated  Nov.  3  asking  iis 
to  send  you  some  goods.  Your  order  is  for  spring  goods  and  we  had  not 
planned  to  ship  them  until  December  or  January.  Furthermore  we  do 
not  feel  it  consistent  to  furnish  goods  while  you  allow  your  account  to 
run  overdue.  We  must  have  prompt  settlement  of  our  accounts  to  make 
them  of  value  to  us  nowadays,  on  account  of  tlie  low  price  of  goods  and 
the  strong  competition  in  business.     Yours  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir: — In  reply  to  your  letter  of  Nov.  2  if  you  will  refer  to  oiir 
invoice  of  September  last,  you  will  find  that  it  is  dated  October  1,  thirty 
days.  According  to  the  terms  on  wliich  these  goods  were  sold  tlie  bills 
are  now  due.  We  had  not  planned  to  make  any  extensions,  and  therefore 
are  not  prepared  to  do  so,  though  in  this  particular  case  we  will  wait  until 
the  first  of  December  when  we  shall  expect  prompt  settlement. 

Yours  truly. 

5.  Dear  Sir : — Your  favor  through  our  Mr.  Black  is  received  and  ship- 
ment made  as  far  as  possible.  We  are  sorry  to  state  that  we  do  not  have 
and  are  unable  to  procure  at  any  of  the  jobbing  houses  the  lady's  shoe 
which  you  ordered.  We  were  also  entirely  out  of  the  child's  shoes.  We 
have  plenty  of  the  latter  due  us  and  shall  be  pleased  to  send  with  your 
other  goods  later  if  you  desire  us  to  do  so.     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir: — We  have  your  letter  advLsing  us  that  you  received  the 
package  for  which  bill  dated  October  6  was  sent  by  mail  and  we 
supposed  you  understood  this  was  to  take  the  place  of  the  pair  of  shoes 
that  were  billed  you  Sept.  30.  The  package  was  sent  by  mistake  to 
Buffalo,  Minn.,  and  we  were  obliged  to  have  it  returned;  and  the  §2  that 
you  mentioned  in  your  letter  was  meant  as  a  credit  for  the  bill  of  Sept. 
30,  but  our  receiving  clerk  neglected  to  credit  you  with  the  postage. 
We  have,  therefore,  made  an  additional  credit  of  37c,  which,  with  the  §2 
already  credited,  will  make  a  total  of  §2.37  to  balance  bill  Sept.  30. 

Hoping  this  explanation  will  be  satisfactory,  we  remain, 

Yours  truly. 

7.  Gentlemen : — In  reply  to  your  letter  of  recent  date  we  beg  leave  to 
say  that  we  have  cancelled  your  order  for  the  remainder  of  the  goods  due 
you  as  requested.  We  regret  that  the  delay  in  shipping  should  have 
caused  you  so  much  inconvenience,  but  we  have  certainly  tried  our  best 
to  get  these  goods  out.  During  August  we  have  made  changes  in  our 
stitching  room  so  that  we  are  now  able  to  get  out  nearly  double  the 
quantity  of  goods  we  were  formerly  able  to  do,  and  are  now  in  a  position 
to  fill  orders  promptly.  Shipment  of  your  goods  would  have  been  made 
the  day  your  countermand  was  received.     Yours  truly. 

8.  Dear  Sir: — You  wrote  to  us  Nov.  2  advising  that  you  had 
returned  to  us  on  that  date  our  entire  shipment  of  Nov.  8,  consisting  of 
six  cases,  amounting  to  $50.50,  but  we  find  on  receipt  of  the  shipment 
via  the  B.  «&  O.  R.  R.  that  only  four  cases,  numbers  2,  3,  5  and  6,  have 
been  retui-ned,  the  contents  thereof  amounting  to  §38.76.  You  will, 
therefore,  see  that  you  owe  us  for  two  cases  which  we  liave  not  received, 
and  we  conclude  that  you  have  decided  to  keep  them.  If  you  returned 
us  more  than  the  four  cases  we  received,  you  should  send  us  railroad's 
shipping  receipt,  so  that  we  can  send  a  tracer  after  such  cases  as  are 
missing. 

Please  look  into  this  matter  and  advise  us  regarding  the  same. 

Yours  truly. 


KEYS    FOE    READING    EXERCISES  205 

Page  145.— Sheet  Steel 

1.  Gentlemen: — On  Jan.  9  we  quoted  you  on  steel  plates,  and  as  yet 
have  not  heard  further  from  you  in  the  matter.  We  are  exceedingly 
anxious  to  secure  your  business,  and,  in  quoting,  endeavored  to  make  our 
offer  an  attractive  one. 

We  shall  hope  to  liear  from  you  in  the  matter,  and,  thanking  you  in 
advance,  are.     Yours  truly. 

3.  Gentlemen : — We  have  just  wired  you  as  per  confirmation  attached, 
regarding  deliveries  on  your  orders  Nos.  15563,  16565  and  6.  This  is  in 
reply  to  your  message  of  Nov.  27.  The  delay  was  occasioned  by  the 
fact  that  we  were  unable  to  get  information  from  the  factory. 

Your  letter  has  just  been  received,  dated  Dec.  3,  regarding  orders  Nos. 
16565  and  6,  and  the  dates  given  in  our  telegram  above  referred  to,  are  the 
best  that  we  can  promise  at  this  time.     Very  respectfully. 

3.  Gentlemen: — Referring  to  your  letter  of  Nov.  30  in  regard  to 
order  No.  16146,  we  send  you  herewith  carbon  sketches  showing  the  man- 
ner in  which  our  people  now  understand  your  customer  desires  the 
plates  furnished.  They  have  eliminated  all  curves  and  understand  that 
he  will  shear  these.  On  account  of  the  quantity  of  the  plates,  they  do  not 
consider  it  advisable  to  proceed  with  their  execution  until  they  are 
advised  that  their  understanding  is  correct,  and  ask  that  these  sketches 
be  approved  and  returned  as  early  as  possible.  The  dimensions  enclosed 
in  red  have  been  assumed,  and  if  any  changes  are  required  please  have 
them  made  on  the  sketch  before  returning  the  same. 

Yours  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir: — We  beg  to  acknowledge  receipt  of  your  valued  favor  of 
the  9th  ult.,  with  reference  to  price  on  punched  sheets  for  a  tank.  In 
reply  we  are  pleased  to  advise  that  we  can  furnish  you  with  plates 
punched,  rolled,  and  bent,  for  a  tank  56  feet  long  and  25  feet  wide,  46 
inches  high,  made  of  J-inch  steel,  and  angle  iron  for  top  and  bottom  of 
tank  bent,  at  price  of  §85,  f.  o.  b.  New  York.  Terms,  10  per  cent  with 
order.     Yours  truly. 

Pages  146,  147. — Iron  and  Steel 

1.  Gentlemen: — We  have  your  card  of  the  14th  inst.,  about  Diamond 
Harrow  Tooth  Steel,  in  your  order  1537.  We  have  this  material  in  stock, 
and  will  ship  ^promptly  by  local  freight  if  you  so  direct.  We  have  been 
holding  to  go  in  a  car  with  other  material.     Yours  truly. 

3.  Gentlemen: — On  our  new  engine  we  should  have  tvro  oil  cups  on 
main  bearing  in  place  of  one.  These  oil  cups  should  be  one  size  larger 
than  the  one  sent  with  the  engine.  The  two  oil  cups  on  pillow  block 
sliould  be  one  size  larger  than  those  furnished. 

Please  give  this  your  prompt  attention,  and  oblige.     Yours  truly. 

3.  Gentlemen: — In  order  that  you  may  have  no  mistake  on  your 
records  in  reference  to  coke  shipments  for  us,  we  beg  to  advise  that  our 
order  of  Aug.  4  for  2  cars  of  egg  size  coke,  and  3  cars  of  nut  size  coke  for 
shipment  Sept.  1  is  still  in  force  irrespective  of  what  shipments  you- 
have  made  us,  and  what  are  to  come  forward  on  recent  orders. 

Yours  truly. 


206  ECLECTIC    SHORTHAND 

4.  Gentlemen : — Enclosed  find  sketch  of  pipe  we  desire  you  to  ship  to 
our  works  at  Brooklyn  Heights.  They  will  send  you  a  flange  for  one  end 
of  the  pipe,  which  we  wish  you  to  bush  and  put  on.  On  the  other  end 
you  will  kindly  put  a  pair  of  new  flanges  with  bolts.  The  works  will 
probably  send  you  the  flange  desired  for  one  end  by  express  to-day. 

Yours  truly. 

5.  Gentlemen: — We  enclose  our  check  for  S439.86  in  settlement  of 
your  invoice  of  March  21st.  We  have  deducted  the  cash  discount,  as  we 
have  been  ready  to  pay  tliis  bill  any  time  since  receiving  the  belt. 

Whije  we  were  very  much  disappointed  about  the  way  the  rubber 
peeled  off  the  inner  side  of  the  belt,  the  belt  seems  to  be  working  satis- 
factorily, and  we  pay  the  bill  under  your  guarantee  of  Feb.  20. 

Yours  truly. 

6.  Gentlemen : — Your  favor  of  the  14th  inst.  is  received.  When  we 
advised  you  that  we  expected  to  be  able  to  make  shipment  of  your  beams 
in  June,  we  felt  sure  we  could  do  so,  but  we  have  been  more  or  less 
handicapped  lately  in  our  operations,  owing  to  trouble  with  our  boilers, 
and  we  have  not  produced  the  tonnage  figured  upon. 

We  will  keep  your  urgent  necessities  constantly  before  us,  and 
endeavor  to  make  the  delay  as  short  as  possible.     Yours  truly. 

7.  Gentlemen: — In  reply  to  your  favor  of  the  23d  inst.,  we  beg  to  say 
that  we  ourselves  figured  on  nearly  all  the  steel  rails  that  are  offered  by 
roads  running  into  Chicago,  and  we  are  not  disposed  to  make  you  an 
offer,  as  we  may  be  figuring  direct  on  the  same  lot  that  you  are.  We 
would,  however,  be  willing  to  figure  with  you  on  rails  that  you  have  at 
Detroit  or  Buffalo.  Likewise  we  beg  to  state  that  we  do  not,  and  have 
not,  figui'ed  on  any  Michigan  Central  rails,  and  if  you  are  receiving  any 
from  this  road,  we  would  be  pleased  to  figure  with'you  on  same,  providing 
you  have  named  your  price  delivered  here.     Yours  truly. 

8.  Gentlemen : — Your  specifications  of  the  15th  inst.  are  received  and 
entered  for  December  shipment. 

We  are  not  getting  up  entirely  new  rolls  for  single  bead  track,  but 
with  new  passes  on  the  rolls  we  have  now  a  result  which  we  know  will 
be  satisfactory  to  you.  We  are  now  at  work  with  an  entirely  new  set  of 
double  bead  rolls,  which  we  expect  to  have  ready  for  use  about  the  mid- 
dle of  December  or  sooner.  We  are  endeavoring  to  reduce  the  weight  of 
the  double  bead  to  about  1.85  ti.  the  foot,  and  we  think  we  shall  be  suc- 
cessful. We  shall  not,  however,  be  able  to  send  you  a  sample  until  we 
put  the  rolls  in  order  for  the  first  time,  which  will  be  when  we  are  ready 
to  roll  your  order.     Yours  truly. 

9.  Gentlemen: — We  have  entered  no  definite  order  from  you  for 
beams,  as  you  have  not  given  us  any  shipping  instructions.  We  have  on 
our  books  only  a  contract  to  furnish  you  with  1200  to  1500  beams. 

Yours  truly. 

Pages  148,  149.- Oil 

1.  Dear  Sir: — We  enclose  herewith  our  check  No.  334  on  the  National 
Bank  of  this  city,  for  $1,233.00  in  settlement  of  your  invoices  of  March  7 
and  8,  for  two  cars  of  lard  oil. 

Please  receipt  and  return  the  enclosed  voucher  and  oblige. 

Yours  truly. 


KejYS   for   RFiDING    EXERCISES  207 

2.  Dear  Sir: — Eaclosed  we  hand  you  charge  memorandum  for  §8.00, 
to  cover  switching  on  four  cars  lard  oil  at  S2.00  per  car,  shipped  via 
your  line. 

Kindly  have  same  vouchered  in  our  favor,  and  oblige, 

Yours  truly. 

3.  Dear  Sir: — Enclo.sed  we  hand  you  shipping  ticket  and  copy  of 
invoice,  covering  shipment  from  here  on  the  31st  ult.,  in  M.  P.  car  No. 
672,  of  axle  grease  and  varnish  in  pails  and  cases,  consigned  to  your  care 
at  Newton.  Please  have  the  car  unloaded  promptly  and  billed  back  to 
point  from  which  shipment  was  made,  via  route  shipped  south,  and  oblige, 

Yours  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir : — Tn  compliance  with  your  request  in  your  favor  of  the 
31st  ult.  we  enclose  herewith  expense  bills  for  switching,  §3.00,  and  freight 
and  transfer,  §17.02,  covering  T.  W.  car  No.  876,  amounting  in  all  to 
§20.02,  which  was  deducted  by  us  from  the  enclosed  credit,  leaving  total 
amount  of  same  §63. 50.     Yours  truly. 

5.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  A.  M.  and  F.  tank  car  660,  which  was 
shipped  from  Quincy  to  Springfield,  Jan.  6,  and  was  ordered  sent  to 
Marshall  Mills  for  a  load  of  linseed  oil,  we  beg  to  advise  that  this  car  met 
with  an  accident  on  the  'Frisco  road,  and  contents  were  transferred  into 
B.  T.  car  No.  359,  which  will  not  be  available  for  your  service  until 
repaired.     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir:— We  beg  to  advise  that  N.  P.  R.  car  No.  5320  was 
received  by  us  on  the  10th  inst.  from  which  37  gallons  of  gasoline  had 
been  lost  by  leakage  from  two  barrels,  one  barrel  having  a  worm  hole  in 
the  head  and  the  other  an  air  hole  in  the  stave  near  the  bung. 

Kindly  favor  us  with  credit  covering  this  loss  and  oblige, 

Yours  truly. 

7.  Dear  Sir: — Enclosed  please  find  letter  of  5th  inst.,  from  J.  M. 
Donald,  Lafayette,  La.,  asking  for  shipment  of  ten  barrels  castor 
machine  oil,  and  enclosing  check  for  §31.25,  to  cover  shipment  made  on 
Mar.  3. 

Although  addressed  to  us  here,  we  assume  it  is  intended  for  you,  and 
so  forward  it  to  you.  We  find  the  amount  shown  on  our  trial  balance 
due  from  this  party  is  §31.25,  which  agrees  with  the  check  above  men- 
tioned.    Yours  truly. 

8.  Dear  Sir: — We  enclose  herewith  our  claim,  No.  523,  amounting  to 
$63.50,  for  freight  overpaid  on  shipment  of  P.  M.  tank  car  No.  672  con- 
taining barreled  ga.soline  consigned  to  us  here  from  Kansas  City,  via  your 
line.  The  weight  of  this  car,  as  per  bill  of  lading,  was  45,300  pounds,  net, 
but  we  are  advised  that  shippers  made  a  mistake  in  entering  this  weight, 
and  same  should  only  be  35,300  pounds.  We,  therefore,  request  that  you 
favor  us  with  a  check  to  cover  the  difference,  and  greatly  oblige, 

Yours  truly. 

9.  Dear  Sir: — We  have  your  order  of  the  2d  inst.,  enclosed  in  your  let- 
ter of  that  date,  calling  for  shipment  to  James  &  Blanke,  Benton,  111.,  of 
60  barrels  refined  petroleum.  We  note  the  price  at  which  you  have  made 
the  sale  and  regret  that  you  have  allowed  so  small  a  margin  for  profit  in 
the  transaction,  but  inasmuch  as  you  have  made  the  sale  and  desire  to 
hold  the  trade  of  those  pai'ties,  this  being  your  second  sale  to  them,  we 
will  make  the  shipment  on  terms  stated,  but  in  future  please  see  that  you 
allow  more  profit. 


208  ECLECTIC    SHOETHAND 

Page  150.— Wholesale  Grocery 

1.  Dear  Sir: — We  liave  decided  not  to  interfere  with  arrangements 
which  were  made  last  year,  and  which  we  are  still  working  on  to  increase 
our  trade  in  the  countries  you  are  interested  in.  We  are  very  much 
obliged  to  you  for  the  offer  of  pushing  our  goods  and  our  brand,  and  may 
perhaps  be  glad  to  avail  ourselves  of  your  services  on  some  future  occa- 
sion. We  will,  tlierefore,  keep  your  valued  address  before  us,  and  when 
we  see  an  opportunity  of  trading  through  you  shall  be  pleased  to  avail 
ourselves  of  it.     Yours  truly. 

2.  Dear  Sir: — Your  favor  of  the  24th  inst.  received.  We  have  been 
selling  the  Philadelphia  make  of  potato  chips,  and  had  a  box  sent  you 
yesterday;  they  cost  us  18c  in  Philadelphia.  We  can  get  tiieni  made 
here  in  Chicago  and  in  Wisconsin  that  cost  about  16c,  but  we  make  no 
guarantees  of  them.  We  have  handled  these  Philadelphia  chips  for  three 
or  four  years,  and  do  not  remember  that  we  ever  had  any  of  them 
returned.  If  you  want  to  sell  any  of  these  at  18c,  do  so,  but  I  think 
when  you  see  thp  sample  that  we  sent  you  and  show  it  to  your  trade  that 
the  majority  will  prefer  to  pay  a  little  extra.  These  cost  us,  laid  down 
here,  just  about  19c.     Very  truly  yoxirs. 

3.  Dear  Sir : — I  have  succeeded  in  buying  a  few  cases,  I  do  not  know  just 
how  many,  of  small  fish.  They  are  not  here  yet,  but  the  size  of  the  fish 
is  from  14  to  20.  The  tin  I  saw  was  pretty  good,  costing  §7.87  in  New 
York,  about  §8.00  laid  down  here.  There  is  no  key  on  these,  but  I  liave  a 
few  more,  16-20  fish,  cost  $6.95  in  New  York,  about  §7.10  here. 

Your  letter  of  the  25th  inst.,  in  which  you  say  that  you  had  received 
the  sample  of  sardines,  came  a  little  too  late;  we  sent  you  another  case 
yesterday.  You  had  better  suggest  to  the  hotel  people  that  they  pay  the 
expressage  on  this  lot. 

Pages  151,  152.— Commission  Business 

1.  Dear  Sir: — Enclosed  I  hand  you  account  sales  for  five  boxes  of  but- 
ter with  check  for  §56. 18,  which  I  hope  will  be  satisfactory.  I  wish  you 
would  increase  to  8  boxes  with  your  next  shipment.  Thanking  you  for 
favors,     Yours  truly. 

2.  Grentlemen: — In  answer  to  your  letter  of  the  25th  inst.,  regarding 
lemons,  will  say  I  am  not  in  the  market  for  any  lemons  of  that  grade. 
If  I  can  buy  a  car  of  Old  Glories,  extra  fine  fruit,  at  the  right  price,  I 
might  give  you  an  order.     Yours  truly. 

3.  Gentlemen : — The  reason  I  wired  you  to  'divert  the  car  was  that 
oranges  are  piling  up,  and  not  moving.  The  orange  trade  seems  to  have 
chopped  right  off.  I  thought  best  to  have  you  divert  the  car,  for  I  am 
satisfied  if  it  comes  in  here  on  ^top  of  stock  that  I  already  have,  it  will 
result  in  a  loss  to    Yours  truly. 

4.  Gentlemen: — ^Would  be  pleased  to  have  you  ship  me  on  receipt  five 
60-lb.  tubs  of  your  best  creamery  butter  at  Elgin  board  prices.  If  this 
butter  gives  my  trade  satisfaction,  I  can  give  you  standing  order  for  a 
large  amount  for  regular  weekly  shipments.  Will  forward  you  check 
promptly  on  receipt  of  goods. 

Awaiting  your  early  reply,  I  remain,     Yours  truly. 


^EYS   FOK  EEADIKG   EXEBCI8ES  209 

5.  Dear  Sk  • — ^Yours  of  the  22d  inst.  at  hand  and  noted.  In  answer  to 
same  I  would  say  that  if  7011  had  s'aipped  the  three  barrels  by  express,  as 
I  expected  you  would,  instead  of  the  six  barrels,  I  wpuld  have  been 
satisfied,  and  would  have  made  no  complaint,  but  instead  of  this  you  not 
only  expressed  the  three  barrels  but  the  six  also.  I  think  I  am  justified  in 
having  overcharge  refunded  to  me,  and  shall  expect  you  to  do  so  at  your 
earliest  convenience.     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir : — Your  favor  of  the  17th  inst.  at  hand  and  carefully  noted. 
I  am  sending  you  to-day  50  empty  cases,  and  you  may  fill  tliem  at  lie. 
This  price  is  rather  higher  than  1  want  them  to  cost,  but  we  will  start  in 
at  that,  and  can,  no  doubt,  get  down  a  little  later  on.  See  that  you  pack 
excelsior  or  straw  on  top  of  the  cases,  so  as  to  prevent  any  breakage.  Get 
all  you  can,  but  be  careful  that  you  take  no  more  dirty  eggs  than  you 
can  help.     Yours  very  truly. 

7.  Gentlemen : — I  am  very  glad  to  note  on  your  postal  card  of  the  20th 
inst.  that  you  have  diverted  tlie  car  of  lemons.  California  lemons  are 
being  offered  so  cheap  in  this  market  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  a 
decent  price  for  a  foreign  lemon.  I  have  two  or  three  cars  of  foreign 
lemons  stacked  up  in  my  house  now  that  I  will  probably  have  to  sell  at  a 
loss  in  order  to  move  them.  The  majority  of  the  trade  out  here  prefer 
the  California  lemon,  and,  when  they  can  get  it,  they  will  not  take  any 
of  the  foreign  ones.  I  dislike  very  much  to  turn  away  any  cars,  but 
knew  it  was  much  better  for  you  to  give  it  to  some  one  else. 

Yours  truly. 

8.  Dear  Sir: — Your  letter  of  the  20th  inst.  is  received,  and  in  reply 
I  beg  leave  to  say  that  I  have  made  inquiries  to-day  and  can  find  nobody 
here  who  knows  anything  about  Mr.  Jones  shipping  any  eggs,  or  who  has 
given  him  orders  to  buy  any.  I  am  positive  he  has  had  no  authority  to 
buy  eggs  for  me  this  season.  Of  course  1  should  know  better  than  to 
have  two  buyers  in  the  same  place. 

The  market  is  firm  here,  and  you  may  buy  for  me  to  cost  12o  net  on 
track  there.  If  you  can  not  buy  at  this  figure  please  let  me  know  at  once 
what  you  can  buy  at  and  I  may  be  able  to  raise  my  bid,  if  it  becomes 
necessary.     Yours  truly. 

Pages  153,  154— Railroad 

1.  Dear  Sir : — Referring  to  the  attached,  it  is  my  understanding  that 
shovel  was  to  be  returned  to  this  division  in  as  good  condition  as 
when  it  was  delivered.  Shovel  was  thoroughly  overhauled  at  the 
shops  just  previous  to  our  sending  it,  and  the  repairs  which  were  made 
upon  its  return  were  such  as  were  necessary  to  place  it  in  as  good  condi- 
tion as  it  was  before.    Yours  truly. 

2.  Dear  Sir: — Our  coal  car  No.  5065  was  delivered  to  you  Apr.  5. 
Under  date  of  Apr.  16  we  requested  you  to  give  this  car  prompt 
release  and  deliver  to  proper  connections  for  home.  But  this  request 
has  not  yet  been  complied  with.  We  will  repeat  the  same  and  expect 
you  to  release  car  and  start  it  for  home  immediately. 

Kindly  let  us  hear  from  you  regarding  same  and  oblige, 

Yours  truly. 

3.  Dear  Sir: — The  agent  at  Huntington  advises  that  no  mail  was 
delivered  on  train  No.  2,  December  30.  Restates  that  pouch  was  placed 
on  crane  fifteen  minutes  before  arrival  of  train,  and  after  train  had  passed, 
the  pouch  was  found  near  the  crane.  He  does  not  know  whether  the 
pouch  was  knocked  down  by  mail  catcher  or  blown  down  by  the  wind. 

Yours  truly. 


glO  ECLi:Clri?t;   5HOKTHAXD 

4.  Dear  Sir: — I  enclose  herewith  a  blank  form  for  reporting  the  cost 
of  new  steel.  Please  fill  out  this  blank  for  the  month  of  January,  show- 
ing the  quantity  of  material  used  and  the  cost  of  section  labor.  As  a 
portion  of  this  work  will  not  be  completed  this  month,  make  similar 
reports  each  month  until  the  work  is  finished. 

I  also  send  you  a  form  for  reporting  the  cost  of  re-laying  the  steel 
rails  taken  up  from  the  main  track,  which  please  fill  out  and  send  in  as 
the  work  is  completed.    Yours  truly. 

5.  Dear  Sir: — I  wish  to  prepare  a  statement  showing  the  total  num- 
ber of  frogs  and  switches  of  each  kind  and  weiglit  in  the  main  and  side 
tracks,  also  the  number  of  each  kind  of  stand  in  use,  and,  in  order  to  do 
80  I  have  prepared  a  blank  form  to  be  sent  to  each  of  the  section  foremen. 
I  wish  you  would  distribute  these  and  have  the  information  entered  on 
the  blanks  and  returned  to  me.     Yours  truly. 

6.  Dear  Sir: — If  we  are  going  to  use  the  rib  flats  for  hauling  cinders 
for  any  length  of  time,  I  would  suggest  that  we  increase  the  height  of  the 
side  boards  to  about  24  inches,  and  instead  of  depending  on  iron  straps  to 
hold  the  side  boards  in  position,  put  about  four  pockets  on  the  side  of  the 
car  with  stakes  fastened  to  a  chain,  so  that  they  can  be  dropped  into 
the  pockets  after  the  side  board  is  raised  and  knocked  out  releasing  the 
boards.  The  additional  height  of  the  side  boards  would  enable  us  to  haul 
about  twice  the  amount  of  cinders,  reducing  the  number  of  cars  to  be 
handled.    Yours  truly. 

7.  Dear  Sir: — Referring  to  your  letter  of  the  19th  inst.,  which,  by  the 
way,  only  reached  me  on  the  evening  of  the  22d,  rather  slow  mail  service 
between  your  office  and  mine,  I  do  not  see  that  the  minims  you  demand 
need,  in  anyway,  interfere  with  your  manifesting  the  shipments  through 
from  Hamilton  on  our  continental  line  way-bill  face.  You  could  arrange 
in  apportionment  coal  to  take  your  minim  proportion  to  Winton  Junction 
and  show  the  C.  C.  and  B.'s  and  the  B.  &  I.'s  proportions  in  a  consolidated 
amount  on  way-bill.  Will  you  please  so  instruct?  Kindly  advise  of 
your  action.    Yours  truly. 

8.  Dear  Sir : — Again  referring  to  the  delivery  of  P.  C.  C.  &  St.  L.  cars 
4409  and  61255,  as  per  yardmaster's  Junction  report  of  May  26, 1899,  and  my 
letter  of  inquiry  of  the  4th  inst.  attached,to  which  you  reply  that  former  car 
is  charged  to  L.  N.  A.  &  C.  and  the  latter  to  L.  E.  &  W.)  I  desire  to  state 
that  several  days  ago  Yardmaster  Pratt  advised  me  that  these  cars  should 
not  appear  on  his  report,  as  they  belong  to  the  L.  N.  A.  &  C.  I  note  from 
memorandum  herewith  attached,  addressed  to  you,  that  only  one  of  the 
cars  should  be  charged  to  the  L.  N.  A.  &  C.  I  liardly  understand  why 
Information  relating  to  these  cars  should  conflict.  Please  investigate 
further  and  have  the  matter  fully  explained.  If  the  former  information 
given  by  Mr.  Pratt  is  correct  and  the  latter  is  incorrect,  or  vice  ver.sa,  we 
can  not  altogether  depend  upon  his  records  of  cars  moved.  I  trust  the 
importance  of  the  case  will  be  impressed  upon  Mr.  Pratt  to  sucli  an 
extent  that  it  will  not  again  be  necessary  to  direct  his  attention  to  con- 
flicting_statements.        Yours  truly. 

Paoe  160.— Legal  and  Insurance 

1.  Gentlemen : — In  reference  to  your  claim  against  W.  L.  Binford.  of 
Maysville,  Ky.,  we  beg  leave  to  say  that  our  correspondent  writes  us  that 
the  freight  bills  which  you  furnished  do  not  cover  the  bill  of  July  12  for 
$24.50.  The  receipts  you  furnished  us  show  dates  of  May  16  and 
August  4,  but  no  receipts  of  July  12  or  about  that  date. 

Kindly  see  if  you  can  find  a  receipt  to  cover  this  bilL 

Yours  very  truly. 


KEYS    FOR    READING   EXERCISES  211 

2.  Dear  Sir: — I  am  just  in  receipt  of  New  York  exchange  for  $142.50, 
covering  premium  on  your  policy  186692,  due  Nov.  2.  You  had  thirty 
day.s'  grace  on  tliis  policy,  and  the  same  expired  Dec.  2.  If  you  will 
furnisli  us  satisfactoiy  evidence  of  good  liealth,  we  shall  be  very  much 
pleased  to  reinstate  your  policy.  I  return  you  herewith  draft  wliich  we 
will  accept  provided  you  pass  a  satisfactoiy  examination. 

Yours  very  truly. 

8.  Gentlemen : — Since  hearing  from  you  concerning  the  matter  of  the 
Lake  City  National  Bank  against  V.  T.  Hansel,  we  have  had  several  inter- 
views with  this  debtor.  He  says  it  is  impossible  for  him  to  make  pay- 
ment upon  this  note  before  March  1,  but  assures  us  that  at  that  date  he 
will  pay  §350,  and  will  make  monthly  payments  of  §50  until  the  debt  is 
fully  paid. 

Inasmuch  as  the  claim  can  not  be  enforced  by  suit,  Hansel  being 
execution  proof,  we  think  it  is  advisable  to  settle  the  matter  in  this  way, 
and  we  suggest  that  you  have  your  client  authorize  us  to  close  the  mat- 
ter on  this  basis.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  this  claim  will  be  long  drawn 
out  and  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  payments,  we  believe  that  a  larger  fee 
than  the  usual  10  per  cent  should  be  arranged  for,  and  we  trust  you  will 
make  such  arrangement  with  client. 

Awaiting  your  advices,  we  remain.     Yours  very  truly. 

4.  Dear  Sir: — Answering  your  letter  of  the  20th  inst.  we  must  say 
that  we  can  not  continue  your  risk,  as  your  policy  has  expired.  If  you 
had  kept  your  policy  we  would  have  continued  your  risk  whether  you 
were  railroading  or  not,  but  under  our  rule  we  can  not  renew  it. 

Yours  truly. 

Page  161.— Court  Testimony 

In  the  Circuit  Court  of  the  United  States 

For  the  Northern  District  of  Illinois. 

October  12,  1902. 
In  Chancery. 

Josiah  Com  stock  ) 

vs.  [•  Bill  to  Foreclose  Mortgage. 

James  Johnson  and  Sophronia  Johnson.  ) 

Testimony  taken  before  Ezra  B.  Smith,  Master  in  Chancery  of  said 
Court,  pursuant  to  an  order  of  reference  therein. 

Present:    Mr.  James  Mason,  Solicitor  for  Complainant, 
Mr.  George  Rogers,  Solicitor  for  Defendants. 

JOHN  H.    KING 

a  witness  called  on  behalf  of  complainant,  being  first  duly  sworn,  testified 
%s  follows: — 

DIRECT  EXAMINATION 

by  Mr.  Mason. 

Q.  Please  state  your  name,  age,  residence,  and  occupation. 
A.  John  H.  King ;  44  years ;  Chicago ;  real  estate  agent. 
Q.  Do  you  know  the  parties  to  this  suit,  and  if  so,  how  long  have  you 
known  them  respectively? 


312  ECLECTIC    SHOETHAND 

A.  I  have  known  the  complainant  for  sixteen  years,  and  the  defendant 
about  four  years. 

Q.  Look  at  the  paper  now  shown  you,  and  state  what  it  is. 

A.  This  is  a  note  for  $10,000,  dated  January  1,  1885,  made  by  the 
defendant,  James  Johnson,  due  three  years. 

Page  165. — Court  Testimony 

Circuit  Court  of  the  United  States 

Northern  District  of  Illinois. 

Winston 

vs. 

The  City  of  Chicago. 

WARREN  p.    ADAMS 

a  witness  called  on  behalf  of  the  plaintiff,  being  first  duly  sworn,  testified 
as  follows: — 

DIRECT   EXAMINATION 

by  Mr.  Fuller. 

Q.  Where  do  you  reside,  Mr.  Adams? 

A.  Crystal  Lake,  McHenry  County. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  live  in  the  city  of  Chicago? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  For  how  long,  and  at  what  time? 

A.  I  came  to  Chicago  in  '57,  and  stayed  here  until  ten  years  ago. 

Q.  What  was  your  business  during  the  time  you  lived  in  Chicago? 

A.  Manufacturing  brick. 

Q.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  section  of  the  city  known  as  Canalport? 

A.  Yes;  made  brick  on  it  twenty  years. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  have  any  other  business  pertaining  to  Canalport, 
other  than  the  manufacture  of  brick? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Wliat,  if  you  please? 

A.  I  took  charge  in  1863  of  Mr.  J.  Pierson's  property,  in  section 
thirty. 

Q.  That  is  Samuel  J.  Pierson? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  How  much  property  did  that  include  in  a  general  way? 

A.  Well,  I  can't  tell  you  how  much, — all  the  property  that  he  owned 
there;  he  took  me  around  the 


INDEX 


Keferences  are  to  sections 


«,  alphabetic,  35;  shaded  for  h,  45;  shortened    coalescent  1, 27, 28 


and  made  minute,  54 

as  used  for  terminal  signs,  111 

in  phrasing,  52 
abbreviated  forms  to  avoid,  108 
abbreviated  words,  31,  33;  list  of,  103 

in  phrases,  104 
all,  in  phrasing,  33,  52,  133 
alphabet,  definition  of,  Intro.  4 

Eclectic,  Intro.  29;  letters  of,  Intro.  20; 
writing  of,  p.  16 
alphabets,  visible  and  invisible,  1 
approximate  phonetic  writing,  Intro.  26 
are,  in  phrasing,  33,  53 
as,  in  phrasing,  53,  133 
aw,  diphthong,  44 

uncoalescent,  44 

6,  alphabetic,  21;  made  short  and  minute, 
31 ;  written  more  upright,  21 

as  used  for  terminal  sign.  111 

used  in  phrasing  for  but,  132 
back  obliques,  Intro.  39,  21 
be,  in  phrasing,  33,  99 
before,  in  phrasing,  133 
bl  and  bn,  distinguished,  21,  70 
br  circle,  94;  enlarged  and  made  minute,  94 
brachigraphy,  Intro.  1 
but,  in  phrasing,  132 

c,  alphabetic,  30;   lengthened  and  written 
downward,  20 

as  used  for  terminal  signs,  116 

followed  byp  or  g,  30, 98 

for  k,  Intro.  23 

lengthened  lor  com,  con,  124 

preceding  lion,  114, 115 

representation  of,  in  alphabet,  Intro.  21 

represented  by  g  hook,  12,  99 
capital  letters,  writing  of,  p.  16 
ch,  alphabetic,  18;  enlarged,   18;  made  mi- 
nute, 18,  28 

represented  by  h,  18 
characters,  linear,  Intro.  42 

surface,  Intro.  42 
chirographic  ellipse,  Intro.  33 
circle,  the,  21 ;  see  under  h,  r,  pr,  br 
cl  book,  27, 97;  used  for  terminal  sign,  118 


r,  34 

«,  29,  69 

w,  30 
coalescents,  23-30, 123 

defined,  Intro.  17 
com,  con,  comiK)und,  125 
cotn,  con,  initial,  121-134 

indicating  consonant  of,  122 

with  words  ending  in  tion,  123 

written  by  lengthened  c,  124 
compound  phrases,  133,  135 
connected  prefixes,  135-127 
consonant,  the,  definition  of,  Intro.  15 

office  of,  Intro.  16 
consonant,  positions,  39,  41 
consonants,  coalescent,  Intro.  17,  23-30,  128 

cognate,  39 

concurrent,  Intro.  17 

double,  Intro.  18 

indicating,  132 

initial,  3,4 

writing  of,  p.  16 
contracted  forms  to  avoid,  108 
corresjKjndence  phrases,  136 
cr  hook,  25,  97;  used  for  terminal  sign,  116 

d,  alphabetic,  8;  made  short  and  minute,  8 

implied,  after  short  letters,  75;  after  sur- 
face letters,  76 

used  for  th,  134 
derivatives,  various  endings  of,  not  distin- 
guished, 106,  112 
diphthong,  the,  definition  of,  Intro.  14 
diphthongs,  indicated  by  dot,  7,  40 

■writing  of,  p.  16 
dis  prefix,  126;  followed  by  t  or  I,  126 
disconnected  prefixes,  121-124 
dis-satis  prefix,  139 
dot,  as  diacritical  sign,  7,  40 

for  words  and  syllables,  10,  19 
double,  cxjnsonants,  Intro.  18, 23-30 

initial  vowels,  43 

p  and  g,  expressed  by  back-slant  letters, 
95;  enlarged  and  made  minute,  95 

8,  represented  by  minute  z,  83 
downward  written  letters,  20, 81, 83 


213 


214 


INDEX 


d'  loop,  90;  written  horizontal,  91 ;  final,  92 
used  for  prefix  dis,  126 

e,  alphabetic,  35;  shaded  for  A,  45;  shortened 
and  made  minute,  54 

as  used  for  terminal  sign,  111 
enlarging,  general  principles  of,  76;  prac- 
tice in,  68 

double  p  and  g,  95 

h  and  1, 13 

ns,  ms,  84 

pandgr,  11 

pr,  br,  94 

r,  16;  forward,  word,  88 

re  prefix,  1-7 

sh,  ch,  wh,  18 
enter,  77 
ex.  Initial,  represented  by  x,  21,  96 

/,  alphabetic,  9;  lengthened,  9 

as  used  for  terminal  sign,  116 

Implied  by  retracing,  86 

used  for  satisfy,  129 

used  in  phrasing  for  if,  33, 132 
fifty  frequent  words,  list  of,  102 
for,  in  phrasing,  33,  52 
forward  obliques,  Intro.  39,  20 

fl',  alphabetic,  11;  enlarged,  11;  lengthened, 

11,  69;  made  minute,  11,  78 
as  used  for  terminal  signs,  1 1 1 
double,  95 
hook,  12,  97,  98;  modified,  12,  28;  used  for 

c,  k,  ck,  99 
joined  angxilarly  when  lengthened   for 

tion,  113 
soft,  Intro.  23,  12 

h,  alphabetic,  13;   enlarged,  13;   made  mi- 
nute, 13,  28;  th  following,  13,  76 

as  used  for  terminal  sign.  111,  116 

initial,  46,  47 

shade,  45,  47 

used  for  «A,  ch,  18,  48 
half-length  writing,  see  under  shortening 
have,  in  phrasing,  33, 132 
hook  diagram,  p.  83 
hooks,  initial  and  final: 

cl,  27,  97 

cr,  25,  97 

g,  12,  97,  98;  modified,  12;  used  fore,  k,  12 

ns,  ms,  84,  98;  modified,  84;   written  up- 
ward, 85 

p,  12,  97, 98;  modified,  12;  used  for  h,  12 

8C,  sk,  24,  27,  29,  97,  98;  made  minute,  78; 
not  enlarged,  76 

8cr,  enlarged,  76 

tp,  24,  27,  29,  97;  made  minute,  78 

$q,2» 


i,  alphabetic,   35;  shaded  for  h,  45;    short- 
ened and  made  minute,  54 

as  used  for  terminal  signs,  1 11, 116 
I  am,  In  phrasing,  52 
if,  in  phrasing,  33,  52,  132 
implied  words,  120 
indicating  consonants,  122 
initial  consonants,  3,  4 

vowels,  37-39,  41 
inter,  77 

j,  alphabetic,  20;   enlarged,  20;   made  ml 
nute,  20,  28 
as  used  for  terminal  sign,  112 
not  shortened,  70 
used  for  soft  g,  Intro.  23,  12 

k,  sound  of,  represented  by  c,  Intro.  23 
used  as  distinct  alphabetic  letter,  20 

I,   alphabetic,    13;     lengthened  and  made 
minute,  13;  regular  joining  of,  13 

as  used  for  terminal  sign.  111,  112,  116 

coalescent,  27,  28 

implied  after  surface  letters,  78 

medial,  lengthened  to  imply  m,  n,  s,  69 

minute,  for^,  27,  28,  79 

shaded  for  preceding  r,  15,  79 

used  in  phrasing  for  all,  33, 132;  for  tvill, 
33,  52,  132 
left  vowels,  see  under  vowels 
lengthening,  general  principles  of,  69;  prac- 
tice in,  66 

back  obliques,  21 

/.9 

forward  obliques,  20 

m,  5 

p  andg^,  11 

penultimate  consonants  for  tion,  113 

retracing,  86 

«,  8 

tion  tick,  117 
letters,  classes  of,  Intro.  12 

definition  of,  Intro.  3 
letters  of  Eclectic  alphabet,  Intro.  20 

capital,  writing  of,  p.  16 

lengths  of,  Intro.  36 

not  perpendicular,  Intro.  38 

slants  of,  Intro.  39 

source  of,  Intro.  33 
line  r.  see  under  r 
linear  characters,  Intro.  42,  65 

lengthened,  69 

made  minute,  70 

shortened,  75 
long  letters,  65;  lollowed  by  nt  and  nd,  69 
loops:  ds,  ts,  90 

I,  13,  69 

st,  sd,  xt,  89 


IXDEX 


215 


m,  alphabetic,  5;  lengthened,  5 
as  used  for  terminal  sign.  111 
implied,  after  long  letters,  69;  after  short 

letters,  70 
ment,  73 
minute-size  writing,  general  principles  of, 

70,  78;  practice  in,  67,  68 
b,  21 

circle  r,  15 
d,  8 

double  p  and  g,  95 
h  and  I,  13 
I  coalescents,  27 
line  r,  14 
n,  5 

«.«,  rtis,  84 
p  and  g,  11 

penultimate  consonants  for  Hon,  113 
pr,  br,  94 
re  prefix,  127 
retracing,  8G 
sh,  ch,  wh,  18 
th,  9 

tion  tick,  117 
vowels,  54 
modification  in  size  of  letters: 
enlarging  for  t,  d,  th,  76,  77 
lengthening  for  m,  n,  69 
making  minute  for  I,  y,  78,  79 
making  minute  for  in,  n,  70 
shading  for  r,  24,  25,  55,  56,  77 
shortening  for  t,  d,  th,  75 
writing  downward  or  more  upright  for 

«,  «A,  81,  83 
■writing  p  and  g  in  back-slant  for  double  ^J 

and  double  g,  95 
writing  vertical  for  I,  27 
motion,  law  of,   in   Eclectic    Shorthand, 

Intro.  40 
ins  hook,  84,  98;  enlarged  and  made  minute, 

84;  written  upward,  85 

n,  alphabetic,  5;  made  short  and  minute,  5 
as  used  for  terminal  sign,  1 1 1 
implied,  after  long  letters,  69;  after  short 

letters,  70 
used  for  tion,  116,  123 
ns  hook,  84,  98;   enlarged   and    made  mi- 
nute, 84 ;  \vritten  upward,  85 
nt  and  ud  following  long  letters,  69 

0,  alphabetic,  35;  made  minute,  54;  shaded 
for  h,  45;  shortened,  54 
as  used  for  terminal  signs.  111 
used  in  phrasing,  left  for  on,  right  for  of, 
132 
obliques,  Intro.  39 
back,  21 
forward,  20  1 


of,  in  phrasing,  TZ,  132 

on,  one,  in  phrasing,  74 

one  hundred  common  words,  list  of,  101 

or,  in  phrasing,  33,  52 

orthography,  Intro.  10 

our,  in  phrasing,  33,  52 

p,  alphabetic,  11;  enlarged,  11;  lengthened, 
11, 69;  made  minute,  11,  78 
as  used  for  terminal  signs,  116 
double,  95 
hook,  12,  97,  98;  modified,  12,  28;  used  foi 

be  in  phrasing,  12,  33,  99 
preceding  tion,  113, 114,  115 
phonetic  writing,  Intro.  24,  Intro.  27,  5 
phonography,  Intro.  1 
phrase  words  of  the  first  class,  133 
phrase  writing,  33,  50-54,  74,  80 
signs  in:  a  for  all,  a,  an,  53 
/  for  if,  33,  52 
i  for  tvhich  or  7,  52 
ir  for  I  am,  53 

I  for  tvill,  33,  52;  for  all,  33,  52 
0,  left,  for  on,  one,  74 
0,  right,  for  of,  52 
p  for  be,  33 

r  tor  are,  or,  for,  etc.,  33,  52 
V  for  have,  33 
w  for  tvill,  33 
s  for  as,  53 
first  method  of,  53,  131,  138 
phrase  words  In,  132 
position  words  in,  131 
second  method  of,  133 
third  method  of,  134 
phrases,  compound,  132, 135 
correspondence,  136 
of  the  second  method,  133 
Ix)sitions,  1 
consonant,  39,  4! 
placing  letters  on,  6 
vowel,  2 
pr  circle,  94;  enlarged  and  made  minute,  94 
prefixes,  connected,  125-127 
disconnected,  121-124 
written  across,  128, 129 

q,  alphabetic,  20;  lengthened,  20 
representation  of,  Intro.  21 
u,  following,  omitted,  20 

r,  alphabetic  forms  of,  13 
as  used  for  terminal  sign,  112 
attached  to  i,  p.  49,  footnote 
circle  r,  made  minute  and  enlarged,  16; 

used  with  w,  14,  17 
coalescent,  24,  56,  77 
enlarged  circle  for  ward,  word,  88 


216 


INDEX 


r,  following  vowels,  55-58,  77 
line,  made  short  and  minute,  14 
medial  and  final,  56,  57,  58 
medial  circle,  lengthened  to  Imply  m,  n,  69 
shade,  with  coalescent  letters,  1'4,  56,  77 
with  tmcoalescent  letters,  15,  26,  55,  77, 
79 
used  in  phrasing  for  are,  or,  for,  etc.,  33 

re  prefix,  127 

regular  side  of  letters,  13 

retracing  to  imply  /  and  v,  86;  lengthened 
and  made  minute,  86 

right  vowels,  see  tinder  vowels 

root  words,  106, 112 

Rule  1, 4 

Rule  II,  39 

Rule  III,  41 

«,  alphabetic,  8;  lengthened,  8 

as  used  for  terminal  signs.  111,  112, 116 

coalescent,  29 

double,  represented  by  minute  z,  83 

Implied,  81-83 

initial  for  si,  87 

lengthened  tick,  for  t,  d,  75 

straight  form  of,  11;  used  instead  of  dot, 
19;  used  for  else  and  less,  19 

written  vertical  for  I,  27 
satis  prefix,  129 
8C,  sk,  hoolc,  24,  27,  29,  97, 98;  made  minute, 

78;  not  enlarged,  7d 
ecr  hook,  enlarged,  76;  used  for  terminal 

sign,  116 
sd  loop,  89;  enlarged,   89;    continued,    89; 

written  horizontal,  91 ;  final,  92 
sh,  alphabetic,  18;  enlarged,  18;  made  mi- 
nute, 18,  28 

as  used  for  terminal  sign,  116 

circle  of,  turned  to  right,  18 

implied,  81-83 

represented  by  h,  18,  48 
shading  for  h,  45,  47 

for  r  coalescent,  24,  56,  77 

for  r  tmcoalescent,  15,  26,  55,  77,  79 
short  letters,  65 

shortening,  general  principles  of,  75;  prac- 
tice in,  67 

»,21 

<2,  8 

line  r,  14 

n,  5 

th,9 

A-owels,  54 
shortest  outlines,  determined  by  time  test, 

108 
Shorthand,  alphabet,  Intro.  6 

definition  of,  Intro.  1 

spelling,  Intro.  11 


shorthand,  syllable,  Intro.  7 

three  principles  of,  Intro.  28 

word,  Intro.  8 
sound-signs,  Intro.  9 
sp  hook,  24,  27,    29,   97;    made  minute,  78; 

used  for  terminal  sign,  116 
spelling,  shorthand,  Intro.  11,  Intro.  30 
sq  hook,  29 

ss,  represented  by  minute  s,  83 
st  after  short  and  surface  letters  repre- 
sented by  t,  93 
st  loop,  89;  enlarged  and  continued.  89 
stenography,  Intro.  1 
suffixes,  see  umler  terminations 
super-enlarging,  68 
super-lengthening,  69 
surface  characters,  Intro.  43,  65 

enlarged,  76 

made  minute,  78, 79 
syllables,  definition  of,  Intro.  5 

t,  alphabetic,  5 
as  used  for  terminal  signs,  111,  112,  116 
implied  after  short  letters,  75;  after  sur- 
face letters,  76 
medial  or  final,  lengthened  for  t,  d,  75 
represented  by  th,  9,  30, 113 
used  for  st,  93,  126 
vertical,  for  /,  27;  shaded,  38 
tachigraphy,  Intro.  1 
terminations,  111-119 
three  classes  of,  HI 

Hon,  tious,  with  preceding  syllables,  113, 
118 
th  alphabetic,  9;  made  short  and  minute,  9 
implied  after  short  letters,  75;  after  sur- 
face letters,  76 
represented  by  d,  134 
used  for  <,  9,  30, 112 
tion,  tious,  113, 118 
in  com,  con  words,  123 
Indicated  by: 
diminished  vowels,  115 
lengthened  hooks,  114 
lengthened     or      diminished      conso- 
nants, 113 
letter  n,  116 
.     special  signs,  116 

tick,  117;  modified  117,  123 
tion,  verbs  corresiwnding  to  nouns  in,  118 
ts  loop,  90;  final,  93 

u,  alphabetic,  35;  shaded  for  h,  45;  short* 
ened  and  made  minute,  54 

as  used  for  terminal  signs.  111 

omitted  after  q,  20 
under,  77 

tin-satis  prefix,  129 
upright  letters,  21 


IXDEX 


217 


0,  alpha^jetic,  20;  lengthened  and  written 
downward,  20 

as  used  for  terminal  sign,  116 

followed  by  p  or  g,  20,  98 

implied  by  retracing,  86 

used  in  phrasing  for  have,  33, 133 
verbs  corresponding  to  nouns  in  Hon,  118 
vertical  writing  of  «  and  t  to  imply  I,  27 
vowel,  the,  definition  of,  Intro.  13 
vowel  positions,  2 
vowels,  alphabetic  characters,  34 

as  used  for  terminal  signs,  112,  115 

double  initial.  43 

initial,  38-44,  54-58 

left,  36;  words  beginning  with,  39 

modilied,  54 

right,  36;  words  beginning  with,  41 

shaded  for  h,  45,  47 

i^unds  of,  Intro.  19,  7 

writing  of,  p.  16 

w,  alphabetic,  20;  lengthened.  20;  written 
downward,  20 

coaiescent,  30 

followed  by  p  or  g,  20,  98 

lengthened,  used  for  ualion,  113 

uncoalescent,  implied,  87 

used  in  phrasing,  for  will,  33 
ward,  represented  by  enlarged  r,  88 
well,  in  phrasing,  33 

wh,  alphabetic,  18;  enlarged,  18;  made  mi- 
nute, 18,  28 


tchich.  In  phrasing,  52 
will,  in  phrasing,  33,  52, 133 
Kord,  represented  by  enlarged  r,  88 
word,  definition  of,  Intro.  2 

shorthand,  Intro.  8 
words,  abbreviated,  30,  31, 103;  in  phrases, 
104 

beginning  with  consonants,  1-21 

beginning  with  ex,  96 

beginning  with  vowels,  37-44,  54-58 

common,  one  hundred,  101 ;  fifty,  103 

implied,  120 
writing,  phonetic,  Intro.  24,  Intro.  27,  5;  ai>- 
proximate,  Intro.  26 

X,  alphabetic,  21;  lengthened  and  written 
upright,  21 

representation  of,  in  alphabet,  Intro.  21 

used  for  initial  ex,  21 
xt  loop,  89 

II,  alphabetic,  21 ;  lengthened  and  written 
upright,  21 
implied  af t+r  surface  letters,  78 
used  as  a  vowel,  78 

z,  alphabetic,  21 ;   lengthened  and  written 
upright,  21 
minute,  for  ««,  «2,  zs,  83 
used  in  phrasing,  for  as,  f  3 
zh,  alphabetic,  21;  lengthened  and  written 
upright.  21 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


}^AR  1 5  1956 
WAY  2     mo 


Form  L9-25m-9,'47(A5618)444 


AT 

LOS  ANGBUSS 

LIBRARY 


C88e  Cross- 

hand  for 
verbatin  reporting. 


JUIR 


TsjiS 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FAOUTY 


A  000  564  813  4 


Z56 

C88e 

1S03 


J*?' 


